Poland (1974·1986). Pt.2. - Ergon-Verlag

Ie

Contents

Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri: Issues and Cases

History of Book Numbers

Depth Colon Classification Schedule for Anaesthesiology: Constmction and Test Application

Classification and Indexing Languages in Poland (1974·1986). Pt.2.

International Classification Vol. 14 (1987) Nr. 2 UDC025.4+ 168+001.4(05)

Contents

Articles Rada, Roy: Connecting and evaluating thesauri: Issues and cases Satija, M.P. : History of book numbers . . . . . . . . . . .

Raj, Padmini: Depth Colon Classification schedule for anaesthesiology: Construction and test application . , . . . , . . . . . . . .

Bielicka, L.A., Paciejewski, J., Seibor, E. : Classification and indexing languages in Poland (1974-1986). Pt.2

Reports and Communications Ninth European Meeting on Cybernetics and Systems Research (84) -Draft Proposal "Vocabulary of Terminology" (84) - Society for Conceptual and Content Analysis b y Computer - British Classification Society - AI Europa 87. 3rd Annual Presentation -First International Conference on Bibliometrics and Theoretical Aspects of Information Retrieval - Data Analysis and Informatics. Fifth International Symposium - }lROGRIS Thesaurus Software PROTERM .

FID/CR News 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Information - Knowledge - Evolution. Call for Papers 44th FID Congress. Ranganathan Award 1988 - IFLA Section on Classification and Indexing. Brighton, 1987 - FRG: Society for Classification. 1 1th Annual Conference

UDC Workshop in Aachen, Germany. A Summary Report - Terminology of Classification - FRG: From Information to Knowledge - From Knowledge to Information - Nigeria; UDC Users in Nigeria - U.K.CRG 261 -

,

USA: ASIS/SIG/CR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

COCTANews Growth - Call for Papers: Journal of Theoretical Politics

Infoterm News ...................... . Bourse de Langue, Bruxelles, 14-16 March 1987 - Journees Europeennes de la Traduction Professionelle, Paris, 25-26 March, 1987 - Expolangues, Paris, 27-31 March, 1987 - Introductory Course on Terminology, Sarajevo, 4-6 May, 1987 - Translation - Scientific and Technical Progress, Sofia, 1 9-20 May, 1987 - Workshop on the Universal Availability of Terminological Publications, Vienna, 19-20 May, 1987 - Seminar on Computer-assisted Terminography and Terminology Documentation, Vienna, May 22, 1987 -AItificiai Intelligence, 3rd Annual Presentation, Frankfurt, 3-7 June, 1987 -News - Meetings 1987 - New Publications - Hidden Glossaries . . . . . . . . .

Book Reviews Perreault, J.M.: The Idea of Order in Bibliography (H.Beck) Soergel, D.: Organizing Information: Principles of Data Base

and Retrieval Systems (R.Rada) . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Degens"P.O., Hermes, H.-J., Opitz, O.(Eds.): Die Klassifikation und ihr Umfeld (Classification and its environment)(P.Jaenecke)

Walne, P,(Ed.): Dictionary of Archival Terminology: Dictionnaire de Terminoiogie Archivistique (F. Riggs) , , , , . . . . . . . . .

Butler, Ch.: Computers in Linguistics (B.Endres-Niggemeyer).

Classification Literature 14(1987)No.2 ..... .

6 3 70

77

85

90

9 1

96

97

100

101

103

104

106 109

110

INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Devoted to Concept Theory, Systematic Terminology and Organization of Knowledge Editors Dr. phil. Ingetraut Dahlberg, D-6000 Frankfurt 50, Woogstr. 36a, Editor-in-chief Prof. Dr. med, Dr. phil. Alwin Diemer t, Philosophisches Institut der UniversiUit Dusseldorf, D-4000 Dusseldorf 1, UniversitiHsstr. 1, FRO. Prof. Jean M. Perreault, University Library, University of Alabama, P.O. B, 2600 Huntsville, Alabama 35807, USA Prof. Arashanipalai Neelameghan, clo Unesco POL 7, Place de Fontenoy, F-75700 Paris co-sponsored by - FID/CR (Federation Internationale de Documentation , Committee on Classification Research, address see Dr. I. Dahlberg Consulting Editors Mrs. Jean Aitchison, 12, Sollershott West, Letchworth, Herts., SG6 3PX, England Prof. Asterio T. Campos, Departemento de Biblioteconomia, Universidade de Brasilia, Brasiliy DF, Brazil Dr. A.1. Chernyi, VINITI, Moscow A-2I9 Baltijskaja uL 14, USSR Dip!. Math, Hermann Fangmeyer, Euratom CCR C.E.T.I.S. (European Scientific Information Processing Centre), 1-21020 Ispra, Italy Dip!. Volksw. Otto Gekeler, Burgunderweg 9, D·7900Ulm Prof. Eric de Grolier, Conseil International des Sciences, I, rue Miollis, F-75 Paris I5e, France Prof. Dr. Norbert Henrichs, Forschungsabt. Inform. u. Dokum. des Philosophischen Instituts der Universitat Dusseldorf, D-4000 Dusseldorf,

Universitatsstr. I, FRG Yukio Nakamura, Authorized Consulting Engineer, 14-8 Nisikata-l Bunkyo-Ku, Tokyo 113, Japan Prof. Dr. F.W. Riggs, Department of Political Science, Univ. of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu, HI, 96822. USA Mr. Mohinder Partap Satija, Department of Library and Information Science, Guru Nanak Dev University, Amritsar-143005, India Dr. Bugen Scibor, Institut Informaciji Naukoweij. Technicznej i Ekonomicznej (IINTE), UI. Zurawia 3/5, 00-926 Warszawa, Poland Prof. Alfredo Serrai, Universita degJi Studi, via Stazione S, Pietro 22, Roma, Italy Prof. Dr. Dagobert Soergel, School of Library and Information Services, University of Maryland, College Park, MD., 20742, USA Prof. Dr, Robert R . Sokal, State University of New York, Stony Brook, New York 11794, USA Mr. D. Strachan, FID General Secretariat, P.O.B. 90402, NL-2509LK The Hague, Netherlands Gesellschaft fUr Klassifikation e,V. represented by Dr, R . Fugmann, Hoechst AG, Wissenschaftliche Dokumcntation, D-6230 Frankfurt 80, FRG Infoterm, clo oster. Normungsinstitut, Postfach 130, A· 1021 Wien

UDC 025.4 + 168 + 001.4 (05) INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Devoted to Concept Theory, Systematic T ermino!ogy and Organization of Knowledge

Editors: Dr. I. Dahlberg, Frankfurt; Prof. Dr. Dr. A. Diemert, Dusseldorf; Prof. A. Neelameghan, UnesQ, Paris; Prof. J,M. Perreault, Huntsville, Ala., USA; co-sponsored by FIDleR .

Editorial Office: c/o Dr. I. Dahlberg, Woogstr. 36a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50, Tel. 069/523690 Issue frequency: 3x/ann. Annual subscription rates; Institution per volume DM 84, -; Individuals per volume OM 67,20; Single issues: OM 28, -, Back issues, hard copy, per issue OM 18,-, microfiche, per issue OM 6,- (1974-1977). Institutions will be billed. Individuals must prepay. For Air Mail delivery an additional OM 4,- per issue. Postage and Mwst (domestic only) is not included.

AdvertiSing rates: Advertising rate card NO! 1. Advertising fact sheet with details of mechanical requirements and closing dates available upon request. Publisher: INDEKS Verlag, Woogstr. 36a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50, Tel. 069/523690 Bank Account Nos.: INDEKS Verlag, Postgiro-Konto Frankfurt, No. 151208·608; Frankfurter Sparkasse von 1822, No. 852082 (BLZ 50050201) All rights reserved. Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany 1987 by Druckerei H. Guntrum II KG, Postfach 180, D-6407 Schlitz

Contents page

Rada, R.: Connecting and evaluating thesauri. Issues and cases. Int: CIassi!. 14 (1987) No. 2. p. 63-69. 36 refs.

Connecting and evaluating thesauri is an important task for thesystematic development of better information retrieval systems. Connecting thesauri includes not only determining when terms in different thesauri are the same but also determining what kinds of relationships can be transferred from one thesaurus to another. This paper first presents issues in connecting' and evaluating thesauri. Various experiments in connecting a particular thesaurus, the Medical Subject Headings, with other medical thesauri are described. In these experiments, similar terms in two thesauri are recognized and then differences in two thesauri are exploited to create more powerful thesauri. Part of the evaluation requires the thesaurus to support automatic indexing and retrieving of documents.

(Author)

Raj, P.: Depth Colon Classification schedule for anaesthesiology: Construction and test application. Int. Classi!. 14 (1987) No. 2. p. 77-84. 9 refs.

Guidelines, principles and systematic approach outlined in the 7th edition of Colon Classification scheme were adopted for the construction of a depth classification schedule for anaesthesiology as applied to various surgical and obstetrical procedures carried out on the human body. The procedural steps in designing the schedule are discussed with supporting tables and examples compiled from the schedule of isolates. The workability of the schedule was tested by facet analysing, classifying and arranging a few abstracts pertaining to anaesthesiology guided by the prinCiples of facet-analysis and the analyticosynthetic procedure for classifying. An alphabetical index to the schedule of isolates and a- cyclically permuted index to the test-classification have been prepared; the methodology for the same is described as well.

(Author)

This contents page may be reproduced without charge

I.C. Vol. 14 (1987) No.2

Satija, M.P.: History of book numbers. Int: Classi!. 14 (1987) No.2. p. 70-76, 38 refs.

The history of book numbers starts only with Melwil Dewey, as before him books were shelved in fixed location systems. The article traces the early attempts by Dewey himself to combine class numbers with author numbers and shows the development in the individualization of book numbers by a great number of classificationists and classifiers, among which J. Schwartz, W.S. Biscoe, Ch.A. Cutter, K.E. Sanborn, J.D. Brown, A.F. Rider and finally S.R. Ranganathan whose faceted structure and ease of application of book numbers seems still to be the optimal solution. Two rival systems of book numbers are alphabetical by author and chronological by the year of publication of a book. The concluding chapter is devoted to the existing literature on book numbers and laments its vanishing quantity. The study of book numbers is not getting due attention.

(Author)

Bielicka, L.A., Paciejewki, J., Scibor, E.: Classification and indexing languages in Poland (1974-1986). Pt.I1. Int: Classif. 14 (1987) No.2, p. 85-89. 101 refs. Continuation of article in Int.Classif.87-1, p.23-28. The first three chapters covered: General problems of indexing languages (ILs), Structure of indexing languages, and Indexing and information retrieval. In chapters 4-7 the following topics are treated: ClassificatiOn systems (development, UDC, faceted classifications, subjectfield classifications); Subject heading languages (positional grammar, subject-heading and subject-headings, methodology of creating alphabetical subject catalogues, alphabetical subject indexes to classified catalogues); Descriptor languages (general studies and the grammar of descriptor languages, formalized descriptions of thesauri, linguistic analysis of the vocabulary contained in thesauri, semantic relationships in thesauri, roles, methodology of building up thesauri, information on descriptor languages used in Poland); Other indexing languages (ILs for factographic systems, semantic code).

INlmNAllONAl aPSiIRrATION The more scientific data are generated in the impetuous present times. the more ordering energy needs to be expended to control these data in a retrievable fashion. W1th the abunda'1ce of knowledge now aval1able the questions of new solutions to the ordering and thus of 1.!!!..:.

'��fh�� have Ii they

have been In the focus of interest of scien-tists the world over. .Until recently. the special '1tterature relevant to classification was published 1n piecemeal fasMon. scattered over the numerous technical journals serving the experts of the various fields. such as

philosophy and science of science scfence polky dnd science organization mathematics. statistics, and computer science library and information sdence archlvfstics Slnd rnuseology journalism and communication science industrial and commodity classification terminology, lexicograp hy, linguistics

Beginning 1974 INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION has been serving as a common platform for the discussion of both theoretical background questions and practIcal appl1� cation problems in many areas of concern. In each issue experts from many countries comment on questions of an adequate structuring and construction of ordering systems and on- the problems of their use in opening the informa� tion contents of new literature. of ·data collections and sur� veys, of tabular works and of other objects of scientific interest. Their contributions have been concerned with ( 1) clarifying the theoretical foundations (general order�

ing theory, scfence�theoret1cal bases of classificatfon. data analyses and reduction)

(2) describing practical operations connected with numerf� cal taxonomy/classification, as wen as applic.ations of classification systems and thesauri, manual and machine indexing

(3) tra;c1ng the history of classification knowlE;!dge and me� thodology

(4) discussing questions of education and training in clas� sification

(5) concerning themselves with the problems of terminology in general and with respect to special fields.

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHOR-S

Manuscr�ts ma.y be submitted 1n either English. German or French the edltor�fJ1�chlef in two sets (the original and one copy) typed in double space, comprising between 1500 to 3000 words. They should be accompanied by an English indicative abstract of 100�200 words. Criteria for acceptance will be approrriateness to the field of the journal (see Scope and Aims . taking into account the merit of the content and presentation. Papers are ac� cepted .... ith the understanding that they have not been published, submitted or accepted for publication elsewhere and th(lt. if the work received official sponsorship, it has been duly released for publication. Authors w111 usually be notified within 6 to 10 weeks. Unless specifically request� edt manuscripts or 11lustrations will not be returned. The text of the papers should be structured by subhead� lngs;-rr- should contain (a) an introduction. stating the purpose. (b) a description of materials and methods in suf� ficient detal1, ec) Information on results or systems devel� oped and (d) a conclusion with a discussion and/or summa� rizatfon. References should be listed at the end of the paper with the numbers in brackets referring. to such numbers in brackets withfn the text part. Additional notes should be indicated fn the text by ltfted slnl le numbers (e.g. text ) and equally collected with the r texts at the end of the paper under the heading Notes.

AIMS

Thus, INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION .is meant to be a pro� gramme for the improvement of classification methods and processes, a forum for discussion for all those interested in the organization of knowledge on a universal or a subject�field scale, using concept analyticai and/or concept�synthetical approaches as well as numerical procedures and compriSing also the intellectual and automatic compilation and use of classification systems and thesauri in all fields of knowledge, with special attention being given to the problems of terminology.

INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION publishes original articles, reports on conferences and similar communications, the Newsletters of FID/CR (Committee on Classification Research of the International Federation for Documentation), and COCTA (Committee on Conceptual and Terminological Analysis). book reviews, letters to the editor, and an extensive annotated bibliography of recent classification and indexing literature. covering between 400 and 500 items in each issue.

INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION should therefo�e be available at every university and research library of every country, at every infonnation center, at colleges and schools of library and information science. in the hands of everybody interested in the fields mentioned above and thus also at every office for updating information on any topic related to the problems of order in our infonmation�flooded times.

INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION was founded in 1973 by an international group o f scholars with a consulting board of editors representing the world1s regions. the special classification fields and the subject areas involved. From 1974M1980 IC was published by K.G.Saur Verlag. MUnchen. Back issues of 1978�1985 are available from INOEKS Verlag. too. (The 7 volumes of 1978�1984 are offered now at the highly reduced price of OM 250.�.)

Rates: For 3 issues/ann. (including indexes every three years): Institutions OM 84.-. Individuals f-20%). members of class ificati on soci eties & groups (-30%). members of Gesellschaft fUr Klassifikation (-40%) + postage. For air� mail delivery add OM 4.M per issue.

INDEKS Verlag. Woogstr. 36a. DM6000 Frankfurt 50.

,Journal References should contain the names and initials of all author" full title of the puhlfcatlon, abbreviation of the journal according to the IS O Standard No.4. volume number, year of publication fn brackets, issue number and first and last pa-ge numbers. Mono9ra�h References should give .the name{s) of the author{s) .. fur Htle. ed1tfon. place of publication. publisher.year and number of pages. Examples: Fugmann. R.: The glamour and the misery of the th,esaurus approach. In: Int. Classif. 1(1974) No.2. p. 76�86. 20 refs. Sartori. G.; Riggs. F.W •• leune. H.: Tower of Babel. On the definition and analysis of concepts in the social' sct� ences. Pittsburgh. Pa.: Int.Studies Assoc. 1975. 107 p . •

Int.Studles Dec. Paper No.6.· Illustrations should be restricted to necessary mtnimum. Graphs and Diagrams should be supplied as black'and white drawings suitable to reproduction. Half�tone fllustra� tions should be sharp. wen�contrasted glossy pMn s. n� lustrations should be numbered lightly with soft pencfl on the back. Numbered legends should be attached on a s�pa� rate sheet. Tables should be typed doubl.e�spaced on a separate sheet, contatn a nu mber and a title at the top and be cited in the text. Each column should have a heading. Authors shall receive 25 reprints of their papers free of charge. Addtional reprfnts may be ordered. Correctfons in gailey proof exceeding 101 of the typesetM ting costs wfll be charged to the author.

Roy Rada National Library of Medicine, Bethesda, MD, USA

Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri: Issues and Cases·

Rada, R.: Connecting and evaluating thesauri. Issues and cases. Int: Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2, p. 63-69, 36 refs.

Connecting and evaluating thesauri is an important task for the systematic development of better information retrieval systems. CODnecting thesauri includes not only determining when terms in different thesauri are the same but also detennining what kinds of relationships can be transferred from one thesaurus to another. This paper first presents issues in connecting and evaluating thesauri. Various experiments in connecting a particular thesaurus, the Medical Subject Headings, with other medical thesauri are described. In these experiments, similar terms in two thesauri are rec� ognized and then differences in two thesauri are exploited to create more powerlul thesauri. Part of the evaluation requires the thesaurus to support automatic indexing and retrieving of docu� ments.

(Author)

1. Introduction

Thesauri are fundamental components of many information retrieval systems. Synonyms to the term "thesaurus" are the terms "classification structure", "controlled vocabulary", and "ordering system" (1). Connecting of thesauri can help users get information from different information sources. Evaluating the success of such connections requires understanding the functions of the thesaurus within the information system.

A thesaurus is a set of concepts in which each concept is represented with at least synonymous terms, broader concepts, narrower concepts, and related concepts (2). A term is a word or sequence of words that refers to an atomic concept within a given domain of discourse. For instance, "shortness of breath" may be considered a term when discussing symptoms of patients. Each concept may also be associated with one term that serves as the name of that concept and which will here be called the concept main term.

Each concept in a thesaurus can be viewed as. a frame in a frame-based system (3). Definitions of the slots in each frame of a thesaurus include (2): 1. Broader. This relation can mean: a) Class inclusion, such as neoplasm is a disease. b) Whole-part, such as hand is a part of arm. c) Other connected concepts, such as "characteristic

curve of an electron tube" is broader�than "electron tube" .

2. Narrower. This relation includes the reverse relations of those listed for broader.

3. Related. Two concepts are considered to be related if they are related but neither is broader than the other. Related may be used to identify terms that are related

to each other from a certain point of view, such as usage, action, or process.

4. Synonymous. Synonyms are terms that mean the same thing.

Other relations could be introduced (1), but for the sake of simplicity, the standards for thesauri restrict the relations to little more than the above.

Connecting two thesauri T 1 and T z allows a searcher to see directly or indirectly the contents of two thesauri or the documents to which the thesauri point without having to master the contents of each thesaurus. For this paper, "connecting" is considered broader-than "map� ping" but synonymous with "merging". In mapping Tl to Tz a new slot has to be entered for each concept in Tl which slot can be called the nearest slot. This nearest slot points to the concept(s) in Tz which are semantically near the concept in Tl (see Figure 1). In "merging" Tl with T z the nearest slot is not needed but changes may be made to the values for the synonym, broader, narrower, and related slots for all concepts;

2. Mapping and Merging

2.1 Mapping

Concepts can be mapped between two thesauri with a variety of tools. First, direct lexical matching between concept main terms can be performed. Secondly, knowledge about the syntax or the morphosemantics of main terms can be employed. Finally, the knowledge in the relationships within the thesauri themselves can be the basis for sophisticated mapping of terms from one thesaurus to another.

Direct lexical matching of main terms can be done with common computer software tools. With readily available commands in computer editors or operating systems one can efficiently ask whether two strings or terms are identical or have substrings in common. The matching of substrings can accommodate certain simple syntactic and morphosemantic matchirigs.

2.1.1 With Knowledge Outside Thesaurus

Knowledge about syntax and morphology of terms is not explicit in typical thesauri. This type of knowledge is, however, available in the world and can be used to advantage in mapping thesauri. Furthermore, it should be possible to study a typical thesaurus and infer syntactic and morphosemantic information from the terms and relations in the thesaurus.

concept in T I

main term synonymous tenn(s) broader concept(s) narrower concept(s) related concept(s) nearest concept(s) in Tz

Fig. 1: For mapping Tl to Tz concepts in T, may be augmented with a nearest concept slot that points to the nearest or most similar concept(s) in Tz.

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri 63

A variety of rearrangements of terms can be performed to determine whether a kind of syntactic match exists between two terms. Two examples illustrate the type ofrewriting that can facilitate connecting two main tenns: • x ofy<----> yx

(as in shortness of breath <----> breath shortness)

• x, y�yx (as in cancer, lung <----> lung cancer).

Here "u �V" means that u is a nearest concept for v. There has been substantial work reported in the literature about this kind of syntactic connecting of thesauri under the title of switching vocabularies (4, 5) or phrase rewrite systems (6).

After decomposing the words within two terms into their components it is possible to do matching based on these components. Such matching may succeed where direct matching fails. For instance, start with the two terms "hypertension" and "high pressure" . If the term "hypertension" has been decomposed into the components "high" and "pressure", then "hypertension" would map to "high pressure". Such connecting of terms has been widely employed in the processing of noun phrases in medical records and their translation into terms from medical classification schemes (7, 8).

2.1.2 Using Thesaurus Structure

A thesaurus is itself rich in information which can be used to help drive mapping. 'The synonymous relation can naturally assist in mapping. Assume that two thesauri, Tl and T2, are available. Tl includes a concept main term called x which has a synonymous term called y. T2 includes a concept main term called z which has a synonymous term called y. By going through the synonymous tenn y, an algorithm can connect x and z (9).

The broader and narrower relations in thesauri can also be used in mapping terms. Assume that Tl has relationships for a term x that are the same as the relationships that T2 has for a term y (see Figure 2). Based on the similarity in the neighborhood of x and y, it seems reasonable to conclude that x <----> y. This kind of determination can in theory be made arbitrarily complex to take into account all of the information in the thesaurus in the course of deciding the degree of similarity between any concept x in Tl and y in T2 (10).

T,

concept main term:x

broader :a riarrower :b,c

T,

concept main term:y

broader: a narrower:b,c

Fig. 2: Thesaurus Tl has the same structure around concept x that thesaurus T2 has around concept y. Accordingly, x and y may be suspected to be synonymous.

2.2 Merging

The determination of nearest concept in mapping two

thesauri avoids certain decisions· which could lead to more accurate and powerful thesaurus connections. Consider two thesauri such that in Tj concept b is narrower than concept e and concept e is narrower than concept a, while in T2 concept b is narrower than concept a (see Figure 3). How should Tl be augmented to fill the nearest to T2 concept slot for concept "e" . Certain advantages in retrieval could accrue by showing in Tj that "e" is narrower than "a" in T2. Otherwise, one might have to say that "e" is nearest to "a" and "b" in T2•

T, T,

concept main term:a concept main term:e

narrower:e

T,

broader: a narrower:b

concept main term;a

narrower:b

Fig. 3: Concept e in Tj belongs between concept a and b in T2·

The process of merging thesauri involves two crucial steps: finding similarities and exploiting differences. Finding similarities involves steps like those in mapping. In the first step, terms in Tl are mapped to terms in T2. Exploiting differences can involve a number of principles, but two which are most germane to thesauri could be called "learning by hierarchical transitivities" and "learning by analogy". Learning by hierarchical transitivities involves grafting a subtree from one thesaurus into another thesaurus (see Figure 4). Learning by analogy involves determining that similar terms in two thesauri are related in one but not the other thesaurus and then copying the relationship into the thesaurus that was lacking it. For instance, if in TI concept a has a causal relationship to concept b but the same concepts in T2 have no direct connection, then it is reasonable to hypothesize that T2 could be accurately augmented by copying the causal relation between concepts a and b from Tl into T2·

3. Evaluation

One hypothesis behind the effort to connect thesauri is that after Tj is connected with T2 that the resultant T1+2 will be better than Tl alone. Demonstrating with a repeatable experiment thatthe connection ofTl and T2has led to a better thesaurus is not necessarily straightforward but is facilitated by the fact that many computerized Information Retrieval Systems (IRS) are in routine use and depend heavily on thesauri. The value of a thesaurus is reflected in the value of the IRS of which the thesaurus is a part.

IRS performance characteristics should be related to the benefit to the user of the IRS. Connecting thesauri

64 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri

" "

Fig. 4: Above - Thesauri T, (represented with terms ail and T2 (represented with terms bi). Below - Merged thesaurus formed by joining T, and T2 at the common nodes a2 and b,.

could help all the performance characteristics of the IRS and thus improve user benefit. One way to evaluate the user benefit is to measure the performance characteristics of the IRS before and after connecting thesauri. Such experiments could survey actual users and ask them for feedback about completeness of retrieval, speed of retrieval, and such (see Figure 5) (9).

A thesaurus may be seen as serving two principal functions in an IRS (9): . • assIsting indexers and searc4ers in the choice of ap

propriate terms and • facilitating inclusive searches (if term x has y as a nar

rower term, then an inclusive search with x automatically includes y).

Evaluation of thesauri along these two dimensions can be done with or without computer assistance. For example, human indexers can be asked to find appropriate index terms from T, and TI+2 and to then say whether T, Of T1+2 is better.

One way to avoid the subjectivity of asking people what they like about indexing or retrieval results is to axiomatize the desirable properties of a good thesaurus. These axioms can themselves be based on well-known psychological rules. A standard method of portraying the hierarchy in a thesaurus to a user is to list for any given main concept all the narrower concepts in a menu. As a novice searcher traverses a thesaurus in search of appropriate query terms, the searcher's short-term memory limitations make it desirable that each concept have a handful of narrower concepts so that the menu display is not too sparse or too cluttered (11, 12). Given that one can specify an ideal number of narrower terms for each concept in a thesaurus, a quantitative assessment of a thesaurus can be made of the extent to which the thesaurus meets that ideal. Thus T1+2 would be better thim T" if T1+is branching factor was closer to the ideal than T,'s branching factor was.

One can prove that document retrieval.through two merged thesauri may lead to better retrieval than retrieval through one thesaurus (13). Assume that the narrower concepts of concept x in thesaurus T I are made

Information System Characteristic Impact on Processing Decision-Makin� eo,t

completeness of information + novelty of information

to user +

appropriateness of information to user's backg!ound + +

concise (without redundancy) information +

speed of retrieval +

Fig. 5: Some standard factors to usc in evaluating an information retrieval system.

narrower concepts of concept y in thesaurus Tz. A search that uses only concept y may retrieve fewer relevant docume�ts than a search which uses y and the narrower concepts of x. To the extent that the concepts have been used in indexing documents and one only searches the indexed representation of documents, this argument for improved retrieval may fail. If the document space O2 has been indexed with concepts from T 2 but not T" then to get more recall of documents from O2 after merging T, with T2, it might be necessary to search for strings of characters. For example, a search could be performed with the concept main terms of the narrower concepts of x that have been taken from T, and added to T2. This search would treat a concept main term from Tl as a string of characters and find occurrences of this string in the text of documents from O2,

4. Work with a Particular Thesaurus: MeSH

4.1 The System

The National Library of Medicine (NLM) has long been concerned with the development, maintenance and improvement of document retrieval systems (14). NLM is responsible for MEOLlNE, a computerized, bibliographic listing of a large segment of the documents in the biomedical, periodical literature (15). Each bibliographic reference to a document is associated with a set of indexing terms from a thesaurus called the Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) (16). A trained indexer scans a document and assigns indexing terms from MeSH based on a set of rules.

MeSH brings the vocabulary of the indexer and searcher into coincidence. A flowchart of the MEOLINE system emphasizes that documents and queries are encoded into MeSH terms (see Figure 6). A search on MEOLINE can be performed for documents represented by indexing terms satisfying any Boolean combination of terms in a query. Millions of documents hand-encoded into MeSH are stored on the computer. Thousands of queries hand-encoded into MeSH arrive each day from users around the world.

MeSH consists of a set of heading arranged in a 9-level hierarchy. Near the top of the hierarchy those terms include "anatomy", "disease", and "chemicals". Terms narrower-than "disease" include "neoplasm", "immune disease", and "infection". There are about 15,000 main headings in the primary structure of MeSH. Included in the set of headings which represent documents and queries are another 50,000 headings within a special thesaurus of chemicals (17).

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri 65

Translation inlo MeSH

MeSH

Fig. 6: Role of MeSH in storage and retrieval of docu-ments from MEDLINE. .

4.2 Office Use

NLM is trying to extend the use of MeSH by connecting it to other thesauri and information systems. The Library of Congress maintains a massive thesaurus, called the Library of Congress Subject Headings, and a mapping has been made between that thesaurus and MeSH. This mapping is to allow people searching for documents through either the computerized Library of Congress system or MEDLINE to be able to access material simultaneously from the other system (18). NLM is also trying to connect the genetics database, called GENBANK, to MEDLINE. Part of this connection has involved a mapping between the keywords of GENBANK and MeSH. GENBANK is the world's best known computerized source of genetic sequence information (19).

At Harvard Medical School the students are being introduced to a new mode of education that focuses on tutoring, self-pacing, and computers. Each student is provided with a personal workstation that facilitates communication with other students, with faculty, and with databases. The students are expected to take advantage of the computer to help themselves organize the vast amount of information that goes along with a medical education. MeSH is being explored as a tool to help this organization of information. Researchers at Harvard have developed a computer program that runs on a microcomputer and which provides an environment wherein the user may explore the MeSH vocabulary by browsing its hierarchical structure (20) . The system is being augmented with terminology and techniques that make it increasingly useful to students who want to learn about medical care and to organize their own library.

The medical school staff index all lectures, laboratory exercises, and patient cases with a controlled vocabulary based on MeSH.

NLM has sponsored Integrated Academic Information Management System projects at several institutions (21, 22). Baylor College of Medicine (BCM) is part of this project and is using MeSH in its office automation endeavors. BCM has about 800 microcomputers, 70 SUN workstations, and 5 mainframe computers on a network. Two Britton-Lee Intelligent Database Machines facilitate data access across the network. MeSH will be stored on the Database Machines and will be used to help classify messages (23).

MeSH has been placed on several computers at NLM for the exploration of graphic interfaces to MeSH. MeSH is displayed on a XEROX 1108 with the assistance of the programming package called GRAPHER. The user can enter a term and be graphically shown the hierarchy of terms around it or can choose to traverse the thesaurus from top to bottom by mouse-activating terms on the screen. MeSH 'has also been stored and graphically displayed on a Macintosh and an IBM-PC AT.

4.3 Knowledge Building Experiments

The strategies for semi-automatic augmentation of MeSH have focused on finding the similarities between MeSH and other thesauri and then exploiting the differences (24). The kinds of changes to MeSH that have been considered include the adding of terms, the adding of relationships, and the readjusting of relationships. Extensive tests of the value of the augmentations have been performed by using MeSH as part of algorithms for 1) evaluating the similarity between documents and

queries and 2) automatically indexing document titles into MeSH. One large-scale experiment for the automatic addition ofterms to MeSH referred to the Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine (SNOMED) (25). SNOMED is a 50,000 main term thesaurus that is used in the indexing of parts of the patient record (26). The strategy for augmentation was to find two main terms that were the same in both thesauri. Then the children of the SNOMED main term were added to MeSH as children ofthe MeSH main term (27). To evaluate this merge, automatic indexing of titles of medical journal articles was done. No improvement in indexing was observed, but this was shown to be true, in part, because the terms from SNOMED that were not already in MeSH tended not to occur in the titles of journal articles.

In experiments with the Computing Reviews Classification Structure (28) and MeSH the merge strategy allowed nodes to be inserted between other nodes as a function of their position in both thesauri. This merge played a key role in the subsequent construction of a thesaurus for the field of medical informatics (29).

Thesauri are rich in hierarchical relationships but poor in other kinds of relationships. In the medical do, main there are several computerized knowledge bases which are rich in non-hierarchical relationships. One such knowledge base, called Current Medical Informa-


tion and Terminology (CMIT), gives for each of about 4,000 diseases the etiology, signs, symptoms, laboratory findings, and more (30). The addition of such information to MeSH could be useful in many computer tasks, such as expectation-based parsing. If a parser first detects the etiology and symptoms of a disease in a paper, then the parser might expect that that disease will be discussed in the paper.

Experiments have been done to add CMIT relations to MeSH. The method found similarities between concepts in MeSH and CMIT and then added CMIT relationships to MeSH. For instance, since in CMIT "granuloma" is a pathologicalfinding of "rheumatoid arthritis" , the MeSH concepts "rheumatoid arthritis" and "granuloma" were connected by the relationship pathological finding. These experiments involved first manually translating CMIT phrases into MeSH con- I

cepts, then automatically connecting the appropriate pairs of MeSH concepts with relationships from CMIT (31, 32). To extent these efforts at adding the relationships of CMIT to MeSH, automatic translation of CMIT phrases into MeSH were attempted (33); Various word frequency and pattern recognition techniques were used to classify CMIT phrases as MeSH terms. Evaluations of the merged MeSH and CMIT revealed problems secondary to an inadequate parsing of the CMIT phrases into MeSH. CMIT is presented in a highly stylized type of medical sublanguage which makes parsing of it very difficult by other than medical professionals (34).

4.4 Consistency Challenge

Certain problems can arise in merging which we don't entirely know how to solve. If one thesaurus says that x is broader-than y but another thesaurus says that x and y have the same parent (i.e., are siblings), then an inconsistency has occurred. The PDQ thesaurus is used by the the PDQ cancer information retrieval system of the National Cancer Institute. The PDQ thesaurus provides access to current information on cancer treatment, research and prognosis (35). A merge of part of MeSH with part of the PDQ thesaurus was performed (with a method that required locating similar concepts in the two thesauri and then connecting subtrees of one thesaurus to the other thesaurus at the point of similarity). In 7 of 8 cases where similar concepts were identified, the merge occurred without conflict. But the 8th case demonstrated the problem of consistency in a way that had additional ramifications. In MeSH "anal neoplasms" are narrower-t�an "rectal neoplasms". In the PDQ thesaurus "anal neoplasms" and "rectal neoplasms" are both children of the same concept (see Figure 7). Since the PDQ thesaurus is, in general, more specific in the cancer terminology than is MeSH, one heuristic would say to follow the PDQ lead. More careful examination of MeSH reveals, however, another problem. In the anatomy section of MeSH the "anal canal" is listed as narrower-than "rectum". Thus to change the MeSH neoplasm terminolpgy by making "anus neoplams" and "rectum neoplasms" siblings, without also changing the MeSH anatomy section, would be to introduce a kind of inconsistency between.

anUs 'an�.r

siage 0 r«lUm tamer

.Iage I rectum <anrer

Siage II •• (lIIm 'aneu

stage 111 t«lum <all«'

sl,ge IV ,oetum cancer

recurrenl reclum ,all<or

«<Ium 'jIlleCf ceHular dlagno,is

MeSH gastrointestinal neoplasms section

allu, neoplasms

wlor«lai neoplasln,. hereditary IIOnpolypos;s

Fig. 7: Conflict between PDQ and MeSH thesauri.

the anatomy and disease sections of MeSH. Heuristics to properly handle such situations are not necessarily straightforward.

4.� Computer Evaluation

Computer programs can be used to do indexing or searching. To the extent that the performance of the computer program depends on a thesaurus, the performance of the program on two different thesauri is a reflection of the value of the thesauri. Experiments have been used to test the choice of appropriate terms for indexing. Computer programs have been written which take titles from articles off MEDLINE and automatically index them into MeSH terms. These programs rely on MeSH or MeSH connected with another thesaurus (27). The performance of the computer indexer is assessed by comparing its output to the output of the human indexer as it is stored on MEDLINE for each article.

To test the role of the bronder and narrower relationships in a thesaurus, a spreading activation model has been used to reason with a thesaurus in determining the relevance of documents to queries (32). The basic principle is that the number of broader-than and narrowerthan relationships which separate two sets of concepts reflects on the conceptual distance between the sets. The simplest example follows:

Int. CJassif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri 67

• given a thesaurus where x is broader-than y and y is broader-than z,

• given a query represented by x, • given a documenty represented by y and a documentz

represented by z • the query is conceptually closer to document, than it

is to documentz because x is one relationship from y but two relationships from z.

The computer algorithm ranks documents to a query based on conceptual distance. People are asked to perform the same ranking. The ranking of the computer with T, is compared to that of people. Then T, is merged with T2, and the computer again does the ranking but now based on T1+2• This second ranking is compared against the human ranking. If the computer does better with T1+2 than it does with Tl' then T1+2 is considered to be a better thesaurus.

5. Discussiou

Making a thesaurus is typically a labor-intensive job. Furthermore, a new thesaurus often repeats substantial amounts of material already present in existing thesauri (36). Approximately 22 years ago. Clara E. Muller tried to establish a special concordance between the Universal Decimal Classification and some special classification systems without the assistance of a computer. She met with the same frustration 'as other researchers who embarked on that project. Too many parameters are involved which could hardly be made explicit without computer assistance (1).

As each new document space and thesaurus becomes available, the need for methods that allow users to

. search multiple document spaces without having to understand multiple thesauri increases. One approach to allowing users to take advantage of multiple thesauri at once is to map the terms of each thesaurus to the terms of the other (6). Furthermore, an information retrieval system with merged thesauri can lead to better information retrieval than an information retrieval system which only maps between terms of different thesauri (13).

While the merging of thesauri T, and T2 would seem to necessarily produce a more powerful thesaurus than either T} or T2 alone, demonstrating this for two, realworld thesauri with a repeatable experiment is not necessarily easy. First, the thesauri have to be stored on the computer in a form suitable for experimentation. Second, some method of using the thesauri has to be elaborated for which the value of that usage can be precisely assessed. Fortunately, information retrieval systems facilitate access to large numbers of queries, documents, and user interactions - all of which may be systematically related to the role of the thesaurus.

For researchers in information science and artificial intelligence thesauri are an attractive topic. Thesauri are more complex than databases but simpler than natural language. They represent a middle ground from which one can hope to gradually build towards an understanding of the knowledge that supports intelligent information retrieval.

Acknowledgements: A host of collaborators contributed to the

work reported here. A partial listing in alphabetical order follows: Ellen Bicknell, John Eng, Bruce Greenwald, Steve Lester, Flor* ence Lu, Joseph Maline , and Hafedh MilL This work was partly supported by NSF Grant ECS-84-06683.

Refereuces (1) Dahlberg, Ingetraut: Conceptual Compatibility of Ordering

Systems. lnt. Classif. 10, 1 , pp. 5-8, 1983. (2) National Library and Infonnation Associations Council:

Guidelines for Thesaurus Structure, Construction, and Use. New York: American National Standards Institute, 1980.

(3) Fikes, Richard, Kehler, Tom: The Role of Frame-Based Representation in Reasoning. Communic. ACM, 28, 9, pp. 904-920, Sept 1985.

(4) Niehoff, Robert: Development of an Integrated Energy Vocabulary and the Possibilities of Online Subject Switching. J. ASIS, p. 3, Jan.-Feb. 1976.

(5) Niehoff, Robert, Mack, Greg: The Vocabulary Switching System. lnt. Classif. 12, 1 , pp. 2-6, 1985.

(6) Klingbiel, P.H.: Phrase Structure Rewrite Systems in Information Retrieval. Infonn. Process. & Management, 21 ,2 , pp. 113- 126, 1985.

(7) Dunham, G. , Pacak, M., Pratt, A. : Automatic Indexing of Pathology Data. J. ASIS, March 1978.

(8) Wingert, F.: An Indexing System for SNOMED. Meth. Infonn. Med. 25, pp. 22-30, 1986.

(9) Soergel, Dagobert : Organizing Information: Principles of Data Base and Retrieval Systems. Orlando, Florida; Academic Press, 1985.

(10) Bonham, G.M., Nozicka, G.I., Stokman, F.N.: Cognitive Graphing and the Representation of Biomedical Knowledge. Proc. Expert Systems in Government Conf., pp. 397-403, IEEE Computer Society Press, 1985.

(11) Lee, Eric, MacGregor, lames: Minimizing User Search Time in Menu Retrieval Systems. Human Factors, 27, 2, pp. 157-162, 1985.

(12) Miller, D.P.: The DepthlBreadth Tradeoff in Hierarchical Computer Menus. Proc. Human Factors Society - 25th Annual Meeting, 1981.

(13) Mazur, Zygmont: Organization of the Inverted Files in a Distributed InformationRetrievaiSystemBased on Thesauri . Infonn. Process. & Management, 22, 2, pp. 243-250, 1986.

(14) MEDLARS Management Section: Online Services Refer� ence Manual. Bethesda, MD: National Library of Medicine. July 1982.

(15) McCarn, D.B.: MEDLINE: an Introduction to On-Line Searching. J. ASIS, 31, 3, pp. 181-192, May 1980.

(16) National Library of Medicine, Medical Subject Headings Section: Medical Subject Headings, Annotated Alphabetical List, Springfield, Virgina: National Technical Information Service, 1986.

(17) National Library of Medicine, Medical Subject Headings SecM tion: Medical Subject Headings - Supplementary Chemical Records. Springfield, Virgina: National Technical Information Service, 1986.

(18) National Library of Medicine: Unified Medical Language System. Nat. Libr. of Medicine News, 41, 1 1 , pp. 1-4, November 1986.

(19) Burks, C., Fickett, I.W., Goad, W.B., Kanehisa, M. , Lewitter, F.I., Rindone, W.P., Swindell, C.D., Tung, C, Bilofsky, H.S.: The GenBank Nucleic Acid Sequence Database. Cabio" 1 , 4, pp. 225�233, 1985.

(20) Barnett, G.O.: An Interactive MeSH Evironment. NLM Contract Report PO*467-MZ-600562, August 1986.

(21) Matheson, N.W., Cooper, J.A.:' Academic Information in the Academic Health Sciences Center J. Med. Educ. , 57, 10 Part 2, pp. 1-93, October 1982.

.

(22) Warner, H.R., Detmer, D.E., Peay, W.J.: IAIMS Implementation and Administration at the University of Utah. Proc. Tenth Ann. Symp. on Computer Applications in Medical Care, pp. 1 1 1-113, IEEE Computer Society, 1986.

(23) Gorry, G.A.: IAIMS Report. NLM' Grant Report LM*04478-02, June 1986.

(24) Forsyth, Richard, Rada, Roy: Machine Learning: ExpertSys-


terns and Information Retrieval. London: Ellis Horwood, 1986.

(25) Cote, Roger: Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine. Skokie, Illinois: College of American Pathologists, 1979.

(26) Cote, R.A.: Architecture of SNOMED: Its Contribution to Medical Language Processing. Proc. Tenth Ann. Symp. on Computer Applications in Medical Care, pp. 74-80. IEEE Computer Society, 1986.

(27) Rada, Roy, Darden, Lindley, Eng, John: Relating Two Knowledge Bases: The Role of Identity and Part-Whole. In: The Role of Language in Problem Solving, 2, ed. R. Jernigan, pp. 71-91, Amsterdam, Netherlands: Elsevier Science Publ., 1987.

(28) Denning, D. , Minker, J. , Parker,A., Ralston, A., Reilly, E., Rosenberg, A., Walston, C., Willoughby, T., Sammet, J . , Blum, A.: The Proposed New Computing Reviews Classification Scheme. Communic. ACM, 24, 7, pp. 419-434, July 1981.

(29) Rada, Roy, Calhoun, Edith, Hafedh, Mili, Singer, Sarah, Blum, Bruce, Orthner, Helmuth: A Medical Informatics Thesaurus, Proc. MEDINFO '86, pp. 1164-1172, October 1986.

(30) Finkel, A., Gordon, B., Baker, M., Fanta, C.: Current Med-

J u s t p u b 1 i s h e d

ical Infonnation and Terminology. Chicago: American Medical Association, 1981.

(31) Rada, Roy, Humphrey, Susanne, Coccia, Craig . : A Knowledge-base for Retrieval Evaluation. Ann. Proc. ACM, pp. 360-367, Oct. 1985.

(32) Rada, Roy: Gradualness Facilitates Knowledge Refinement. IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, 7, 5, pp. 523-530, September 1985.

(33) Lester, Steve; Rada, Roy: A Method of Medical Knowledge Base Augmentation. Meth. Inform. Med. 26 (1987) No. 1 , p. 31-39.

(34) Dunham, George: The Role of Syntax in the Sublanguage of Medical Diagnostic Statements. In: Analyzing Language in �estricted Domains: Sublanguage Description and Processing, ed. Richard Kittredge, Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum, 1986, pp. 175-194 ..

(35) Kreps, G.L., Maibach, E.W., Naughton, M.D., Day, S.H., Annett, D.: PDQ Usage: Implications for Evaluation. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Medical Systems and Informatics. 5th Annual Joint National Congress, pp. 71-75, 1986.

(36) Dextre, S.G., Clarke, T.M.: A System fOf Machine-Aided Thesaurus Construction. Aslib Prec, 33, 3, pp. 102-112, 1981.

Terminology and Knowledge Engineering

PROCEED I NGS

OF THE I NTERNATI ONAL CONGRESS ON

TERMINOLOGY AND KNOWLEDGE ENG INEERING l

29 Sept. - 1 Oct . 1987 , Un i vers i ty of Tri er, FRG

edi ted by Hans Cza p , Tri er , and Christian Gal i nski , Vi enna .

The proceedi ngs are arranged accordi ng to the congress program coveri ng

Fundamental s of terminol ogy Probl ems of natural l anguage processi ng

· Questi ons of ordering systems Transfer and presentation of knowl edge and i nformation Termbanks and knowledge representation Speci al aspects of non- European l anguages Probl ems of systems i nterconnection

448 p. , DM 79 . 80 ( bound) I SBN 3-88672-202-3

1

I NDEKS VERLAG Woogstr. 36a D-6000 Frankfurt 50

lnt. C1assif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Rada - Connecting and Evaluating Thesauri 69

Mohinder Partap Satija Guru Nanak Dev University. Department of Library Science, Amritsar, India

History of Book Numbers

Dedicated to the Memory of Donald J. Lehnus,

a supreme scholar on book numbers.

Satija, M.P.: History of book numbers. Int: Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2, p. 70-76, 38 refs. The history of book numbers starts only with Melwil Dewey, as before him books were shelved in fixed location systems. The article traces the early attempts by Dewey himself to combine class numbers with author numbers and shows the development in the individualization of book numbers by a great number of classificationists and classifiers, among which J. Schwartz, W.S. Biscoe, eh.A. Cutter, K.E. Sanborn, J.D. Brown, A.F. Rider and finally S.R. Ranganathan whose faceted structure and ease of application of book numbers seems still to be the optimal solution. Two rival systems of book numbers are alphabetical by author and chronological by the year of publication of a book. The concluding chapter is devoted to the existing literature on book numbers and laments its vanishing quantity. The study of book numbers is not getting due attention. (Author)

1 . The Beginning with Me1vil Dewey Book numbers, are only an adjunct in a relative

classification - a family sired in 1873 by Melvil Dewey (1851·1931). In the pre-Dewey days of fixed location systems these book numbers were not needed. Inevitably, the origin and development of book numbers is coeval with relative classification systems, though independent of these major, surviving library classifications. At Amherst, Melvil Dewey had tried placing the author's name in full or abbreviated form after the class number:

570 or 570 : 510 or � DARWIN DAR RUSSELL RUS '

Letters below the class number represented the book number. This primitively simple method was soon found unwieldy. Dewey then decided to use the simplest method possible, that of numbering each book in a class according to its accession in the library. "Thus 160.1 would be the first book on logic, 160.2 the second"' . 3428.4 represented the fourth book in a particular library on child care the class number of which in the second edition of DDC (1885) was 3428. (It may be reminded here that in the first two editions of the DDC, no decimal point was used after the first three digits of the class number). This dot was placed slightly above the base line. Hence this raised "decimal" point was used as an indicator between the class number and the book number. In those latter days of the 19th century, the size of the book. too, was an important consideration in the arrangement of books. If the book was of abnormal size, the size number was added between the class and the book numbers. For example in 3428.4. 17, 3428 is the class number, 4 means quarto size, and 1 7 is the book number. It simply means that, within a given class, the books were first arranged by size and then further subarranged by book numbers. This also resulted in an orderly arrangement of books by size and gave the whole an aesthetic impression. In the be-

70

ginning, this accession method was considered satisfactory. Later, still considering it to be the simplest, Melvil Dewey himself cited the following two disadvantages: (I) The author, date, publisher, language, style of treatment are entirely disregarded and only an accession order exists, and (2) there is no way to locate a specific book except to know its precise number, while Cutter numbers arrange them by author"z.

2. The Combined System of Jacob Schwartz In the early 1 880's, many systems of book numbers

were experimented with and advocated. The method of book numbers that was to become popular had its antecedents prior even to 1876, though the origin of book numbers in the true sense of the word can only be

· traced back to the year 1878' . As early as 1872, Mr.M. Jacob Schwartz (1846-1926), Librarian of the New York Apprentices Library from 1871 to 1900, arranged all the sections of his library alphabetically. Schwartz considered as Dewey's early rival, devised a table to convert an author's name into numbers. Its mechanism consisted

· in assigning integral numbers 1·99 to a combination of letters from Aaa to Zyz. This method, called a combined system, was able to generate 6500 classes and subclasses by combining A-Z, 1·9 and a-z. His system also took

. account of the book size and consequently arranged books by size and author simultaneously within a given class. Schwartz created two author tables. His second table, part of his mnemonic classification, was published in 1882. According to Lehnus "This table had a dual purpose; is was an author table and also served to further subdivide each basic classification"s . Happily, both these tables are constructed on the scientific principles of the frequency of occurence of personal names to various letters. Comaromi has to say of Schwartz that " He might have risen in the library profession to a respected position had he not possessed a mordant sense of humour and an impudent tongue. As it was, after several bitter disputes he disappeared from library history"5� . C.A.Cutter preferred Schwartz's alphabetical book numbers to Dewey's accession method. He made a rather fundamental and everlasting improvement in 1878 by treating the numbers as decimal fractions -obviously struck by Dewey's use of decimal notation in his then recently published classification. Cutter was the first to advocate less emphasis on book size in book numbers, even suggesting to ignore it altogether. Later, Dewey described subarrangement by size as "utter nonsense". 3. Two Symposia on Book Numbers (1879 and 1885)

The late 1 870's is a hectic period in the history of book numbers; their golden age being over by the end of the nineteenth century. Many new and varied book numbering ideas appeared on the classification horizon. In its February 1879 issue, the then incipient Library Journal published a symposium on book numbers in which many· leading librarians of the day participated, Melvil Dewey, C.A.Cutter, Josephus Nelson Larned (Librarian, Young Men's Association Buffalo), John Edmands (Librarian, Philadelphia, Mercantile library), John Fitzpatrick (Librarian, Bronson Library Waterbury, Connecticut)' . John Edmands (1820-1915) added another facet to book numbers by ' suggesting that the initial letter of an author's surname should be prefixed

· to the decimal number standing for an author's name. ' At first Cutter objected to Edmand's idea of mixing

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers

leiters and numbers. He rather preferred alphabet' for class numbers and numbers for book numbers. Later) however, he relented and became reconciled to Edmand' s method. Dr.S.R.Ranganathan, the great Indian libra· rian and radical in the history of classification, not to say library science, never became reconciled to such numbers as he was basically against an alphabetical arrangement. He wrote "This serves hardly any purpose. This is perhaps due to blind mania for numerals, even when the alphabet serves the purpose equally. Much ingenuity has been wasted over translation of letters into numerals"? . Nobody listened to Ranganathan as he was criticizing popular and established methods. C.A.Culter was later to advance Edmand' s method to a highly developed system of author numbers for which he is now predominantly known. So alpha·numeric notation had come to stay. During an annual conference of the American Library Association held on September 25, 1885, another symposium was held on Cutter numbers. There, William I Fletcher ( 1 844·1 917), the then librarian of Amherst College, enquired of Cutter if the combina· tion of letters and figures did not lead to trouble. Cutter was unequivocal and confident enough to .say: "I think the combination of letters and numbers leads to just the opposite result. The mind does not easily grasp more than 4 or 5 letters or figures . . . . B29F44 is more easily read than BVDGMO or 129744"' . Melvil Dewey also endorsed Edmand's method of using an author's initial letter and translating only the rest of the name into numbers as "the best plan I can conceive for alphabetical arrangement and I hope some one will make the necess· ary table for applying it"9 . This "some one" was to be C.A.Cutter.

4. The s o luti o ns of C.A.Cu tter Very soon after the symposium, Charles Ammi Cutter

( 1 837·1 903) was the first to devise a table for author ' numbers and sell it commercially in 1 880. It was the first of the long line of Cutter author number tables. In 1879 Cutter had the Winchester Town Library catalogued on these lines. This author· table no longer exists. Coma· romi, however, surmises that it "was probably composed (as was the third Cutter two·figure table) of three pieces of paste board held together by cloth tape"'O . However, the 1888 version is available. Any name beginning with a consonan t (except S) required one letter and two numbers; two letters for a word beginning with a vowel or S followed by one digit; and three letters for a word beginning with Sc. Here is an extract from the table: Get 31 Have Ac 1 At Sa 1 Sh Gerr 32 Hax Aid 2 Arc Sai 2 Shao Ges 33 Hayf A-ig 3 Are Sal 3 She Here are some illustrations of the use of the table: Beard B34 Abbot Ab2 Holmes H73 Anne An? Huxley H98 Smith SmS

Schopenhauer Sch6 Cutter explained the mechanism of allocating decimal notation in a small pamphiet u . Later thi's table was included in the sixth expansion of his Expansive Classi· fication 1 893. Melvil Dewey used Cutter's author table in conjunction with his decimal classification in 1882 while classifying the collection of the Wellesley College Library. Since Dewey's personality and position was commanding, his approval of any idea gave it the required momentum and fIllip. By 1 885, the Cutler table was Jnt. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers

quite popular and librarians swore by its usefulness in sub arranging their collections. Many enterprising and innovating librarians put these book numbers to many ingenious uses, e.g. in arranging reports under place names12. By the mid 1 880's "cuttering" had becomme a standard practice in US libraries, and the term "Cutter number" became synonymous with author number, even book number. Now "cuttering" is an accepted word in the English language.

Cutler's two· figure table suitable for small libraries, but "was found inadequate for the large classes of fiction and individual biography" writes Miss Barden13 . To meet the needs of large and fast expanding libraries, Cutter decided to expand his table to 3 figures with more names. In 1 892, this revision job was assigned to his former assistant at the Boston Athenaeum from 1883 to 1891, Miss Kate Emery Sanborn (later Mrs. Gardner Jones). Miss Sanborn was then working as a cataloguer in the Mercantile Library, St.Louis. Cutter was not able to supervise the work directly. The result was virtually an independent work and considerably improved on Cutter's defects. Sanborn devised a table in which every name irrespective of vowel or S, began uniformly with a single letter. It was a welcome change. Sanborn's first part, dealing only with vowels and S, was published in 1892 and sold by C.A.Cutter as: C.A.Cutter's al[abetic order table. A lternatives [or the vowels and S (single initials to be used instead of the first two letters), by Miss Kate E.Sanborn. Boston: Library Bureau, 1892. 4pp of table. 33x17cm. A and S were followed by three decimal digits and E, I, 0, and U by 2 digits.

The table for the remaining 20 consonants was published in 1895, and later these two tables were consolidated and reprinted as a single table: G.A.Cutter's a![abetic-order table - consonan ts, except S. A ltered and fitted with three figures by Miss Kate E.Sanborn. Boston: Library Bureau, 1895. 14p. 33x28cm. C.A. Cutter's al[abetic-order table - consonants, except S, and vowels and S. A ltered and. fitted with three figures by Miss Kate E.Sanborn. Boston: Library Bureau, 1896. 18p. 33x15cm

Sanborn uniformly used one letter followed by digits; two digits follow vowels except A and consonants J, K, Y, and Z; one digit follows Q and X; vowel A and the rest of the consonants including S are followed by three decimal digits. This table contains approximately 1 2 000 numbers. To illustrate: Arnold A757 Lewis L676 Shaw S537 Upton U71 Maugham M449 Stoddard S869 Kimball K49 Mills M657 Quin Q7 Yates Y32 Xavier X3 Since these numbers are decimal fractions, the numbers can be expanded or reduced at will without disturbing the other numbers. In a small library , these numbers can be reduced to one digit numbers; and they can be expanded to even four digits wherever the necessity arises. H.E.Bliss" 'lS and Zaidee Brown'6 proposed some simplifying methods.

5. Cutte r and his Herit a ge One major difficulty with this table was that it could

not be used to expand the earlier two· figure Cutter author table. It was a totally new work. It proved popular for its merits, and libraries began to forget Cutter's two,figure table. Perhaps this irritated Cutter.

71

Later, obviously as au after-thought, Cutter not only disliked the new work, but also wished to supercede and repudiate it. He tried to discredit Miss Sauborn by describing the publication of the new table as a "mistake" on his part. In a letter to a journal, he candidly wrote that "through some misunderstanding the new ones were made without any reference to their predecessors, so that the two cannot be used together. I could not ask a volunteer to do her work over again, and so I printed them"l7 . Cutter, driven by these feelings, revised his table to three figures in 1901 and offered it for sale. In both these new and old tables, the first two figures were the same. Lehnus writes: "Cutter tried to have his new table replace that of Sanborn, but without any effect". Reasons ·a closed book for the injured ego of a Charles Ammi Cutter - are not hard to find. The Cutter-Sanborn table is uniform in style and easy to use. It has also its individual scientific merit as the allocation of digits to letters is based on their frequency of occurence as the initial letter of surnames19• Moreover, the Cutter--Sanborn table had already become an established practice before Cutter's three-figure table was made available. It is irony of fate that the Cutter-Sanborn table, a work that Cutter described as a mistake, is the major existing and applied work associated with his name.

In 1969, Ms.Esther M.Swift, with the assistance of Mr.Paul K.Swanson reprinted the three Cutter and Cutter-Sanborn author tables. These tables, published and distributed by H.R.Huntting Co., 300 Burnett Road, Chicopee, USA, are now distributed by Libraries Unlimited, Littleton, CO, for the present owner, Richard Ammi Cutter, a grandson of C.A.Cutter. These tables have been entirely reset and all the letters arranged in consecutive A-Z order, which makes it easy to use. Printing errors have been corrected, the format has been given a face-lift. Since in most libraries only typed copies, diSfigured and worn by use, were available, these reprinted tables in durable and attractive formats are a boon to worried librarians. These are known as the Swanson-Swift revisions.2o _22 .

6. Adaptations and reprints of Cutter Tables There have been other innumerable adaptations and

reprints of the Cutter tables. This may be a necessity as the original tables or their authorised revisions are still not available everywhere. One such reissue cif the CutterSanborn table was made available in India in 1 972 as a "revised edition", Its introduction was specially rewritten to illustrate Indian names. This edition on thick card is in mimeographed form. It has been distributed and of course published by the Indian Bibliographical Centre, College Road, Ludhiana, Punjab, India" . In India, another Cutter-Sanborn reprint has been made available on thick card with improved printing but without any preface or introduction. How it has been fully revised is not known" '. On the pattern of the Cutter tables many other tables for other scripts have been locally devised and used.

Coming back to other book numbers. In 1881, A.P.Massey of the Case Library, Cleveland, proposed a method of arranging biography and literature. Massey used literal mnemonics for class numbers where B stood for Biography, F for Fiction, and so on24 . The class number alphabet was further subdivided by numbers standing for an author's name; these digits preceded by a 72

dot were not decimal numbers. This very faulty table had no edge over other tables. Such systems have been swept away by the advent of stable systems. Nevertheless, this table has been described in some detail by John P.Comaromi's .

7. Chronological Subarrangements 1885 witnesses a new line in book numbers based on

chronological subarrangement. In this year, Walter Stanley Biscoe (1 853-1933), a trusted lieutenant of Dewey, and at that time with him at Columbia, published his chronological book number system'· . Since then it has become a worthy alternative to the accepted practice of alphabetical arrangement, though the alphanumeric notation remained the same superficially. Biscoe must be given the honour of being the father of chronological book numbers. Though the antecedents of the Biscoe table are easily discernible in Dewey's accession method, Biscoe strangely "credited Cutter, Edmands and Schwartz with the basic idea of his time table . . . "27. Perhaps the credit was for the overall idea of book numbers rather than for his table specifically. An extract from the table is given below: A BC era G 1800 - 1809 V 1950 1959 B 1 - 999 H 1810 - 1819

1820 - 1 829 Y 1980 1989 C 1000 - 1499 D 1500 - 1599 E 1600 - 1699 F 1700 - 1799 N 1870 - 1879 Z 1990 - 1999

This table has been ingeniously devised so as to be based on literary warrant, as modern books, published from the 1 9th century onwards, (the majority of books in any library), are denoted by two digits only. For example:

1958 V8

1987 Y7

This table was applied to the science collection of Columbia College on an experimental basis, a .chronological arrangement being considered logical and useful in such subjects. Melvil Dewey wholeheartedly approved this system, though it is not known as to how much he contributed directly towards its invention. He did everything to promote this system and recommended it in the second edition of his DDC (J 885). In this he wrote : "Its advantage is in presenting the historical development of the subject, the books written earliest being on the left, the latest work on the right, and then of any given book it is evident that all those on the left were written before it, all those on the right after it. In science this has special value . . . A translation system of dates makes the numbering of the year more compact and satisfactory."28 . Dewey, however, recommended that a chronological subarrangement should be used only in open-access libraries. As in closed-access libraries the readers do not have the advantage of being able to browse through the collection, the historical arrangement would be of no practical use. The situation will be analogous to a fine flower wasting its fragrance on the desert air. Moreover, a chronological - arrangement is more a tool for organization than for retrieval. In closed-access libraries, an alphabetical arrangement as a comparatively better retrieval device is preferable. Biscoe's system offers no solutions for many other complications of the sub arrangement. Later, Ranganathan was to apply such an idea to a highiy developed ·system. Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers

8. Other Attempts at Individualization In 1893, C.R.Olin, Librarian of Buchtel College

(later University of Akron), devised a table for collective biography based on Cutter' s two-figure author table'9 . According to this table, collective biography arranged by editor/compiler preceded the individual biographies arranged by the name of the biographee (the subject). He used the letter A followed by the number I I to 99 to represent all the names A to Z of compilers and editors of collective biographies ... " , as Lehnus describes3 • . To avoid confusion, all the biographies beginning with A were denoted by two letters; and the rest of the names of individual biographies by Cutter's two·figure author table. The author' s initial was used as a work mark to distinguish two or more biographies on the same person by different authors.

L.Stanley Jast of the U.K. devised, in 1901, a scheme of alphabetical author marks31 on the primitively simple tenet of using only the first two letters of an author's surname for alphabetical subarrangement by author. In caSe there were more than one author " as there would be many such cases -having the same first two letters in their surname, they would be differentiated by adding I , 2, 3 etc. to the first two initial letters of their Surnames for the Jast author marks, as W.H.Phillips describes32 • . For example:

Williams Wi Wilfred Wi 1 Wilson Wi 2 Wiston Wi 3

Obviously the resulting arrangement will not be strictly alphabetical, as I , 2, etc are to be added to the author's name as they are accessioned in the library, and not according to the dictionary sequence. It is a very simple combination using the author's surname initial combined with the accession method. The same principle is followed in distinguishing more than one work by the author on the same subject. This oversimple method has no better status than a locally devised method.

W.S.Merrill, in 1912, devised a table of99 numbers (denoted by 01 to 99) for all letters and for some combinations of very selective surnames33 . Merrill's table can be found on pages 27-28 of James Duff Brown's Subject Classification. 2nd edition, 1 914 and in some earlier textbooks on classification. An extract from his table is given below to give the reader an idea of his sparsely numbered author table: 01 A 07 Ban 1 2 Brin 47 L 02 Agre 08 Bax 1 3 Bum 03 Ali 09 Beno 14 C 04 Ap 1 0 Beno 1 5 Carr 06 B 11 Bon 16 Cha

48 Lang 49 Law

96 Wats 97 Wha

98 Wit 99 X . Z

Obviously, the resulting arrangement will be a crude approxima tion to the alphabetical order. The notation, however, is pure, being only of Indo·Arabic numerals. The author's surname initial is ignored. Consequently, it may bring confusion when used with DDC. And by no: means does it show any advantage over Cutter' s table.! Though, as expected, not much used, it registers a' retrograde step in the history of book numbers.

I) . The Library of Congress Practice of Cutter Numbers Based on Cutter' s Expansive Classification, the

Library of Congress (LC) developed an outline of its own classification system (Library of Congress Classifi-lot. Classif. 14 (1987) No.2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers

cation, LCC) in 1898, the complete scheme being published in fascicules by 1 940. The first fascicule to be published was Class Z, Library Science and Bibliography. And for the book numbers, the Cutter·Sanborn table was adopted in the beginning. LC also uses this table to form numbers for alphabetical topics as part of the class number; and for the fiction class, PZ, Cutter' s threefigure table is used. However, none is followed strictly, wrote Anna C.Laws a long way back34 . Since LCC is a close classification system, book numbers are broad and consist usually of an initial letter and a decimal digit. However, it varies from class to class35 • . Apart- from Anna C.Laws, there are now other various sources of the book numbering practice of the LCC, e.g. by Comaromi36 , J.P.Immroth37 , and various issues of the LC Cataloging Service Bulletin.

In many cases, the book number is an integral part of the LC class number; and a dot separates the two. Though different sections follow somewhat different shelf-listing procedures, in general and simplified procedure one or' two and, in rare cases, four decimal digits are added to the author's name as follows: The digits are decimal in value and can be further expanded if need be 1) After the initial letter S, for the second letter of the author's

surname use the number as follows: a ch e h,i mop t u 2 3 4 5 6 7� 9 For example: Smith ,S6 here 6 is for the m - the second letter in Smith

2) After the initial letter in Qu for the third letter use number a e a r y 3 4 5 6 7 9 For example: Queen .Q4; Qureshi .Q7

3) After other initial consonants for second letter of the author's surname use the number as follows: a e 0 r u y 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 For example: Robert .R6; Putnam . P8; Carter .C3; Corbett .C6

4) After initial vowels for the second letter in the word use the digit as follows: b d e-m n p r s-t 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 For example: Adams .A3; Archc! .A7

All these variations and the staff manual for assigning book numbers has been madeo known to the public through its various publications. To repeat, these alphabetical marks are also used as .an alphabetical device to designate proper names in different subjects. By virtue of LC card services, MARC record and CIP services, the LC class numbers and book numbers are widely used all over the world.

10. The Book Numbering Method of J .D.Brown James Duff Brown (1862-1914), a famous writer

and pioneer among British librarians, in 1906 devised two book numbering methods, one alphabetical, the other chronological, and included these in his subject classification38 • His "Extended Date Table" subarranged books by their publication year. The range of this table extended from 1450 to 2 125 i.e. 126 years more than Biscoe's table intended for the same purpose. Within this span, every year is uniformly denoted by two lower case Roman letters. The outline of his table is as follows :

73

1450 - 1475 1476 - 1501 1502 - 1527

1840 - 1865 1866 - 1891

aa " az ba - bz ca - cz

pa - pz qa - qz

2100 - 2125 za - zz Some of the individual years will get denoted as follows:

1450 aa 1900 ri 1451 ab 1902 rk 1452

1700 1701

ac

jq jr

1904

1918 1919

rrn

sa sb

1702 js 1920 sc The notation is pure, simple and easy to write. However, the table has not been built on a proportionate allocation of notation: the less used years of the 1 5th to the 1 8th century get also denoted by two letters just as the heavily used years of the twentieth century. Secondly, the table, though built on a regular structure, is not mnemonic : the table will have to be referred to every time when a book number must be assigned. TlUs is no advancement over Biscoe's table.

An author table to suit Indian libraries was devised in 1 91 6 by the faruous American librarian Asa Don Dickinson ( 1 876-1 960), while on a short term assignment in India as librarian of the Punjab University, Lahore. Dickinson, credited with the honour of introducing DDC in India, devised this author table as a part of IUs book Punjab Library Primer (1916) - a pioneering book on library science in India39 • This book numbering system is claimed to be still followed in some Indian libraries40 . Though Dickinson's book is now rarely used, its book numbering system has been explained in another work written in Hindi by M.Zuber and S.P.AgrawaI40 a . This is a simplified Indian adaptation of the Cutter-Sanborn table. In this table each author number comprises a letter followed by two decimal digits irrespective of the initial being a vowel or an S. However, XYZ are followed by one digit:

Adams A20 Ben B42 Eddington E27 Shakespeare 32 Xavier, A. X3 Young, R. Y7

1 1 . Ranganathan' s Book Numbering System For his world faruous Colon Classification (1933),

S.R. Ranganathan (1892-1 972), devised a system of book numbers, not less befitting, and no less systematic, sophisticated and minute than IUs classification scheme. His book number system is complete in itself and, like IUs classification, fully faceted in structure. It has been included and fully explained in every edition of the Colon Classification41 • It is an integral part of his classification scheme and complements CC class numbers. So much space given to book numbers has been ensured by his Canon of Book Numbers . enunciated in his Prolegomena4' . Despite of its intrinsic adherence to the Colon Cla�s Number, this book number system can be profitably applied in any classification system43 .

The formula for the CC book number is: [L] [F] [Y] [A] ' . [V] - [S] ; [C] : g [EVN]

74

Language [L] , Form [F], and Year [Y] of publication of the document are three major attributes taken into consideration. [A] is a device to distinguish two or more books published in the sarue year in the sarue specific class. The formula has also the provision to keep the host and the associated books together in the form Volume [V], Supplements [S] , Copies [C] , Commentaries :g and subcommentaiies [EVN] . The Year facet remains the hub and is essential to book numbers. All other facets are secondary and not <t1ways present. Though complex in its entirety it still remains today the only scientific and complete book number system in the Ranganathan manner.

Ranganathan provided a special chronological Table [Y] facet for book numbers. An extract from the table is given below:

A B C D

K L

R

y

before 1880 1880 - 1889 1890 - 1899 1900 - 1909

1960 - 1969 1970 - 1979

2020 - 2029

2090 - 2099

(Letters I and 0 have not been used to avoid confusion with 1 and 0 (zero) respectively.) Every year thus gets denoted by a two digited alphanumeric notation. For example:

1881-1889

B1 B9

1900 1905

DO D5

1987 M7 The brevity in year numbers was aclUeved by designing the date table on the principle of literary warrant. Tables for [L] Language and [F] Form facet are provided in the 6th ed. of the Colon Classification on pages 2.26-2.27 and 2.3 respectively. Digits for the rest of the facets are got from the document itself. For example, the book number of a document published in 1986 of a lecture in the German language will be:

1 13plM6 where [L] = 1 13 , [F] = pI �Lecture) and [Y] = M6 (1986).

Using the principle of favoured category, the first two facets, viz. [L] , [F] usually get omitted in the majority of cases. In about 90% of the cases the book number consists only of the [Y] facet. Hence contrary to its assumed presentation by the facet formula, Ranganathan's · book numbers are in practice simple and brief.

One of the greatest advantages of tlUs system is its high mnemonic qUality. With a little practice the book numbers can be assigned in a twinkling without COllsuiting any schedule. Moreover, it can be used with any system of classification.

Ranganathan's debt to Biscoe is obvious. Biscoe's ' system is the basis of Ranganathan's book number system. But Ranganathan does not only make use of these devices as such, he has transformed Biscoe's simple device into a complex and complete system. The nucleus still remains the same, the superstructure is Ranganathan's.


12. A.Fremont Rider's Chronologico-Alphabetical Method In f961 Arthur Fremont Rider (1885·1962) pro·

posed another chronological book numbering method as part of his International Classi!ication44

. Rider did not invent any new date table, but modified the system without changing the table. Basically, it is a Biscoe date table. His book numbers first subarrange books according to the decade of their publication · one letter denotes a decade. Instead of individualizing them further down to the year, the decades are further subdivided according to author, which makes it a curious mixture of chronolo· gical and alphabetical arrangements. The Rider book number consists of two Roman capital letters, the first standing for the decade of publication as taken from the Biscoe table, the second being the initial letter of the author's surname. Obviously these two letters may not individualize the document completely as two or more authors with the same initial letter in their sur· name may happen to write on Some specific subject in a given decade: In such cases, the two digits are further individualized by adding 1 , 2, 3 etc. to the non·indivi· dualizing book number. This system, which may be termed chronologico·alphabetical, does not seem to possess any edge over purely alphabetical or purely chronological systems. A decade is too big a span in book publication to be taken as an unfragmented unit for arrangement. The sub arrangement will be de facto an alphabetical one.

13. Author Numbers for Indian Names Cutter tables based on Anglo·Saxon names are,

inevitably, not so efficacious for other ethnic names. Demonstrating that the Cutter table is utterly unable to differentiate many Indian names, the National Library of India at Calcutta has shown that very often the Cutter table has to be expanded to unwieldy six or seven digits"6 . To obviate such difficulties, many locally devised tables for native names have come into existence. One such table was devised and published in 1961 by the National Library of India"S . a depository of Indian publications under the copyright act. This table has been designed on the literary warrant of all Indian names of different linguistic, regional, and cultural groups. The table is able to differentiate authors even with the same surname, but different forenames. Many gaps have been left for further expansion. The table is complicated as, for the same initial, some names will begin with two letters:

Bapu B 628 Sadasivan, K S 152 Bhajan Bh 236 Sekhron, P Se 321

And for some letters, namely 0, Q, W, X, and Z, two digits follow the initial (single) letter. For the rest, the number of digits is three. All Indian names have been transliterated into Roman script by the Hunterian system; and the original forms of the Anglicized Indian names have been used:

Vasu for Bose . Thakur for Tagore

. Corporate and geographic names have not been included . . It is not known if any other library is using this system.

In India, another author table for the English alphabet was devised by a young librarian, Gopi Chand Makkar (b.1944), in 1974. It is known as the three number author table, as for every milne three digits are uniformly used and preceded by two initial letters of the

lnt. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Satija - History of Book Numbers

surname47 . This table, clalmed to be "refreshingly original in concept", is said to have been prepared without any bias to any racial, dhnic or national names. In fact, it has not been prepared for any name and has been constructed in blissful ignorance of the principles and mechanism of an author table. It has been prepared according to the permutable combination of four letters taken one at a time and by unifonnly allocating three decimal' digits to every set of four letters. In the table, numbers for the letter "A" and its various combinations have been given, and for other names this "A" can be substituted by another corresponding letter. It means, say, that Ains, Bins, Dins, Kins, Lins, Zins, all have the same three digited number only distinguished by the initial letters. Every number begins uniformly with two initial letters of the surname:

Ains Bins

Ai 562 Bi 562

Aam Ram

Aa 5 1 1 Ra 5 1 1

Dins Di 562 Sam Sa 5 1 1 Accordingly, each lettet 'yields 18,280 numbers, and the whole table can thus yield 18,280 x 26 � 475,280 numbers, though most of them will be numbers for a nonsensical combination of letters. In the printed table, only the group of words beginning with A have been given as an illustration. This way the scheme is symme· trical in structure. It also makes provisions to bring different volumes, editions and copies of the same book together. The author has enumerated some twelve points of dubious superiority over Cutter tables. It is a futile attempt to assimilate the best of both worlds, of Cutter and Ranganathan. If all the attributes are taken together, this book number system is a rather involved and un· necessarily complicated string of letters and numbers. The attempt is amateurish.

14. Book Numbers and Contemporary Literature After Ranganathan, no noteable progress has been

made ' in the development of book numbers. No new system has come to the fore for a long time past, and nothing seems to be in the offing. Book numbers figured largely in library literature in the early years of this now waning century. Periodical literature gradually ceased by the 1920's. A significant place used to be given to the study and description of book numbers in every standard textbook on cataloguing and classification up to the 1960's. Gradually, the significance of the study of book numbers has declined. W.C.B.Sayers made a considerably detailed study of book numbers and allocated them a respectable place in every edition of his famous classifi· cation manual. But the reviser of the manual, Arthur Maltby, has made only passing reference to them in the latest edition which he has rewritten. In many new books on classification hardly any vestiges are to be found of them. Classification conferences have totally forgotten this topic. For new generations, it seems to be a subject of bygone days. At least some books do exist on them. The first book on book numbers appeared in 1917, but was only devoted to LC practice. The theory and practice of book numbers was ably encapsulated in 1937 by Bertha Rickenbrode Barden (1883·?) in a manual for students and practitioners which gives rules for the use of Some schemes. It is a pioneering pamphlet. Its reprint in 1971 is an indication of its continuing value. The next book after a long pause came in 1980 as a full volumed and stimulating study on book numbers

75

by the late Donald J. Lehnus (1934·1983). In this book, the history of book numbers has been closely followed; a book which is not lacking in practical detalls. In 1981 , another study on book numbers by John P.Comaromi with major emphasis on explicating and explaining the LC book number practice followed closely on its heels. Both are standard works, but, regretfully, neither attracted many reviews, nor did they create any stir in library literature. This oniy confirms the lack of interest in such a practical subject. These two books have also ignored Ranganathan's book numbering system com· pletely. This vacuum, however, has now been filled"" .

15 . Outlook? This small chronicle cannot hope to be complete; it

is rather a descriptive catalogue of major and published book number systems. Home-made and local conventions of book number systems are innumerable. Perhaps it prompted Anna C.Laws to say: HAuthor notation may be . defined as a system of rules to be judiciously broken"so . There are far more practical systems in use than are printed in literature. Literature is in arrears of practice; what we are now experiencing is a literature deflation. Theories on book numbers are falling into oblivion; their future is uncertain, ingenious minds are not addressing themselves to these problems, and so new systems of book numbers are not coming. In many classiflcation systems and consequently in libraries, book numbers are paid but scanty attention, and are even treated step-motherly, as Comaromi aptly writes49 • M;my classification systems are silent on the issue; this is another reason for their unaccounted mushroomed growth and for ad hoc or hotch-potch methods that pass for book numbers. For this reason, no formal history can be traced in its entirety; and without the history of book numbers, the history of our library classification cannot be told completely, as I.Dahlberg confided in a personal discussion 51 •

References and Notes: (1) Comaromi, J.P.: The eighteen editions of the Dewey

Decimal Classification. Albany, NY: Forest Press 1976. p.99

(2) Dewey, M.: Eclectic book numbers. Libr.J. 1 1( 1886)p.296* 301. Quoted by Lehnus, D.J. in (5) p.26

(3) Barden, B.R.: Book numbers. A manual for students with basic code of rules. Chicago: Amer.Libr.Assoc. 1937. (1971 reprint) p.5*6

(4) Schwartz, J. : A new classification and notation. Libr.J. 7(1882) p.148-166

(5) Lehnus, D.: Book numbers. History, principles and applications. Chicago: Amer.Libr.Assoc.1980. IV,153 p. (here p.53)

(5a) Comaromi, J.P.: see (1), p.100 (6) Plans for numbering, with special reference to fiction. '

Libr.J.4(1879) p.38-47 (7) Ranganathan, S.R.: Prolegomena to library classification.

3rd ed. assisted by M.A.Gopinath. Bombay: Asia 1967, . Sec.UC2(p.504)

(8) Cutter author*numbers in connection with the Dewey Decimal Classification, Libr,], 13(1888)p.308-309, Quoted by Lehnus (5), p.35

(9) Dewey, M,: Plans for numbering with a special reference to fiction: a library symposium. Libr,J, 4(1880)p.47

(10) Comaromi, J.P.: Book numbers. A historical study and practical guide to their use. Littleton, CO: Libraries Unlimited 1981. 145 p. (here p.40)

(11) Cutter, C.A. : How to get books with an explanation of the new way of marking books, Boston: Press of Rockwell and Churchill 1882. p.14-15

(12) Swan, Ch,H,: Alfab-order t�ble for names of pi aces, Libr.J.

76

1 1(1886). p .118 (13) see (3), p.7 (14) Bliss, H.E.: Simplified book notation, Lib!.J, 35(1910)

p.545 (15) Bliss, H,E, : A simplified alphabetic order table. Libr.J.·

37(1912) p.71-72 (16) Brown, Z.: More about Cutter numbers, Libr,J, 57(1932)

p.437 (17) Cutter, C.A,: Letter to the Editor. Public Libr.5(1900)

p.243. Quoted by Lehnus, p.39-40 (18) see (5), p.41 (19) see (5), p.63 (20) Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table. Swanson-Swift

revision, 1969, Chicopee, MA: H.R.Huntting 1969. 33p. tables, 39x22cm.

(21) C.A,Cutter's three-figure author table. Swanson-Swift revision 1969. Chicopee, MA: H.R,Huntting 1969. 29 p.tables, 39x29 em.

(22) C.A.Cutter's two-figure author table. Swanson-Swift revision 1969. Chicopee, MA: H.R.Huntting 1969. 4p. 36x22.

(23) Cutter, C.A.: Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table. . rev,ed, Ludhiana: Indian Bibliographical Centre 1972. II,40p.

(23a)C.A.Cutter's three-figure alfabetic order table. Fully rev.ed. Jammu: Light and Life Pub1.1972? 26p.

(24) Massey, A.P.: Classification o(fiction, Libr,J. 6(1881)p.7*9 (25) see (10), p.41-42 (26) Biscoe, W.S.: Chronological arrangement on shelves, Libr,J.

10(1885) p.245-246 (27) see (5), p.23 (28) Dewey, M.: Decimal Classification and Relative Index. 2nd

ed, Boston: Library Bureau 1885. p.37. Quoted by Lehnus (5), p.25

(29) Olin, C,R.: An author table for collective biography. Libr.J L

18(1893)p.144 (30) see (5), p.24 (31) Jast, St.: A new book number. 2 pts. Libr.World 3 (1901)

p.120-123; p.150-152 (32) Phillips, W.H.: A primer of book classification. Rev.ed.

London: Assoc.of Assistant Librarians 1951. p.54 (33) Merrill, W.S.: Merrill book numbers. Public LibI. 17(1912)

p.12H29 (34) Laws, A.C.: Author notation in the Library of Congress.

Washington, DC: Governm.Printing Office 1917. p.5-6 (35) see (5), p.43 (36) see (10), p.92-122 (37) Immroth, J.P.: A guide to Library of Congress Classifica

tion. 2nd ed. Littleton, CO: Libraries Unlimited 1971. p.48 (38) Brown, J.D.: Subject Classification. 3rd ed, rev.by.J.D.

Stewart. London: Grafton 1939. Secs.32-37 (p.27-32) (39) Dickinson, A.D.: Punjab library primer. Lahore: University

of Punjab 1916. 242p. -(40) Saxena, T,P.: (Foreword to) Three nUrhber author table, by

G.C.Makkar. New Delhi: Today and Tomorrow's Printers and Publishers 1974, p.XI

(40a)Zuber, M., Agrawal, S.P.: Pustak-Sankhya Preveshika (Introduction to book numbers). Aligarh: Shanker Prakashan 1954. p.24-52

(41) Ranagnathan, S.R.: Colon Classification. 6th ed. Bombay; Asia Publ.House 1959. Chap.03, p.1.9 - 1 .17

(42) see (7), Sec.UB2, p.5U3 (43) Satija, M.P.: Manual of practical Colon Classification. New

Delhi: Sterling Pub!. 1984. p.95 (44) Rider, A.F.: Rider's International Classification for the

arrangement of books on the shelves of general libraries. Middleton, CT: The Author 1 96 1 . (Introduction)

(45) India, National Library : Author table for Indian names. Calcutta: The Library 1961. VIII,255p.

(46) see (45), pHI (47) Makkar, G.c.: Three number author table. New Delhi:

Today and Tomorrow's Printers and Pub!. 1974. XIV,118p. (48) Satija, M.P.: A primer on Ranganathan's book number.

Delhi: Mittal Pub!. 1987. 83p. (49) see (10), p.5 (50) see (34), p.18. Quoted by Barden (3), p.12. (51) This view was emphasized by Dr.I.Dahlberg in a personal

discussion during the Intern.Conf.on Ranganathan's Philosophy, New Delhi, 1 1-14 Nov.1985.


Padmini Raj

Depth Colon Classification Schedule for Anaesthesiology: Construction and Test Application

Raj, P. : Depth Colon Classification schedule for anaesthesiology: Construction and test application. Int. Classil. 14 (1987) No. 2, p. 77-84, 9 rels.

Guidelines, principles and systematic approach outlined in the 7th edition of Colon Classification scheme were adopted for the construction of a depth classification schedule for anaesthesiology as applied to various surgical and obstetrical proc(fdures carried out on the human body. The procedural steps in designing the schedule are discussed with supporting tables and examples compiled from the schedule of isolates. The workability of the schedule was tested by facet analysing, classifying a�d arranging a few abstracts pertaining to anaesthesiology guided by the principles of facet-analysis and the analyticosynthetic procedure for classifying. An alphabetical index to the schedule of isolates and a cyclically permuted index to the test-classification have been prepared; the methodology for the same is described as well.

(Author)

1. Backgronnd

The Indian approach to analytico-synthetic classification is the Colon Classification. The present version is based upon the concept of free facets with emphasis on depth classification. Its theory provides models, tools, techniques, principles, postulates and enough flexibility to the classifier for analysing the subject content into their elemental structures and synthesising them into assemblages in a manner appropriate to meet specific demands of the users of information. With an adequate knowledge of the theory of classification and the subject needed to be classified, an information specialist or a librarian is in a position to classify the subject to any chosen depth and level at any time depending upon the need. The analytico-synthetic, freely-faceted, depth Colon Classification Schedule for a anaesthesiology is a result of one such endeavour realized into practice and at the same time. a test of theoretical implications and workability of the 7th edition of the Colon Classification scheme.

2. Procedure adopted for the construction of the schedule

The schedule was worked out within the framework and guidelines offered by the scheme. The different steps taken for the preparation of the schedule are explained in the.follwing subsections.

2.1 Study of anaesthesiology

A depth schedule, as has been mentioned earlier, is user-oriented and need based. The construction re-

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesiology

quires the understanding of the structure of the.subject. Initial understanding of anaesthesiology was undertaken by a study of the literature ayaHable in books, encyclopaedias, primary and secondary periodicals and later moving progressively to more complex material. The subject was studied in terms of its definition, scope, landmark classification, development and trends in research and education, application, information transfer process ets.

2.2 Collection of terms

Anaesthesiology, in a span of a decade and a half has risen from a technique into a legitimate branch of medicine. No other area of medicine deliberately depresses the brain and the bodily systems as does anaesthesia with the tacit expectation of returning them to normalcy in minute time without incident or complication. It is interdisciplinary in crossing the lines between basic science, pharmacology and clinical medicine.

The slant of the schedule decides the collection, incorporation and arrangement of the terms in the schedule and as this schedule was planned to cover the subject needs of practicing anaesthesiologists and technicians, the stress right from the beginning was towards the collection ofterms pertaining to practical application of anaesthesiology to various surgical and obstetrical procedures carried out oil the human body. The guidelines for collecting the terms for the above mentioned objective was provided by the definition of present day anaesthesiology by the American Board of Anaesthesiology:

"Far from providing sleep in the operating room, today's anaesthesiology is defined as a practice of medicine dealing with but not limited to: a) the management of procedures for rendering a pa

tient insensible to pain and emotional stress during surgical, obstetrical and certain medical procedures;

b) the support of life functions under the stress of anaesthetic and surgical manipulations;

c r the clinical management of the unconscious patient whatever the cause;

d) the management of problems in pain relief; e) the management of problems in cardiac and respira

tory resuscitation; f) the application of specific methods of respiratory

therapy and g) the clinical management of various fluids, electro

lytes and metabolic disturbances." It can be seen from the above, anaesthesiology finds

its maximum application in operational procedures and in order to give 'Safe-anaesthesia', an anaesthesiologist has to have a detailed understanding of (i) various pathological conditions which not only governs the type of surgery to be performed but also the type of anaesthetic and the technique by which it has to be administered; (ii) pharmacology and toxicology of anaesthetics and related drugs; (iii) anatomy of those organs which bear the major portion of anaesthetic action; (iv) biochemical and physiological functioning of body cells before, during and after the administration of anaesthetics and furthermore (v) the use of monitoring equipment and mea-

77

sures for accumulating data on vital body functions. Hence, Pathology, Pharmacology, Toxicology, Anatamy, Biochemistry and Physiology are related subjects, Electronics and Instrumentation are tool subjects and Surgery, Obstetrics and Dentistry are application subjects to Anaesthesiology.

Standard and individual terms pertaining to the above points were collected from various documentary sources ranging from encyclopaedias, dictionaries, glossaries, thesauri etc. to the latest issues of primary, secondary and tertiary periodical publications. After checking their relevance to the context they were presented in the schedule of isolates as manifestations of either fundamental categories and/or as their spedators. For example, anaesthesia techniques and drugs are manifestations of the (P) category; surgery is (Spl) and' anatomy (Sp2) to the (P) category; physiological and biochemical changes in body organs are manifestations of the (M P) category and monitoring and therapeutic equipment and instruments are Spl to the (E) category. The stress on 'Induced anaesthesia' automatically eliminates the inclusion of 'Anaesthesia as a pathological complication' .

The culling out of individual terms from articles was facilitated by facet analysis of their abstracts.

2.3 Facet analysis of abstracts

The subject contents of the abstracts were facet analysed into subject strings according to the postulates of S.R. Ranganathan's facet analysis which expounds the theory of fundamental categories of Personality , Matter (Mate- . rial and Property) , Energy, Space and Time and their respective Spedators. The analysis of each article was written on a separate slip along with its bibliographical information. 2.4 Recording of term profIle

The significant terms obtained from various sources were profiled on a 3" x 7" slip of paper. For each term, the following information was collected and recorded: 1. Serial number 7. Role 2. Reference 8. Broader terms 3. Term 9. Narrower terms 4. Context 10. Related terms 5 . Definition 11 . Synonyms 6. Source of definition

2.5 Grouping and arrangement

The term profiles collected were examined and checked to find their relevance to the context. The relevant terms were then first grouped by facets and speciators and thereafter sorting was done by the category of manifestations. It was seen that the manifestations of terms were limited to the fundamental categories of Personality (P), Matter Property (M P) and Energy (E) and to their respective speciator(s). The schedule of isolates was set in the above mentioned three parts - each part comprising a schedule of isolates of a particular category and its speciator(s). (P) and (E) categories had two level speciators which were designated as Spedator of order 1 (Spl) and Speciator of order 2 (Sp2). (M P) had only one level speciator.

78

2.51 The Personality category

Anaesthesiology is an interdisciplinary subject and as anaesthesia, in a sense, is simply an application of the

. knowledge of pharmacological actions of drugs to known physiology and pathology, the manifestations of the (P) category are the various types of - procedural techniques, both chemical and physical,

of general and local anaesthesia and narcotic analgesia for rendering a patient insensible to pain for operational/therapeutic procedures. Examples are: Inhalation/Intravenous and Rectal General anaesthesia techniques, Block techniques, Acupuncture etc. ;

- techniques of ancillary anaesthesia adjuncts like 'induced hypothermia' for supporting anaesthetic as well as surgical manipulations and

- drugs which broadly fall under the following four categories depending upon the purpose behind their administration: (a) Prophylactic pre-anaesthetic medicants such as

1) Atropine, Epinephrine, Antiemetics etc. for preplanned controlling of complications that could arise as an untoward sequelae to anaesthetic administration; 2) Transquilizers for the long established aim of relieving anxiety before anaesthetic induction; 3) Sedatives and narcotic analgesics for diminishing overall anaesthetic requirements and 4) Muscle relaxants for decreasing muscular tone and inducing relaxation;

(b) General and local anaesthetics and strong narcotic analgesics for producing anaesthesia and analgesia and

(c) Post-operative medicants like stimulants and diuretics for treating complications due to anaesthetic mismanagement.

It might be argued that techniques and drugs belong two different classification categories. Nevertheless, they are here put together in the (P) category because their isolates were found to form the core of the subject either singularly or in association with other core terms on the same or on differentlevel(s) within the same or in different round(s) . There is scope for further addition of Quasi Isolates (Q IS) in the (P) category and if need be, anaesthetic equipments and instruments which are level 1 speciators to the (E) category can become a third (Q I). Some of the major isolates have multiple roles because of the multidisciplinary nature ofthe subject. As the present scheme is freely-faceted and flexible, their juxtaposition and reversal of roles could be represented in the schedule of isolates.

.

2.52 The Matter Property category ,

Terms manifesting as (MP) were basically those indicating a deviation in the physiological and biochemical functioning of a particular organ-system or an organ. Even anaesthesia and narcotic analgesia were deliberate depressions brought upon the normal biochemical functioning of the nervous system and hence a change. Apart from such desired depressions, the side effects, toxic effects and characteristic effects of drugs - both anaesthetics as well as those given in relation to anaesthesia preanaesthetically, during or post-operatively were found to form the (MP) category collectively.


2.53 The Energy category

Energy and action go hand in hand and terms manifesting as (E) were those denoting action - general as well as specific. Pre-anaesthetic caring and preparation of the patient, processes of administration of anaesthesia techniques, management and maintenance of anaesthesia, support of life functions under the stress of anaesthesia and surgical procedures, measuring and monitoring of data, management of problems in cardiac and respiratory resuscitation, application of specific methods of cardiac and respiratory therapy during and after surgery etc. were all deemed to form the (E) category.

2.54 Speciators to (P), (M P) and (E) categories

The Quasi Isolates of speciators to (P), (M P) and (E) categories as listed under section 2.71 broadly indicate the terms that went to speciate the isolates in their respective fundamental categories. It is worth noting here that the (Q Is) of drugs - apart from being a major (Q I) in the (P) category - also speciate the (Q Is) of specific actions in the (E) category. Similarly, the isolates of complication in the (MP) category speciate at order one the isolates of the (E) category. The schedule has been closely-linked with the representation of many such multi-role isolates at various points in the schedule.

The level 2 speciators of a particular category always speciate the level 1 speciators of the category. Furthermore, the speciators of fundamental categories as well as the isolates in the fundamental categories - apart from their normal functions - can speciate among themselves; the direction of speciation being from lower to higher ordinal value.

2.6 Formation of arrays and chains

The terms grouped under different categories and speciators were arranged logically in arrays and chains by applying different characteristics in succession. Logic and sequence of application of the characteristics to the isolates was guided mainly by the Principles of Wall-Picture, Cow-Calf, Helpful Sequence and Consistency. An outstanding attempt was made in mentioning in the schedule of isolates the characteristics, principles, devices and mnemonics that went into the formation of different arrays and chains and their notations. Invariably, most of the anaesthesia techniques were named after the parts of the body they were administered to. For example - Nasal intubation, Mask anaesthesia, Intravenous anaesthesia, Cranial nerve block etc. Hence the isolates of anaesthesia techniques in the (P) category were arranged, conforming to the Principle of Consistency, according to the sequence of the (P) isolates of 'parts of the body' as enumerated in the basic schedule of 'L Medicine'. The isolates of drugs in the (P) category were similarly arranged according to the parts of the body they acted upon or effected. The list of (Q Is) in,section 2.71 highlights this aspect. It was seen that many drugs effected various organ systems or organs simultaneously and to list all such multi-action drugs under each organ system and organ that they effected' would have increased the bulk of the schedule. As these drugs changed the modality of an organ system/organ by either block-


ing or stimulating the release or action of neurohormones produced by innervating nerve endings, they were centrally enumerated under the (Q I) "Drugs effecting Nervous System". But a provision to represent such multi-action drugs under each of the organ system/ organ that they effected was made by an intra-schedule cross:-reference note.

For example, Picrotoxin is mainly an analeptic given post-operatively for its dual beneficial action in stimulating the central nervous system as well as reverting respiratory collapse, a condition arising especially as a result of anaesthesia mismanagement. As per above, Picrotoxin was listed under central nervous system-stimulants, but provision for representing Picrotoxin under 'Respiratory stimulant - Analeptic' under the (Q I) 'Drugs effecting Respiratory system' was also made possible with the help of a note which states that specific analeptics could be represented by subdividing it just as the subdivision of analeptics under 'Drugs effecting central nervous system - Stimulants'. Table 1 explains this comprehensively. This is also an example of Systematic Mnemonics which is discussed in the next section. As mentioned earlier, the isolates of the (M P) category were those of changes induced upon the normal physiological and biochemical functioning of different organs in the body and the arrangement of (Q Is) within the (MP) category, again conforming to the principle of consistency, ran parallel to the arrangement of (Q Is) of drugs effecting various organ systems as enumerated in the (P) schedule. This is very much evident in Table 3. The principles of "Wall Pictur" and "Helpful Sequence" aided in the formation of arrays and chains of (E) isolates and likewise the speciators of each of the three categories arranged among themselves on the basis of semantic likeness and conceptual dependance.

2.7 AUoealion of notation

The schedule of Basic subjects (B S) in the 7th edition of the depth version of the Colon Classification gave 'Anaesthesiology' the notation 'LY7' thus making it a distilled basic subject of 'L Medicine'. Keeping in view the Canons of Notation and Mnemonics, the notation allocation for isolates was done with a hospitable base capable of accomodating all the terms decided in the verbal plane and having scope for future intrapolation and extrapolation ofisolates at all levels and points. For ease in synthesising individual notations, each isolate number (I N) in the schedule of isolates was preceded by its indicator digit, which are as follows: , (comma for (P) ; (semi-colon) for (MP) : (colon) for (E) - (single hyphen) for (Spl) = (double hyphen) for (Sp2)

The ultimate synthesised notational expression of any deeply analysed subject string is bound to be co-extensive, complex·and lengthy, which is an in-built feature to be taken with a pinch of salt. As stated earlier depth of analysis usually depends upon the need and likewise also its notational expression varies in length. Sometimes the

79

Table 1. Intra-Schedule cross-reference

,D4

,D447

,D453

Drugs used for their effect on the Respiratory system

(By type) (By effect inducted) (By Systematic Mnemonics) Bronchial dilators Respiratory stimulants

(By type) (By nature o! actioll)

(Illustrative)

Analeptic

for specific analeptics add to ,"D453" by direct retroactive synthesis the notation following ",D723" in the schedule of "P" isolates of ·,07236-Anaieptics" as enumerated under the quasi-isolate of "Drugs effecting Central nervous systemin "LY7 Anaesthesiology"

(Illustrative)

(By alphabetical arrangement)

,D4536NA + H Nalorphine hydrochloride

,D4536P Picrotoxin

,0732

,07234 ,07235

,07236

Central nervous system stimulant

(By type)

Mood stimulant Psychomotor stimulant/Antidepressant Analeptic

(By alphabetical arrangement) (By Alphabetical Device)

(Illustrative)

,D7236LO Lobeline ,D7326N Nallaxone ,D7236NA + H Nalorphine

hydrochloride ,D7236P Picrotoxin

length of an otherwise long synthesised notational expression can be controlled beforehand by careful telescoping of arrays. In "this case, as an experimental step, telescoping was deliberately avoided to gauge the expressivity of the isolate idea at the notational plane and the length of the (1 N) which each isolate assumed in the absence of telescoping. Mnemonics was extensively used. Systematic Mnemonics was applied for inter and intra-schedule cross referencing which made the schedule comprehensive and consistent. An example of inter-schedule cross reference is given below which has been taken from the schedule of Sp2 to (P) isolates.

80

Table 2. Inter-schedule cross-reference

=O*P (By parts of the body upon which surgery is performed)

for specific organ systems and parts of the body add to "= OP" by direct retroactive synthesis the notation of'P' isolates of "parts of the body" as enumerated in the basic schedule of "LMedicine"

(Illustrative)

�OP167 Hand

Similarly, the notation of (O ls) in (P) and (MP) categories and those of measuring, monitoring and therapeutic equipment in the Spi to (E) category were derived by Systematic Mnemonics as they are interdependent and correlated. The similarities in their notation is shown in Table 3.

Seminal mnemonics was used in a few places. Number '4' semantically denotes 'change' and the quasiisolate of 'Change from the normal' in the schedule of (M P) isolates also bore the same number. Similarly, numbers '5' and '6' semantically represent 'prevention' and 'treatment' respectively, and these isolates in the schedule of (E) isolates had numbers ending with '5' and '6' respectively. For example:

:c5 : Control :kS : Prevention :k6 :Treatment

Whereever isolates semantically meant depression, decrease or suppression they bore either number 1 or 2 at the end of their respective (1 N). But these numbers were not restricted to the above isolates alone. Below few examples are given: (P) category Cortical depressant Spinal cord depressant Pain fibre depressant Adrenergic blocking drug Cholinergic antagonist drug Preganglionic anticholinergic drug

SpJ to (M P) category Decrease Depression Supression

Notation ,0721 ,0731 ,D751 ,075A91 ,075C91 ,075C911

Notation -Osl -zOrl -zOr2

Likewise number '3' denoted isolates semantically meaning stimulation and increase, but was not restricted to them alone. (P) category Respiratory stimulant Central nervous system stimulant Adrenergic drug Cholinergic drug

Notation ,0453 ,0723 ,075A3 ,075C3

Alphabetical mnemonics was applied in a couple of places like Excitement (M P) Excitation Spl to (M P)

;4721e -zOue

Erroneously in type setting an 0 waS used instead of a o (Zero). Please, read 0 in all the cases occurring.


Table 3.

(QIs) IN(P) CATEGORY

(By technique) Anaesthesia technique (By drug) Drugs used fOf their effect on -Eye -Digestive system -Circulatory system -Respiratory system -Urino-genital system -Nervous system

,A ,A7 ,D

,DI8S ,D2 ,D3 ,D4 ,DS ,D7

(QIs) IN (MP) CATEGORY

(By physiological & biochemical changes) -in Temperature in Tissue -in Eye -in Digestive system -in Circulatory system -in Respiratory system -in Urino-genitalsystem -in Nervous system

;4 ;4v ;412 ;4185 ;42 ;43 ;44 ;45 ;47

LIST OF ( QIs)

(QI) IN Sp I TO (E) CATEGORY

(By measuring & monitoring equipment) -Temperature measuring instrument

� Heart rate analysis equipment

� Respiratory rate measuring equipment -Cerebral activity measurement equipment

(By therapeutic equipment) -Artificial alveolar ventillation gas machine

-Og -Ogv

-Og32

-Og4S

-Og721

-Op

-Op4S1

Scheduled muemouics was also used to provide the notation for (E) isolates from the schedule of common energy isolates.

(QIs) NOTATION

Among the devices, only the alphabetical device was used to provide mixed notation to individual drugs in the (P) category and instruments in the Spl to (E) category. For example

(P) category ,D7234 (By alphabeticaL arrangemeflf) (By alphabetical device) (Illustrative) ,D7234A ,D7234C ,D7234E ,D7234M ,D7234T

Spl to (E) category -Og4S7

. -Og4S7N+A+A

-Og4S7M+S -Og457V+H+A

Mood stimulants

Amphetamine Caffiene Ethamivan Methylphenidate Theophylline

Gas mixture analyser (By Type) (By principle oflater�in� time of invention) (By alphabetical device) (lllustrative) Narkotest, anaesthetic gas mixture Mass spectrometer Ultraviolet halothane absorber

2.71 Allocation of notation to QIs

The following list of Quasi-Isolates and their notation broadly indicate the general pattern of their arrangement. A keen study will reveal all the previously mentioned principles that were applied for the derivation of· the same.

. 2.8 The index to the schedule

An alphabetaical index to the schedule has been prepared with each entry giving the term, its context if any, its role(s) in the schedule of isolates and respective isolate number(s) . 'See' and 'See also' cross .references are given. A sample page of the index to the schedule of isolates is given in Appendix 1 illustrating the manner in which the index runs.

lot. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesiology

Scheduleof(P) isolates (By Technique) �Anaesthesia technique �General anaesthesia � Local anaesthesia technique -Ancillary anaesthesia adjunct technique

(By drug) -Drugs used locally for their effect on the eye � Drugs used locally for their effect on the digestive system

� Drugs used locally for their effect on the cirulatory system

-Drugs used locally for their effect on the respiratory system

� Drugs used locally for their effect on the uri no-genital system

-Drugs used locally for their effecton the nervous system

ScheduleofSp 1 to (P) Isolates By Sex o/the Patient By St(age) ofthePatient By Status of the Patient By Surgery By Female medicine By Regulation of flow By Depth of hypothermia By Route of administration By Dosage By Induction time By Time of administration of medicament By Type of anaesthetic technique

Schedule ofSp 2 to (P) isolates By Parts of the body upon which surgery is performed

Schedule 0/ (MP) Isolates (By physiological and biochemical changes) -Temperature �Tissue �Eye -Disgestive system �Circulatory system -Re'spiratory system �Urino�genital system -Nervous system

,A ,A7 ,An ,A7S ,AP

,D

,DI8S

,D2

,D3

,D4

,05

,D7

-OA -OB -OC -OL -OMS -ON -OP -OR -os -OT -ov -oz

�OP

;4 ;4v ;412 ;4185 ;42 ;43 ;44 ;45 ;47

81

LIST OF ( Qls)

(Qfs)

ScheduleofSp 1 to (MF) Isolates By Percentage of Qccurance By Quality of effect/action By Nature of action By Time of occuraJlce of effect By Condition By Cause of origin of complication By Region of origin of complication By Type of effect By Time intervallPeriod of occurance By Time duration of effect By Level By Rate of activity By Depth By Time taken for onset of action

Schedule o/(E) Isolates

By General action By Action on Patient �Y Method of generation of action

Schedule ofSpl to (E) Isolutes By Type of study By Complication ByDrug By Drug administration equipment

NOTATION

-Oa -Ob -Oc -Oe -Oh -Ok -01 �On -Op -Or -ZOa -ZOd -ZOh -ZOk

:aa :aA :aD

-Oar -Oa4 -OaD -Ob

By Measuring equipment and Monitoring equipment -Og ByTherapeuticequipment By Method of administration of drug By Route of administration

Schedule ofSp 2 to (E) Isolates

By Aids to study By Speciators to complication By Speciators to drugs By Approach of needle By Type of needle

2.9 Test classification

-Op -Oqa -Ora

=Oar =Oa4 =OaD �Ob82 �Oc82

To test the workability of the schedule the subject content of twenty eight abstracts pertaining to anaesthesiology were analysed according to the principle of facet analysis and classified according to the analytico-synthetic procedure for classifying. Slight modifications were made in the schedule on the basis of revelations therefrom and the abstracts reclassified according to the modified scheme. See sample page in Appendix 3.

2. 91 Procedure for classifying The following steps were applied in succession for classifying the subject content of the abstracts:

STEPS DETAILS

o Identifying the Raw title as found in the document

1 Identifying the expressive subject of the document

82

EXAMPLE

Epidural anagesia with morphine; a Preliminary study.

Anaesthesiology. Study of the good quality of local anaesthesia produced by Morphine sulfate following administration by Epidural Anaesthesia technique for

2

3

4

5

6

7

Identifying substantive terms in the title.

Identifying roles ,of the substantive terms in the context of subject under consideration viz. (B S), (P), (M P) and (E) . Levels and Rounds are determined by the Wall Picture Principle. Phase relations, if any, between the isoletes are also identified.

Rearranging ideas according to the sequence of(BS),(P), (MP) and «(E). Speciators and Qualifiers are arranged with the respective facet categories. Similarly qualifiers of order 2 with the respective qualifiers of order 1 .

Substantive terms may be checked to have the appropriate standard terms used in the schedule.

Terms are represented by respective numbers given in the Schedule ofIsolates and Schedule of Phase Relations

The class number may be formed by dropping roles and notation

the treatment of either ofischaemic, traumatic or post-operative pain.

Anaesthesiology. Study. Good Quality. Local anaesthesia. Morphine Sulfate. Epidural anaesthesia technique. Treatment. Pain. Ischaemic. Traumatic. Postoperative.

Anaesthesiology (B S) Epidural anaesthesia (Sp! toMp) Local anaesthasia (M P) Morphine sulfate (2P) Epidural anaesthesia technique (IP) Treatment (2E) Pain (SpI t02E) Ischaemic (Sp2 to 2E) Traumatic (Sp2 t02E) Post-operative (Sp2 t02E)

Anaesthesiology (B S) Epidural anaesthesia technique (1 P) Morphine sulfate (2P) Local anaesthesia (2M P) Good quality (Spf to 2M P) Treatment (2E) Pain (Spl to 2E) Ischaemic (Sp2 to 2E) Traumatic (Sp2 to 2E) Post-operative (Sp2 to 2E) Study (3E)

No change in the abovementioned terms

LY7(B S), A751733(f P), ,D7216x6M1M +S(2P) :4751(2M P) -Ob21 (Spf to M P) :k6(2E) -Oa47p(Sp! to 2E) �Oa4kd(Sp2 to 2E) �Oa4kg(Sp2 to 2E) �Oa4e5(Sp2to 2E) :aaR(3E)

LY7,A751733,D7216x 6M1M +S;4751-Ob21 :k6-Da47p�Oa4kd� Oa4kg=Oa4e5:aaR

2.92 Arrangement of classified abstracts

Abstracts were arranged in increasing ordinal value of their notation. In order to organise the abstracts," subheadings comprising the main class number and the subj ect heading were culled out from the schedule of (P) isolates and interpolated.

Each entry, step by step, provided information regarding - title, author(s), and within parenthesis the locus of

the periodical article. When an abstract was taken from the abstracting periodical Excerpta 'Medica


(EM), the locus of the abstract/periodical article in the abstracting periodical was given in square brackets,

- the sequence of arrangement of standard terms according to step 5 of the procedure for classifying,

- the representation of the terms by their respective no-tation as given in the schedule (step 6), and

- the synthesised class number according to step 7. Whenever two terms belonging to the (P) category surfaced after facet analysis, and added entry for the second term under its main class number was made. The added entry was cross referred in the main entry at the end and likewise the added entry. For ease in identification, the serial number of each of the added entries bore an arsterisk and the term for which the added entry was made was underlined in steps 5 , 6 and 7 in that entry.

2.93 Index to test classification

An alphabetical organised index to the 'sought' subject terms was prepared by cyclic permutation. The serial numbers of the classified abstract acted as the index number. The permuted term was mentioned in bold letters and its immediate context was provided by the last term in that entry. In cases where a single permuted term could link more than one entry, all such sought entries were listed under that term. Similarly a non-permuted term, wherever possible, linked more than one entry to the main permuted term. This feature is illustrated in Appendix 2. Hyphenated terms splitted due to permutation and the nonpermutated parat retained the hyphen either anteriorly or posteriorly depending upon the part that was permuted. When a more popular term was preferred over a less popular synonymous term (both present in the entries) for permutation, UF (Used For) was inserted between the preferred and the non-preferred term, e.g. INFANT (UF Paediatric). At certain points in the index a much sought after broad term was inserted in bold letters with dotted underline from the schedule of (P) isolates in order to correlate under one heading the various semantically similar but scattered permuted terms, e.g. 'ANAESTHESIA'. This coordination aids easy searching and retrieval of terms.

3. Conclusion

The schedule resulting from the depth classification construction can be regarded as a model prepared on the basis of the guidelines and flexibility provided by the Colon Classification itself. The result justifies the means. The work-is comprehensive as far as coverage is concerned with hospitability for future additions of isolates. As the subject-field is an interdisciplinary one, the subject analysis of anaesthesiology into different facets, the sorting of terms, the allocation of roles, etc. , with respect to the context at hand had been complicated initially. Apart from the isolates of procedural techniques of anaesthesia, anaesthetic, anaesthesia and its process of administration , the schedule also consisted, as is evident from sections 2.51, 2.52 and 2.53, of isolates pertaining to anaesthesia adjuncts, drugs other than anaesthetics, surgery, physiological and biochemical changes in various organ systems and organs, general


and specific actions and of instruments and equipment. This multidisciplinary coverage of isolates makes the schedule all the more exhaustive and an important link to various other co-related distilled basic subject schedules of 'L Medicine'. The schedule was planned and prepared in a manner that it could easily blend with adjacent schedules. With the help of this depth classification schedule, detailed indexing, abstracting and retrieval of both macro and micro documents are possible. With such guidelines, it is also possible to construct schedules of other subjects in a similar way considering variation of subject coverage as well as notational expressivity.

References: (1) Gopinath, M.A.: Analytico-synthetic classification: Its theory

and practice. In: DRTCAnnual seminar, 20; 1983; Paper CA. (2) Neelameghan, A.: Development of a subject and its impact on

classificaiton: A case study. In: DRTC Annual seminar, 6; 1968; Paper BA.

(3) Neelemeghan, A.; Gopinath, M.A.; Seetharama, S.: Colon Classification, edition 7; Schedule of basic subjects. Lib. Sci. 10; 1973; Paper P.

(4) Padmini, B.N.: Analytico-synthetic, freely-faceted depth. Colon Classification schedule for anaesthesiology. Guided by Dr. M.A. Gopinath. Bangalore: DRTC 1986.

(5) Ranganathan, S.R.: Colon Classification. Ed. 6. 1969. (Chapter I Medicine).

(6) Ranganathan, S.R.: Design of depth classification; Methodology. Lib. Sci. 1 ; 1964; Paper-A.

(7) Ranganathan, S.R.: Prolegomena to library classification. Ed. 3. Assisted byM.A. Gopinath. 1967.

(8) Ranganathan, S.R.; Neelameghan, A.: Drug: Depth classification version ofCC. Lib. Sc. 1 ; 1964; Paper L.

(9) Seetharama, S. : Human disease: Depth classification version ofCC. Lib. Sc. 8; 1971: Paper B.

Appendix l

Sample page of Index to the Schedule of Isolates Bad quality (Sp1 to MP) -Ob42 Bag and mask venti1lation gas machine (Spl to E) -Op4512B+ M Balanced anaesthesia technique

See Mixed anaesthesia technique Ballon tip catheter (Sp1 to E) -Og372C+B Barbital sodium (P), D7215B+S Barbiturate (P) ,D7215B Barnet automatically operated ventillation gas machine (Spi to E) -Op4514B Basal

anaesthesia technique (Sp1 to P) -025 level (Sp1 to M P) -zOh2

Beat See Pulse

Benzocaine (P) ,D7517C2B Benzomorphan (P) ,D72162c Benzoquinomium chloride (P) ,D75C91s81B+C Benzothisazide (P) ,D515313 Benzyl alcohol (P) ,D75178 Bertylium tosylate (P) ,D75A91114B+T Bethanochol chloride (P) ,D75C313IB+C Bladder (M P) ;452

relaxation (M P) ;4523 Blease pulmoflator ventillation gas machine (Spi to E) -Op4514B+P Block technique (1;') ,A751 Blood

measurement equipment (Spi to E) -Og352 pressure (M P) ;4352 tension (M P) ;4355 vessel (M P) ;435

83

Appendix 2

Sample page of Index to Test Classification ANAESTHESIA TECHNIQUE

ANAESTHESIA TECHNIQUE - GENERAL Cortical depressant. Respiratory distress. Warning. Cerebral function monitor. 3,23 Evaluation. 2 - Intravenous. Barbiturate. Hypoxaemia measurement. 4,26

ANAESTHESIA TECHNIQUE - LOCAL

ACUPUNCTURE Laser

See Laseropuncture technique under Anaesthesia techniqueLocal

Local anaesthesia. Treatment. Pain. Chronic. Nerve block (compared with) 5, 15

See also Nerve block under Anaesthesia technique-Local

AXILLARY PLEXUS BLOCK Administration. Intravenous routs: Catheter. 11 Intravenous local anaesthesia technique. Surgery. Hand. 12, 14

See also Intravenous Local anaesthesia technique under Anaesthesia technique-Local.

BRAIN Administration. Intravenous route. Intracranial hypertension. Lidocaine (compared with) Thiopentone. Surgery. 28, 36

BUPNACAINE See under Bubivacaine hydrochloride under Anaesthetic-Local

CARDIAC Infant.lHypothermia. Surgery. 21 Infusion. Vasodilation. Improve. Cardiac dysfunction. Chronic. I Sodium nitroprusside. Surgery. 22

CARDIOVASCULAR DRUG

SODIUM NITROPRUSSIDE Surgery. Cardiac. Infusion. Vasodilation. Improve. Cardiac dysfunction. Chronic. 22

CATHETER IAxillary plexus block. Administration. Intravenous route. 1 1

CEREBRAL FUNCTION MONITOR IGeneral anaesthesia technique. Cortical depressant. Overdosage. Respiratory distress. Warning. 3,23

Ninth Europeau Meetiug on Cybernetics and Systems Research

The Austrian Society for Cybernetic Studies, in cooperation with the University of Vienna, Department of Medical Cybernetics and Artificial Intelligence invites papers for EMCSR 88, to be held on April 5-8, 1988 at the University of Vienna. Deadline for submission is OcU5, 87. 12 Symposia are outlined, among which the following: General Systems Methodology; Designing and Systems ; Humanity , Architecture, and Conceptualisation; Fuzzy Sets and Systems: Expert Systems and Approximate Reasoning; Computer-Aided Systems Theory (CAST); Artificial Intelligence. For further information contact: Organizing Committee of the Ninth European Meeting on Cybernetics and Systems Research 1988, c/o i:isterreichische Studiengesellschaft fUr Kybernetik, Schottengasse 3 , A-1010 Wien 1 , Austria.

84

Appendix 3: Sample page of Test Classification LY7, A72 GENERAL ANAESTHESIA TECHNIQUE

An EvallUltion of the anaesthetic techniques used.in an out-patient unit. C.M. Urbach and G. Edelist. Can ad. Anaesth. Soc. J. 24, 3; 1977; p. 401-7. Anaesthesioiogy (B-S) General Anaesthesia techniques (P) Outpatient Unit (Spl) Evaluation (E) LY7(B 5) ,A72(p) -OC2(Spl) aaT(E)

. LY7,A72-0C2:aaT

Use of cerebral function monitor in general anaesthesia. (French). P. Radiguet De La Bastiquie and 1. Gourues. Ann. Anesthesiol. 20, 3; 1979;p. 187-93 (E.M. A -24; 15, 1; 1980; p. 32) Anaesthesiology (B S), General Anaesthesia technique (lP) Cortical depressants (2P) Overdosage (Sp1) Respiratory distress (2M P) Warning (2E) Cerebral function monitor (Sp1) LY7(B S) ,A72(IP) ,D72I(ZP) -OS4(Spl) ;44L(ZM P) :dxB(ZE) -Og72IC+F+M(Spl) LY7,A 72,D72I-0S4;44L:dxB-Og72IC+F+M

* Added entry under ,D721 Cortical depressant

LY7 ,APH HYPOTHERMIA TECHNIQUE In[ant's hemostasis variation under deep hypothermia. (French). V.B. Doutremepuich. Ann. Anesth. 18, 1,' 1977; p. 62-7, E.M. A-24; 13, 3; 1978; p. 667. Anaesthesiology (B S) Hypothermia (P) Deep (Spl) Controlled (Spl) Surgery (Spl) Infant (SpZ) Cardiac (Sp3) Hemostasis variation (M P) LY7 (B S) , APH(P) -OPZ(Spl) -ONI(SpZ) -OL(SpZ) =OBC2(SpZ) =OP3Z(Sp3) ;4v(M P) LY7,APH, -0P2-0Nl-OL=OBC2=OP3Z;4v

LY7 ,D DRUGS

LY7 ,D35 VASCULAR DRUGS

Haemodynamic effects of Nitroprusside infusion during heart operation. (French). D. Lappas and G. Tsitouris. Gre-Hall. Cardiol. Rev. 18, 4; 1977; p. 293-8, E.M. A -24; 13, 8; 1978; p. 2645. Anaesthesioiogy (B S) Sodium nitroprusside (P) Surgery (Sp1) Cardiac (SpZ) Infusion (IE) Vasodilation (M P) Improve (IE) Cardiac dysfunction (Spl) Chronic (Sp2) LY7(BS) ,D3536S+N(P) -OL(Spl) =OP32(Sp2) :aD4(IE) ;43553(M P) :r7(2E) -09432E(Spl) =Oa4hl(SpZ)

. LY7, D3536S+N=OL=OP32:aD4;43553:r7-0a432E=Oa4hl

Address: Ms. Padmini Raj, Otto-Hahn Str. 145, D-4000 Dusseldorf 13

Draft Proposal "Vocabulary of Terminology" ISO/TC 37 (Terminology "Principles and Coordina

tion") circulated a Draft Proposal ISO/DP 1087 in English and French in March 1987 with comments expected by June 1 , 1987. The scope is given as follows: "This international standard establishes the glossary for the science of terminology and its practical applications. It is applicable to all terminological activities on national and international level". The Draft contains the definitions of 124 concepts in systematic order under the following headings: Language and Reality, Concept, Definition, Terminology, Relations between Terms and Concepts, Term Formation, Evaluation of Terms, Vocabulary Preparation, Vocabulary Presentation, Machine-aided Terminology Work, Theoretical Foundations and Practical Applications. The Draft was prepared by the Working 'croup 5 "Vocabulary of Terminology" (ISO/TC/WG5), established at the Plenary Meeting of ISO/TC in 1 981 . It is stated that the work of ISO/TC46/ SC3 "Vocabuiary of Documentation" was considered in the preparation of this DP.

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Raj - CC Schedule Anaesthesioiogy

Lucyna Anna Bielicka; Janusz Paciejewski; Eugeniusz Scibor Institute of Scientific, Technical and Economic Information, Warsaw

Classification and Indexing Languages in Poland (1 974- 1 986) . Pt. I I

Bielieka, L.A., Paciejewki, J . , Seibor, E. : Classification and indexing languages in Poland (1974-1986). Pt. II. Int: Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2, p. 85-89, 101 refs. Continuation of artiCle in Int.Classif.87-1, p.23-28. The first three chapters covered; General problems of indexing languages (lLs) , Structure of indexing languages, and Indexing and information retrieval: In chapters 4-7 the following topics are treated: Classification systems (development, UDC, faceted classifications, subjectfield classifications); Subject heading languages (positional grammar, subject-heading and subject-headings, methodology of creating alphabetical subject catalogues, alphabetical subject indexes to classified catalogues); Descriptor languages (general studies and the grammar of descriptor languages, formalized descriptions of thesauri, linguistic analysis of the vocabulary contained in thesauri, semantic relationships in thesauri, roles, methodology of building up thesauri, information on descriptor languages used in Poland); Other indexing languages (lLs for factographic systems, semantic code).

4. Classification Systems The evolution of ILs (and particularly of classification

systems) against the background of various factors which determine their creation and development is presented in the study "Development of classification systems against the background of development of literature as well as of library and documentation activities" which is an adaptation of Eugeniusz Scibor's PhD thesis (83). The author's aim was to reveal the regularities that govern the development of ILs and their rise.

This study on the basis of an analysis determining the creation of ILs, including systems of documentary classification, deals with the following aspects: a) Further background, i.e. the general level of civilization and culture development, in particular the level of development of science and technology; b) Closer background (conditioned by further background) which consists of the development and character of literature as well as of the methods of collecting, processing, making accessible, dissemination and using documents. The influence of the development of science and literature as well as of the library and documentation activities on the development of classification systems is shown ; this development is presented under a chronological aSpect. Four periods of the developments of documentary classification systems have been distinguished. Main conclusions: investigated in time, classification and indexing systems form a continuous developmental line; the classification of sciences to a rather small extent influenced documentary classification; the basic factor influencing the development of ILs is the development of literature and of the methods of its application.

In connection with the Dewey Decimal Classification Centenary, celebrated in 1976, Eugeniusz Scibor published an article on the activities concerning the development and maintenance of the UDC which is widely used in Poland. This article entitled "Perspectives of reformed UDC construction as a modern international indexing language" (79), presented (La.) the project of UDC reform that had

been elaborated by FID/CCCjD (Subcommittee for Drastic Development of UDC).

An effort to make the use of UDC more efficient is described in the article by A. Goral, W.Mlodozeniec, T. Zokowska: "An attempt to standardize the way of classifying documents according to UDC through UDC number assignment to descripturs appearing in a thesaurus" (40).

Dlgierd Ungurian's book "The utilization of the theory of Ranganathan's faceted classification for the categorization of Polish scientific and technical onomastics (for the needs of information retrieval)", (95), the article "The general structure alan information language. Some proposal of a framework of a lexical set" (92), and "Semantic categories of the dimensions "subject of document"" (91) are devoted to the theoretical and methodological aspects of the organization of the vocabulary of ILs with particular attention to its multi-dimensional (faceted) structure. The thesis does not deal with a universal classification of the Polish scientific and technical onomastics, but only treats, in the examples of tenmnology relating to motor transport and information science, the vocabulary (lexical set) destined for the needs of information processing and for the construction of the dictionaries of ILs (lists of lexical units used in ILs). Analytico-systematizing measures undertaken by the author within the limits shown above have led him to elaborate his own conception concerning the categorization of the vocabulary of ILs based on Ranganathan's theoretical output.

In the articles "Polish Subject-tield Classification - an indexing language for SINTO' " (81) and "New version of the Polish Subject-field Classification" (79) Eugeniusz Scibor in his capacity as the main originator of the Polish Subject-field Classification (PSC) discusses the functions and structure of this classification system. The description of PSC is made agalnst the background of the development of various subject-field classifications (Le. broad ordering systems) as well as of the conception of ILs for the Polish national information system.

The pamphlet by Eleonora Jabrzemska and Eugeniusz Scibor, "Principles of elaboration and use o[ branch subjectfield claSSifications" presents the principles relating to the construction and use of subject-field classifications (Le. ordering systems the scope of which is limited to ouly one branch of science and technology) that should be compatible with the PSC mentioned above.

5. Subject-Heading Languages Problems connected with a subject-heading language

are discussed in Jadwiga Sadowska's PhD thesis "Subject subheadings in the system of the subject�heading language " (68) as well as in three articles by the same author: ''Positional grammar in the subject-heading language " (65), "Subject and subject-heading in the theory and practice of an alphabetical subject catalogue " (69) and "Specific and language-ethnical subject subheadings in the subject-heading language " (67). The thesis consists of two parts, the first

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - BielickalPaciejewski/Scibor - Indexing Languages in Poland 85

dealing with general problems of semantics and the syntax of subject subheadings, while the second is devoted to the analysis of about 12,000 subject headings. The analysis is based on the comparison of lexical meanings (senses) and real words which have the same form as subject subheadings. The author indicates the existence of unequivocal subject subheadings (used in one real sense, irrespective of the number of lexical meanings) as well as of lexically equivocal and functionally equivocal subject subheadings. The author also shows the hierarchical and hierachicalthematical dependences between subject subheadings, the inequality of the extension of their semantic fields and the influence of positional grammar on the informative possibilities of the subject-heading language. The author assumes that the analysis of the subject subheadings which she has carried out will contribute to the obtainment of the more univocal character of the subject-heading language through the elimination of synonymic and equivocal elements at the lexical and syntactic level.

Jadwiga Cwiekowa's manual, "Alphabetical subject arrangement of literature " (35) is devoted to the theoretical and methodological aspects of the subject-heading language used in library alphabetical subject catalogues.

In "A lphabetical subject indexes to systematic cata� logues", Jadwiga Sadowska (66) presents the alphabetical subject index to a systematic (classified) catalogue as a variant of the alphabetical subject index to classification tables which can be considered as a factor to speed up the circulation of information. The author looks at the main problem connected with the creation of an alphabetical subject index, i.e. how and to what extent the index reflects the structure and contents of the systematic catalogue. The interdependence between the alphabetical subject catalogue and the alphabetical subject index is also shown.

6_ Descriptor Langnages laze! Robowski in his PhD thesis "Descriptor langua

ges, Comparative analysis with other indexing languages" (63) discusses the role of an indexing language in an

information retrieval system and presents the historical outline of the development of descriptor languages. The comparative analysis of descriptor languages with other ILs (hierarchical classifications, UDC, faceted classifications, subject headings) is made from the viewpoint of their application in the Polish national computer-based information system. He advocates the parallel application of UDC and descriptor languages in this system.

In "Grammar o[ a descriptor la1J.guage against a background o[ grammars of other indexing languages", a collective work, (41) the grammar of a descriptor language is compared with grammars of non-descriptor ILs (subjectheading languages, UDC, faceted classification, Semantic Code of ASM-WRU). Elements of the grammar of the Polish language are analysed from the view-point of their use in descriptor languages. The main types of the grammar of descriptor languages are discussed on the basis of the formal definition of grammar (which has been introduced for the needs of the study) and of its classification.

Lucyna Anna Bielicka in "Grammatical rules in descriptor languages" (10) gives definitions of fundamental . concepts connected with the grammar of descriptor languages. She discusses various grammatical devices used in ' descriptor languages, namely : shuple co-ordination of

descriptors (co-ordinate indexing), hierarchical indexing, Farradane's relational indexing and faceted indexing. Types of syntagmatic relationships which can be distinguished when using the above-mentioned device are indicated. Finally, she formulates general recommendations for the System of Scientific, Technical and Organizational Information (Polish acronym SINTO), relating to the use of the grammar of descriptor languages.

In the article "Problem of giving the definition of the concept thesaurus", Hanna Popowska (58) considers the derivation of the term "thesaurus" and its formal definition.

Tadeusz Radecki in "Formal description of a thesaurus and its application to information retrieval systems" (62) considers a thesaurus as a relational system where T is a set of terms representing concepts of such domains of know� ledge which are reflected in a set of documents D of the examined information system whereas PI , P2, . . . Pn are semantic relations defined in a set T. The theory of fuzzy sets, elaborated by L.A.Zadeh, was used in the description of the thesaurus as well as when exemplifying a strategy of information retrieval. The use of fuzzy sets theory to the description of an information. retrieval system based on

. a thesaurus makes it possible to take into consideration the fact that the degrees of huportance of individual terms in the search patterns of documents and information requests are of continuum type and that semantic relations generally have no sharp membership boundaries. It is possible, by using simple operations of fuzzy sets theory, to find documents with the desired degrees of relevance to information requests from the users of a given information system.

In "Logical reconstruction of descriptors " Jerzy Kopania (46) examines the following problems: descriptors 'versus names, relations of informative equivalence, relation of preference, principle of abstraction through the representation and generation of descriptors.

Joanna Tomasik-Beck in her three studies "The linguistic analysis of the terms from technical thesauri" (85), "Ambiguity and homonymy in technical terminology " (88), and "Syntactic and semantic analysis of multiword terms used in Polish Thesauri " (86) analyses one-word and multi-word technical terms. The set of one-word terms is divided into semantic categories and then - within each category - into subcategories according to the formative that has motivated the derivative. In the analysis of multiword terms, particular attention was paid to the relationship between the designated and designating parts of the term. The causes of gaining independence by various lexical-semantic variants have been analysed. Two kinds of homonymy are distinguished: homonymy in the strict sense and formative homonymy.

In the article "Grammatical number as a seman tic distinguishing feature ", Janusz Paciejewski (54) isolates some factors which in practice influence the use of the singular or plural form of substantives and - in consequence - of descriptors. The author recommends the use of the plural as the reflection of the trends of the language towards generalizations.

Hanna Popowska's PhD thesis "Semantic relation of the hierarchical type in descriptor languages (based on the material of Polish thesauri)" (59) was written in Russian. The author presents the results of a comparative analysis of hierarchies as paradigmatic relationships occurring in thesauri. The results - based on the investigation of the

86 Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - BieJicka/Paciejewski/Scibor - Indexing Languages in Poland

contents of more than 60 thesauri (including 12 Polish ones which were analysed in detail) - have enabled the author to present both a typology of hierarchical relationships (occurring within thesauri) and a methodology of estimating the extension of hierarchy in a descriptor language.

The following three articles by Wieslawa Ogorkiewicz and Barbara Wereszczynska-Cisl deal exclusively with descriptor languages: "The experimental thesaurus of technology of fruits and vegetables" (99), "Specification of associative relationships in an experimental thesaurus and their influence on the efficiency of information retrieval" (98) and "An influence of detailed specification of relationships on the effectiveness of food technology information searching" (100).

"Standardization in the construction of thesauri" by Kazimierz Leski (48) discusses some more important rules (recommended or compulsory) concerning the construction of thesauri.

"Principles for establishment of multilingual thesauri" (89) and "Prob/ems of equivalent terms in multilingual thesauri" by Joanna Tomasik-Beck present - on the basis of selected examples -principles for the establishment of multilingual thesauri. The author stresses ' that the most important problem - when establishing multilingual thesauri - lies in fixing the equivalents of lexical units in different languages.

Lucyna Bielicka and .Joanna Tomasik-Beck ("Descriptor languages for SINTO") (14) present principles for the establishment of thesauri and general principles of indexing. Both groups of principles mentioned above are recommended for use within the Polish National System of Scientific, Technical and Organizational Information (SINTO).

A list of Polish thesauri (already built up or under elaboration) is given in the article by Eleonora Jabrzemska "Information about the state of activities concerning the establishment of thesauri for SINTO" (43).

The aim of the "Thesaurus of Common Topics" (TCT), which has been elaborated at IINTE, is to provide teams dealing with the establishment of branch thesauri with some ready-made sets of interdiSciplinary lexical units. The TCT is described i.a. in the article by leonora Jabrzemska "Thesaurus of Common Topics. Origin, structure, applica� tion " (44).

Olgierd Adrian ,Wojtasiewicz and BtJrbara Sosinska in " On the construction of a macro thesaurus for the social sciences" (JOI) consider the methods of establishing the macro thesaurus and the scope of the concept "social sciences" in the light of selected science classification systems and against the background of various definitions of this group of branches of science. After the characterization of the most important features of social sciences (such as the differentiation of research methods, the interdisciplinary character of many research problems, the ambiguity of terminology) some principles concerning the choice of an indexing language for the information system in the area of social sciences are given.

Z.Latyszojc and S.Pajak's article "Problems connected with the application and utilization of a descriptor language in patent information " (49) deals with experience resulting from the application of a descriptor language (apart from the International Patent Classification) to the indexing of branch patents at the Institute of Ferrous Metallurgy in Gliwice. They have ascertained that the two ILs mentioned '

",:-.

above (i.e. a descriptor language and IPC) are complementary and that the synchronous use of both is therefore advisable.

The following publications deal with the establishment and use of descriptor languages in various branch(specialized) information systems : Dariusz Kuzm;nski: "Polish Medical Thesaurus. Collecting and lexicographical processing of keywords" (47); Krystyna Garbacz:Lapuchowa: "Optimal collection of descriptors in the thesaurus of agricultural machinery" (39);

Elzbieta Artowicz: "Assumptions of the information retrieval language for the A WION system " (5) and "Methodies for analytic and synthetic elaboration of documents put into automatized information systems (exempll/ied by the A WION system)" (2) (the AWION system operation in the field of science of science); Mikolaj Poletylo: "Establishment and use of a thesaurus for the needs of the TV film library (experience and con� elusions " (56); GrazynaPrzepiorkowska andElzbieta Obrebska: "Thesaurus for the Light Industry. Structure and elaboration" (60).

7. Other Indexing Languages Two publications by Lucyna Anna Bielicka entitled

"Indexing'languages of the type object�attribute for simple factographic systems" (7, 8) have the character of state-ofthe-art reports prepared mainiy on the basis of Soviet literature . In these reports it is stated that in simple factographic (data) systems ILs of the type object-attribute are used. The structure of the vocabularies of these languages is discussed together with their types of grammar. Particular attention is paid to the features which distinguish this type of language from other types of ILs. Examples of objectattribute languages used in Polish and foreign factographic systems are given.

In the article "Facet formula versus frame ", Dariusz Dziuba (38) estimates the practical use of two methods of designing ILs (especiaily for factographic systems); these are: the facet approach and the method of so-called frames (semantic patterns). Frames and facets as forms of the representation of information, have many features in cO.mmon.

Zbigniew Madrzycki in "Problems connected with the construction of an indexing language for factographie systems of scientific, technical, and economic information" (51) considers the object (object i n general, object as such), its elements, features (peculiarities, parameters, attributes) of an object and of its value. In the author's opinion an indexing language for factographic systems should have a faceted structure.

Bozenna Bojar's and Olgierd Adrian Wojtasiewicz's study "Semantic code for the SINTO syste m " (17) contains the draTt of a semantic code destined for the description of the document contents and of the! extralinguistic reality in any natural or indexing language. The semantic code refers to some appropriately selected fundamental semantic units which are considered as primitives (primitive concepts). The interpretation of primitives differs from the colloquial usage of particular terms and even from their professional usage. The following semantic categories are isolated : primary objects, secondary objects, operations upon objects, operations upon operations and characteristics (features, distinctive traits) relating to operations as well as to objects. The proposed semantic code is characterized by

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No, 2 - Bielicka/Paciejewski/Sdbor.- Indexing Languages in Poland 87

a considerable productiveness; its syntactic rules as well as its semantic interpretation facilitate the description of concepts that - at a given moment - have no equivalents (counterparts) in the empirical world or did not have them in the past.

SINTO - Polish acronym of the name "System of Scientific, Technical and Organizational Information" (the implemental Polish national information system)

References: (1) Artowicz, E.: Etapy tworzenia jezyka informacyjnego dla

zautomatiyzowanych system ow informacji. Zag.Inform.Nauk. 45(1 984)No.2, p.3-24

(2) Artowicz, E . : Metodyka analityczno-syntetyczna opracowania dokumentow wprowadzanych do systemow informacyjnych (na przykladzie system AWION). Zag.lnform.Nauk. 34(1979) No.1, p.27-53

(3) Artowicz, E. : Mozliwosci integracji jezykow informacyjnych na przykladzie jezyka deskryptorowego i jezyka hasel przcdmiotowych. Zag.Inform.Nauk. 46(1 985)No.1, pA7-68

(4) Artowicz, E.: Uwarunkowania zewnetrzne budowy jezykow informacyjnych. Zag.Inform.Nauk. 37(1980)No.2, p.87-107

(5) Artowicz, E.: Zalozenia jezyka informacyjnego w systemie AWION. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 33(1978)No.2, p.35-55

(6) Bielicka, L.A.: Indexierungsmethodik. Priifungen und Empfehlungen. In: Dok./Inform. Schriftenreihe d.Inst.f.Inform.wiss., Erfindungswes.u.Recht, TH Ilmenau. H.65, 1985, p.87-94

(7) Bielicka, L.A.: Jezyki informaeyjne typu obiekt-atrybut prostych systemow faktograficznych. Warszawa: IINTE 1984. = ISTEI Reports 49.

(8) Bielicka, L.A.: Jezyki informacyjne typu obiekt-cecha w prostyeh systemach faktograficznych. Aktua1.Probl.Inform. Dok. (1983)No.6, p.17-20

(9) Bielicka, L.A.: Konwencjonalne metody indeksowania wspolrzednego. Warszawa:' IINTE 1979. = ISTEI Reports 25

(10) Bielicka, L.A.: Zaeady gramatyczne w jezykach deskryptoro- . wych. Warszawa: IINTE 1985. = ISTEI Reports 54 (11) Bielicka, L.A., Paciejewski, J., Scibor, E. : Pojecie spejnosci

i metody jej osiagania w jezykach informacyjnyeh. Warszawa: IINTE 1984. = ISTEI Reports 50 .

'

(12) Bielicka, L.A., Seibor, E.: Jezyki informacyjne. Rodzaje i zastosowanie w dzialalnosei informacyjnej. Warszawa: CINTE 1982. = Materialy Szkoleniowe 25

(13) Bielicka, L.A., Scibor, E.: Wprowadzenie do teorH jezykow informacyjnych. Warszawa: CINTE 1981. Materialy Szkoleniowe 21

(14) Bielicka, L.A., Tomasik-Beck, J.: Jezyki dcskryptorowe dla SINTO. Warszawa: CINTE 1981. = SINTO Materialy Metodyczne 4

(15) Bojar, B. : Elcmenty jezykoznawstwa dia informatykow. Warszawa: OIN PAN 1974. = Materialy Szkoleniowe

(16) Bojar, B . : 0 metainformacji i metajezyku. Zag.lnform.Nauk 29(1976)No.2, p.43-60

(17) Bajar, B., Wojtasiewicz, O.A.: Kod semantyczny dla systemu SINTO. Warszawa: Uniwersytet Warszawski,Katedra Lingwistyki Forrnalnej 1977. Typescript.

(18) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Organizacja zbioru informacji jako element jezyka systemu informacyjno-wyszukiwawczego. Zag. Inform.Nauk. 39(1981) No.2, p.83-97

(19) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Problem synonimii w teorH jezykow informacyjnowyszukiwawczych. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 35(1979)No.2, p.79-96

(20) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Problemy pre- i postkoordynacji w teorii jezykow informacyjnych. Zag.Inform.Nauk. 33(1978)N 0.2, p.l l-13

(21) Chmielewska·Gorczyca, E.: Reguly transformacyjne w jezykach informacyjnowyszukiwawczych. AktuaI.Probl.Inform.Dok. ( 1982)No.I-2, p.21-25

(22) Chmielewska-Gorezyca, E. : Relacje syntagmatyczne w jezykach informacyjnowyszukiwawczych. Ph.D. Thesis. Guide: B.Bojar. Warszawa: Uniwersytet Warszawski, Wydzial Neofilologii 1981.

(23) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Relacje syntagmatyczne w jezykach informacyjnowyszukiwawczych. , Warszawa: IINTE 1986. =

ISTEI Reports - in print)

(24) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Struktura instrukcji wyszukiwawczej. Zag.Inform. Nauk. 44(1984)No.l, p.49-63

(25) Chrnielewska-Gorczyca, E.: StruktuIa jezyka informacyjnowyszukiwawczego. · Z�g.Inform.Nauk, 41(1982)No.2, pAl-64

(26) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E. : Struktura zapisu indeksowego. Zag.Inform. Nauk. 40(1982)No.1, p.43-56

(27) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Terminy zakazane (askryptory) w jezykach informacyjno-wyszukiwawczych. Zag.Inform.Nauk. 38(1981)No.l, p.29-44

(28) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E. : Typy i formy odsylaczy w jezykach informacyjno-wyszukiwawczych. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 37(1980) No.2, p.109-125

(29) Chmielewska-Gorczyca, E.: Wiazanie jednostek Ieksykalnych w charakterystykach wyszukiwawczych dokumentow. Aktual. Probl.Inform.Dok. (1983)No.4, p.22-28

(30) Choros, K. : lndeksowanie dokumentow deskryptorami wazonymi. Aktual. Probl.Inform.Dok. (1981)No.5-6, p.22-26

(31) ChOIOS, K. : Indeksowanie wzgledne oraz wystarczajaco uporzadkowana odpowiedz systemu w rozmytym modelu systemu wyszukiwania dokumentow. Raporty Bibl.GI.OINT Pol. Wroc1.5 1 ; 1983. p.24

(32) Choros, K.: Indeksowanie wzgledne w rozmytym modelu lokalnego systemu wyszukiwania informacji. Raporty Bibl.GI. OINT Pol.Wroc1.54; 1983, p.10

(33) Choros, K.: Lingwistyczne indeksowanie dokumentow metodami automatycznyrni. AktuaI.Probl.Inform.Dok. (1985)No.2, p.24-29

(34) Choros, K., Danilowicz, C.: Relative indexing. Weighted descriptors and relative indexing in a document retrieval system model. Inform,Process. Manag. 18(1982)NoA, p.207-220

(35) Cwiekowa, J.: Opracowanie przedmiotowe pismiennistwa. Problemy teoretyczne i metodyczne. Warszawa: OIN PAN 1974. = Materialy Szkoleniowe

(36) Danilowicz, c.: Problemy indeksowania - modelowanie preferencji uzytkownikow. Raporty Bib1.Gl. OINT Pol.Wrocl. 49; 1983.

(37) Danilowicz, C.: Relative indexing on the basis of users' profiles. Inform.Process.Manag. 19(1983)No.3, p.159-163

(38) Dziuba, D.: Formula fasetowa a szablon scmantyezny. Aktual.Probl.1nform. Dok. (1985)No,l, p.23-30

(39) Garbacz-Lapuchowa, K.: Optymalny zbior deskryptoIOw w tezaurusie maszyn rolniczych. Warszawa: IINTE 1977. = ISTEI Reports 6

(40) Gorol, A., Mlodozeniec, W., Zolkowska, T.: Proba ujednolicenia sposobu klasyfikowania dokumentow wedlug UKD poprzez przyporzadkowanie symboli UKD deskryptorom tezaurusa. AktuaI.Probl.1nform.Dok. (1975) No.3, p.3-11

(41) Gramatyka jezyka deskryptorowego na tie gramatyk innych jezykow informacyjnych. Praea zbirowa pod kierunkiem dr Mikolaja Poletyly. Warszawa: IINTE 1975. = Prace, Studia, Przyczynki 2/1975

(42) Jabrzemska, E.: Analiza jezykow inforacyjnych stosowanych w sieci inte. Warszawa: I1NTE 1984. Typescript

(43) Jabrzemska, E.: Informacja 0 stanie prac nad tezaurusami w SINTO. Aktual.Probl.1nform.Dok. (1978)No.6, p.16-21

(44) Jabrzemska, E.: Tezaurus zagadnien wspolnych. Geneza, struktura, zastosowanie. Aktual.Prob1.Inform.Dok. (1983) No.4, p.3-10

(45) Jabrzemska, E., Seibor, E. : Zasady opracowywania i stosowania dziedzinowo-galeziowych klasyfikacji tematycznych. Warszawa: CINTE 1986. = SINTO Materiaiy Metodyczne 26

(46) Kopania, J. : Logiczna rekonstrukcja deskryptora. Zag.lnform. Nauk. 34(1979)No.1, p.55-64

(47) Kuzminski, D.: Polski tezaurus medyczny. Gromadzenie i obrobka leksykograficzna slow kluczowych. Aktual.Probl. Inform. k.(1975)No.3, p.38-41

(48) Leski, K. : Normalizacja w budowie tezaurusow. Aktual.Probl. Inform. Dok. (1974)No.5, p.3-5

(49) Latyszoje,Z., Pajak, S . : Problemy zastosowania i wykorzystania jezyka deskryptorowego w informacji patentowej. Aktual. Probl.Inform.Dok. (1976)No . l , p.20-24

(50) Mareiszewski, W.: Miejcse slow kluczowych w strukturze tekstu. Zag.lnform.Nauk 28(1976)No.1 , p.47-71

(51) Madrzycki, Z.: Problemy biJdowy jezyka informacyjnego dla systemow faktograficznych. Aktual.Probl.Inform.Dok. (1981) No.4, p.7-12

88 tnt. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - BielickalPaciejewskifScibor - Indexing Languages in Poland

(52) Ogorkiewicz, W.: Wplyw wskaznikow roli na efektywnosc wyszukiwania informacji z zakresu wybranej galezi te<;:hnologii zywnosci. PhD Thesis. Guide: W.Mareiszewski. Uniwersytet Warszawski, Wydziai Neofilologii. Warszawa 1984

(53) Ogorkiewicz, W.: Wskazniki roli w deskryptorowym jezyku informacyjno-wyszukiwawczym. Zag.Inform.Nauk 47(1985) No.2, p.71-94

(54) Paciejewski, J.: Liczbagramatycznajako wyroznik semantyczny. Aktual.Prob.lnform.Dok. ( 1984)No.5-6, p.14-18

(55) Piekut, c.:' Metoda optymalizacji struktury lancuchowej slownika. Prace Nauk.Bibl.Gl.OINT Pol.Wrocl.3(1 977). p.25-35

(56) Poletylo, M.: Budowa i wykorzystanie tezaurusa dia potrzeb filmoteki telewizyjnej. (Doswiadczenia i wnioski) Aktual.Probl. Inform.Dok. (1 983)No.2, p.35-41

(57) Poletylo, M., .Bielicka, L.A.: Metodyka i organizacja budowy . systemu tezaurusow dla sieei inte. Warszawa: IINTE 1974 .. = Prace, Studia, Przyczynki 1/1974

(58) Popowska, H.: Problem zdefiniowania pojecia tezaurus. Aktual. ProbI.Inform.Dok. (1981)No.5-6, p.16-21

(59) Popovska, Ch.: Semanticheskie otnosheniya ierarchicheskogo tipa v deskriptornykh informatsionno-poiskovykh jazykakh (na materiale pol'skikh informatsionno-poiskovykh tezaurusov. Warszwawa: IINTE 1982. = ISTEI Reports 46

(60) Przepiorkowska, G., Obrebska, E.: Tezaurus przemyslu lekkiego. Struktura i opracowanie. Aktual.Probl.lnform.Dok. ( 1 983)No.3, p.17-22

(61) Radecki, T.: A model of document retrieval system based on the concept of semantic disjunktive normal form. Kybernetycs (1981) No.10, p.55-72

(62) Radecki, T.: Formal description of a thesaurus and its application to an information retrieval system. Komunikaty Bibl.GI. OINT Pol. Wrocl.Ser.A 55; 1976, p.15

(63) Robowski, J. : Jezyki deskryptorowe. Analiza porownawcza jezykow deskryptorowych i innych jezykow informacyjnych. Warszawa: IINTE 1974. = Prace, Studia, Przyczynki 3/1974.

(64) Rozwadowski, A.: Problemowy jezyk indeksowania oparty na warunkowych zdaniach pytajnych z jedna niewiadoma. Ph. D.Thesis. Guide: C.Danilowicz. Raporty Bibl.Gl.OINT Pol. Wroc1.Ser.P 6 3 ; 1985, p.238

(65) Sadowska, J.: Gramatyka pozycyjna w jezyku hasel przedmiotowych. Zag.Inform.Nauk 42(1983)No.l, p.56-68

(66) Sadowska, J.: Indeksy przedmiotowe do katalogu systcmatycznego. Zag.Inform.Nauk 45(1 984)No.2, p.25-37

(67) Sadowska, J.: Okreslniki gatunkowc i jezykowo-etniczne w jezyku hasel przcdmiotowych. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 44(1984) No.1, p.65-74

(68) Sadowska, J. : Okreslniki w systemie jezyka hasel przedmioto� wych. Aspekty semantyczno-syntaktyczne. Ph.D.Thesis. Guide: B.Bojar. Uniwersytet Warszawski, Wydzal Neofilologii. Warszawa 1984. 348p.

(69) Sadowska, J. : Przedmiot i temat w teorH i praktyce katalogu przedmiotowego. Zag.Inform.Nauk 43(1983)No.2, p.53-67

(70) Sambor, J.: Jezykoznawstwo statystyczne dia pracownikow informacji naukowej. Warszawa: CINTE 1978. = Materialy Szkoleniowe 1

(71) Seroka, W.: Niektore zagadnienia deskryptorow wazonych. Zag.1nform.Nauk 39(1981)No.2, p.61-81

(72) Sosinska, B.: Relacje miedzy planem tresei a planem wyrazania w jezykach informacyjno-wyszukiwawczych. Ph.D.Thesis. Guide: B.Bojar. Uniwersytet Warszawski, Wydzial Neofiloiogii. Warszawa 1986.

(73) Sosinska, B.: Reprezentacja wiedzy w systemach informacji dokumentacyjnej. Zag.Inform.Nauk 46(1985)No.l, p.19A5

(74) Sosinska, B.: Struktura wyrazen jezykow informacyjnych a konotacyjna i denotacyjna interpretacja ich znaczenia. Zag. Inform.Nauk 39(1981) No.2, p.41-60

(75) Sosinska, B. :Typoiogia relacji pomiedzy jednostkami leksykalnymi jezykow informacyjnych. Zag.Inforrn.Nauk 35(1979) No.2, p.99-121

.

(76) Szczepanek, W.: Wybor metody wiazania jezykow informacyjno-wyszukiwawczychna przykladzie jezyka slow kluczowych i tezaurusa. Aktual.Probl.Inform. Dok. (1981)No.l, p.7-10

(77) Szymanowska, I . : Lingwistyczne metody automatycznego

wyznaczania wyrazen indeksujacych. Aktual.Probl.Inform. Dok. (1983)No.3, p_23-29

(78) Seib�r, E. : Metody wiazania roznychjezykow informacyjnych (ze szezegolnym uwzgiednieniem UKD i jezykow deskryptorowych). Warszawa: IINTE 1974. = Prace, Studia, Przyczynki 2/1974

(79) Seibor, R: Nowa wersja Polskiej Klasyfikacji Tematycznej. Aktual.Probl. Inform.Dok. (1983)No.3, p.3-6

(80) Seibor, E . : Perspektywy zbudowania zreformowanej UKD jako nowoczesnego, miedzynarodowego jezyka informacyjnego. Aktual.Probl.Inform.Dok.(1976) No.6, p.26-31

(81) Scibor, E.: Polska Klasyfikacja Tematyezna - jezyk informacyjny dia SINTO. Aktual. Probl.Inform.Dok. (1 980)No.2, p.5-10

(82) Seibor, E . : Proba typologii jezykow informacyjnych. AktuaL Probl. Inform.Dok. (1982)No.1-2, p.15-20

(83) Seibor, E.: Rozwoj system ow klasyfikacji na tle rozwoju pismiennictwa i dzialalnosci biblioteczno-dokumentacyjnej. Warszawa: IINTE 1975. = Prace, Studia', Przyczynki 3/1975

(84) Seibor, E . : Typologia strukturalna jezykow informacyjnych. Warszawa: IINTE 1982. = ISTEI Reports 4 1 . (85) Tomasik�Beck, J . : Analiza lingwistyczna terminow tezaurusa z zakresu techniki. Warszawa: IINTE 1981. = ISTEI Reports 3 5

(86) Tomasik-Beck, J. : Analisa skladniowo-semantyczna terminow technicznych wielowyrazowych stosowanych w . polskich tezaurusach. Warszawa 1985. = ISTEI Reports 53

(87) Tomasik-Beck, J.: Problem ekwiwalentow terminow w tezaurusach wieiojezycznych. Aktual.Probl.Inform.Dok. (1977)No.5, p.21-24

(88) Tomasik-Beck, J.: Wieloznacznosc i homonimia w terminologii technicznej. Aktual.Probl.Inform.Dok. ( 1984)NoA, p.31-37

(89) Tomasik-Beck, J.: Zasady budowy tezaurusow wielojezycznych. Warszawa: IINTE 1977 . '= ISTEI Reports 7

(90) Ungurian, 0.: Elementy teorii jezykow informacyjnych. Warszawa: OIN PAN 1976. = Materialy Szkoleniowe

(91) Ungurian, 0.: Kategorie semantyczne wymiaru "przedmiot dokumentu". Zag.Inform.Nauk. 42(1983)No.l, p.29-54

(92) Ungurian, 0.: Ogolna struktura jezyka inforrnacyjnego. Propozycja "szkieletu . organizacyjnego" slownictwa. Zag.Inform. Nauk. 41(1982) No.2, p.21-40

(93)1 Ungurian, 0.: Problem wyboru jezyka informacyjnego dla krajowego systemu informacji. AktuaI.Probl:Inform.Dok. (1974)No.1, p.14-20

(94) Ungurian, 0.: Teoria i praktyka klasyfikacji fasetowej S.R,. Ranganathana. Warszawa: IINTE 1975. = Prace, Studia, Przyczynki 4/1975

(95) Ungurian, 0.: Wykorzystanie teorH klasyfikacji faeetowej Ranganathana do kategoryzacji polskiego nazewnictwa naukowo-technicznego (dla potrzeb wyszukiwania informacji). Ph.D.Thesis. Guide: O.A.Wojtasiewicz. Uniwersytet Warszawski, Wydzial Neofilologii. Warszawa 1977. 210p. Typescript.

(96) Wereszczynska-Cislo, B. : Przydatnosc specyfikacji relacji kojarzeniowych w procesie wyszukiwania informacji z zakresu wybranej galezi technologii zywnosci. Ph.D.Thesis. Guide: W.Mareiszewski. Uniwersytet Warszawski, Wydzial Neofiloiogii. Warszawa 1984. Typescript.

(97) Wereszczynska-Cislo, B. : Relacje kojarzeniowe w jezykach informacyjnych. Zag.Inform.Nauk. 46(1985)No.l , p.69-82

(98) Wereszczynska-Cislo, B. : Specyfikacja relacji kojarzeniowych w ekspery,mentalnym tezaurusie i jej wpiyw na efektywnosc wyszukiwania informacji. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 47(1985)No.2, p.39-69

(99) Wereszczynska-Cislo, B., Ogorkiewicz, W.: Eksperymentalny tezauIUS technologii owocow i warzyw. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 46(1985)No.1, p.83-106 1100) Wereszczynska-Cislo, B., Ogorkiewicz, W.: Wplyw szczegolowej specyfikacj relacji na efektywnosc wyszukiwania informacji z zakresu technologii zywnosci. Warszawa: IINTE 1986. = ISTEI

i Reports 6 1 . -

(101) Wojtasiewicz, O.A., Sosinska, B. : 0 koncepcji tworzenia makrotezaurusa nauk spolecznych. Zag.lnform.Nauk. 40 (1982)No.1 , p.3-20

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Bielicka/PaciejewskiiSeibor - Indexing Languages in Poland 89

Reports and Communications

Society for Conceptual and Content Analysis by Computer (SCCAC)

The SCCAC Newsletter No.3, 1987 was received on July 9, with a report on the 1986/87 activities, including a report on the 6th International SCCAC Meeting in conjunction with ICCH 87 at Columbia, SC, April 10, 1987 and reports on other conferences, a list of projects and project descriptions, a preview on future activities as well as references to journals and books and one book review. Together with the mailing the 23 1 members received a separate publication with the membership list 1 986/87, edited by Roy A.Boggs and Klaus M.Schmidt, 1 8 p.

The 7th International SCCAC Meeting will be held in conjunction with the International Congress on Terminology and Knowledge Engineering, Sept.28, 1987, University of Trier. The following speakers are included in the program: I.Dahiberg (FRG), J.Duchastel & Luc Dupuy (Canada), W.Frawley (USA), K.Gaertner (FRG), S.K.Havanur (India), W.v.Keitz (FRG), P.Mergenthaler (FRG), P.Mohler (FRG), W.Nedobity (Austria), E.Nissan (Israel), RPiotrovski et al (USSR), RRieger (FRG), A.Rothkegel (FRG), K.M.Schmidt (USA), G.P.Zarri (France).

The 8th International SCCAC Meeting will be held in conjunction with the 1 5th International ALLC Conference, Jerusalem, June 5-9, 1988. A call for papers asks for submissions no later than Nov.1 5, 1987. The 9th International SCCAC Meeting is planned to be held in conjunction with the joint ACH/ ALLC Conference, University of Toronto, June 1989. For further information please turn to Prof.K.M.Schmidt, BGSU A.Y.A. Program, Institut f.Anglistik & Amerikanistik. UniversWit Salzburg, Akademiestr. 24, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria. (8/87-8/88).

British Classification Society The Annual General Meeting was held on Friday, 29

May, 1987 at The Manor House, Rothamsted Experimental Station. The meeting centered around a talk given by Mr.S.BLINKHORN on "Classification and Psychology" . For further information contact the Secretary of the Society, Mr.A.J.Boyce, 58 Banbury Road, Oxford OX2 6QS, England.

First International Conference on Bibliometrics and Theoretical Aspects of Infonnation Retrieval

This Conference was announced to take place from 24-28 August 1987 at L.U.C. Universitaire Campus, near

90

Diepenbeek, Belgium. Invited lecturers : A.BOOKSTEIN (University of Chicago): Application of the Bibliometric Model; B.C.BROOKES (City U.of London, U.K.): A Stochastic Model of the Bradford Distribution; I.K .. RA VICHANDRA RAO (Indian Statistical Institute, Bangalore) : Probability distributions and inequality measures for analyses of circulation data; J.M.TAGUE (Uof Western Ontario, London, Canada): What's use of bibliometrics? For more information contact: Prof. Dr.L.Egghe, Chairman, Universitaire Campus, B-3610 Diepenbeek, Belgium.

Data Analysis and Infonnatics. Fifth International Symposium

The Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique in I.e Chesnay organizes this Sympo, sium for the fifth time, from Sept.29-0ct.2, 1987 at Versailles. The program lists 18 sessions including 56 . papers as well as 25 posters. Two Panels are foreseen in addition, one on "Data Analysis in Epidemiology" and the other on "Analysis of Evolutive Data" . The Sessions are devoted to the following topics: Styles of Data Analysis, Inference Problems in Data Analysis, Discrimination, Models, Dissimilarity Tables, Factor Analysis, Expert Systems, Applications, Stability in Factor Analysis, Validity in Clustering, Multiple Correspondence Analysis, Clustering, Graphic Displays, Multiway Tables, Language, Clustering: Combinatory Aspects. Besides this, software demonstrations are foreseen from 1 8 companies. For further information turn to: INRIA: Services des Relations Exterieures. Domaine de Voluceau, B.P.105, F-78153 I.e Chesnay, Cedex.

PROGRIS Thesaurus Software PROTERM Die Firma PROGRIS Projektgruppe Informations

systeme GmbH bietet ihr Thesaurusprogramm PROTERM in optimierter und preisgiinstigerer Weise an. Notwendig ist nunmehr lediglich ein IBM-PC AT oder kompatibler, mit MS-DOS Version 2.0 oder hOher, Festplatte. Das Programm ist verwendbar fUr Aufbau, Pflege, Ausgabe, Ausdrucke von Thesauri, Schlagwortlisten, Klassiftkationen, Bestandsverzeichnisse, Register, Worterbticher, Glossare und Terminologiearbeiten. Es hat einen modularen Aufbau und ist individuell auf spezifische Anforderungen abstimmbar, bietet also keine vorkonfektionierte Losung. Die durchglingig menugesteuerte Benutzerftihrung ist ohne PC-Kenntnisse be- ' nutzbar. Alle reziproken Eintrlige werden automatiseh miterzeugt. Direktes Dberwechseln zwischen miteinander verkntipften Termini ist moglieh. Losehroutinen erfolgen tiber Auswahlmenu. Die Anzahl der Relationen pro Deskriptor und der Hierarehieebenen ist nieht besehrlinkt. Ausdrucksformate sind variabel. Aueh ist ein Filetransfer zu Main-Frame-Rechner moglieh. Die Systembeschreibung (kostenlos) oder eine Demodiskette (DM 30.- Sehutzgebtihr) konnen unverbindlieh angefordert werden. Adresse : PROGRIS. Auguste-Viktoria-Str. 64, D-1000 Berlin 33. Tel.: 030-825 50 49.

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Reports and Communications

FIDleR News 20

Information - Knowledge - Evolution Call for Papers, 44th FID Congress

Among the topics outlined in the general Call for Papers of the 1988 FID Congress in Helsinki, Finland (Aug.28.Sept.l , 88) are the following ones concerning the concept of "Knowledge":

What transforms information into knowledge? - How does the brain process information? - Will human intelligence be replaced and/or improved by Artificial

Intelligence? - What is the consultative role of an information specialist? As it is planned that FID/CR be the sponsor of one of the Congress Sessions, we would appreciate your response to this invitation and the questions posed in fonn of a paper. The problems seem unusual, nevertheless they are challenging our brains and should find solutions. Please, send in your ideas twofold: one copy of title and abstract of your possible paper (one or two pages in English) before Oct.31 , 87 to the Finnish Society for Information Services, Ms.Ritva Launo, P.O.Box 1025, SF-OOIOI Helsinki, Finland and another one . to the FID/CR Secretariat, Woogstr. 36a, D·6000 Frankfurt 50, FRG. Authors will be notified of acceptance. All accepted papers will be published in the proceedings.

Ranganathan Award 1988 Nominations are invited for the Ranganathan Award

for Classification Research to be presented during the 44th FID Conference and Congress, Aug.28-Sept. l , 1988 in Helsinki, Finland,

The Award consists of a Certificate of Merit awarded to a person chosen by FID/CR, every two years, for an outstanding contribution in the field of classification in recent years.

Work done (published or unpublished) not earlier than I Sept.1984 may be submitted or nominated for consideration. There is no restriction in respect of age, sex, or nationality of the author of the work.

The submission or nomination should mention the special points as to why the work deserves to be consid· ered for the Award.

The closing date for receiving nominations will be March 1 , 1988. The works and nominations should be sent to the Chairperson, FID/CR, Woogstr.36a, D·6000 Frankfurt 50.

The Ranganathan' Award Subcommittee will review all the works and nominations received for consideration; it will make the decision as to which work should receive the Award. The Sub·Committee reserves the right not to make an Award if such a decision is warranted. The decision of the Sub-Committee is final; and it is not subject to appeal. (Awardees have been in the past: Dr.Derek AUSTIN - 1976, Ms.Jean AITCHISON - 1982, Mr.Jack MILLS - 1984, Prof.Pauline A.Cochrane -1986).

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - FID/CR News 20

IFLA Section on Classification and Indexing, Brighton, 1987

There will be one Open Meeting (on Aug. 19) and two Standing Committee Meetings (on Aug. 1 5 and 21) during the 53rd IFLA Council and General Conference, Brighton, UK, Aug.16-21, 1987.

A National Bibliographies Seminar, celebrating the 25th Anniversary of the Paris Cataloguing Conference in 1962 features two papers on relevant topics: (I) by Robert P.HOLLEY (Salt Lake City, USA, Chainnan of the IFLA-Section) on "Developments and progress in classification and indexing", and Barbara KELM (Frankfurt, FRG), "The use of classification in national bibliographies" .

During the Open Meeting, Nancy WILLIAMSON (Toronto, Canada) will give a brief progress report on her project to study the use of the Library of Congress Classification in the online catalogue. John FINNI (Littleton, USA) and Peter PAULSON (Albany, USA) will draw upon their experiences with the DDC to present a paper entitled "The Dewey Decimal Classification enters the computer era: developing the DDC database and editorial support system". Finally, Eduard SUKIASJAN (Moscow, USSR) will speak on "Classification numbers in Soviet ' publications : review of classification systems and regulations of class numbers publication in Soviet books and periodicals".

The Section will consider the formation of a Working Group to look into possible guidelines for machine readable authority files for subject infonnation.

(From the Newsletter of the Chairman)

FRG: Society for Classification, I I th Annual Conference

In issue 87-1 of IC the program of this conference (June 28-July I , at Aachen, FRG) was already outlined, the German titles of the papers were listed. The meeting had been in the shadow of the greater event taking place at the same time, the First Conference of the International Federation of Classification Societies. However, it also profited somewhat from the glamour of this event (its report will follow), with its 180 papers and more than 300 participants from all over the world.

After a joint start of the two conferences with the opening and inaugural lecture by R.R.SOKAL, USA, on "Unsolved problems in numerical taxonomy", the 1 1th Annual Conference started its program with a UDC Workshop of 7 papers (report below). It continued with two further sessions, (I) on Knowledge Organization and (2) on Commodity and Product Classification, with 12 papers altogether, all in German.

In the first session, two lectures were devoted to general and special problems of knowledge organization for expert systems in the social sciences. M.HERFURTH, Bonn, ("Notations of sociological knowledge. A contribution to the architecture of social science knowledge bases") attempted to identify knowledge 'structures in sociology aiming at a "knowledge system on sociology or a part thereof, capable for the testing of hypotheses of the field". H.P.OHLY, Bonn, ("Social science theories as objects of systematic documentation") stepped some levels deeper and tackled the problem of characterizing social science theories, including the problems of syntax of levels and relationships of object units and of seg-

91

mentation. In the third paper, again on a deeper level, Uwe KIPKE, Darmstadt, ("The concept field of "Gewiisser - waters") demonstrated the method of formal concept analysis, using lattice theory for (a) the presentation of conceptual relationships and (b) the visualization of such relationships for easier understanding and use. To some of the audienc this presentation looked already quite familiar.

The next session, chalred by U.KROMMELBEIN, was devoted to problems of knowledge organization in the library science environment. G.HARTWIEG, Berlin, ("Subject analysis in cooperating systems - a new proposal on the basis of concordance lists and book number analysis") sees a chance to build up a subject access to the 4 million bibliographic items of machine readable catalogue data (a project of the German Library Institute, Berlin) by a correlation table referring to the book numbers (containing subject data). Her example was taken from psychology. W.GODERT, Hamburg, was concerned with the "Syntax of documentary languages in the online catalogue". He distinguishes syntax within terms, documentary languages, and the retrieval process and discussed the possibility of an online utilization of classification systems with a faceted structure and an expressive notation. G.KONIG and M.MARME-BERG, Karlsruhe, ("Classification and thesaurus in didacties of mathematics and informatics") gave a vivid picture of elaboration and use in a complementary mode of these devices for the abstract journals and the index to the database MATHDI at the Fachinformationszentrum Karlsruhe.

The Sessions on Commodity and Product Classification were chalred by H.BROCKMEYER and H.GASTHUBER. They started with an excellent survey on the problems and their possible solutions of an improvement of product descriptions as an answer to the ever growing demands of product information, given by H.GASTHUBER, Wien, ("Methodical aspects of the design of user friendly product information systems"). He distinguishes characteristics for identification, for classification and for specification. J.HOLZL, Wien, ("Commodity classification as an instrument of inputoutput-analysis") referred to the IO-Table of 1976 for more than 130 economic areas (available only for 10 countries of the world) and its harmonization in AUDOKLASSYS I and II as well as its improvement in a new edition of 1983, still under development. The special problem of a "Classification and ordering system for products, quality and packaging" were treated by Otto AHLHAUS, Aachen, concluding with a presentation of a faceted ' classification for packaging, distinguishing substances and procedures of packaging as well as the design, colour, measures, etc. of packages. M.DOMOKOS, Budapest, showed that a "Logical control of statistical nomenclatures"· was necessary (because of diverging names of objects and the aspects under which these had received their names) and that this was possible by mathematieo-logical methods. She distributed freely to the audience also the computer program used for the control of characteristics and their occurrence in classes of objects. J .PRETZSCH, Mtinchen ("The OPAC of the German Patent Office Library and its subject access") informed on the three possibilities and their combination of subject access by subject

92

headings, by the International Patent Classification and by the classification system used for the shelving of books. Finally, A.GEIS, Mannheim, reported "On the development of dictionaries for the automatic codification of branches of knowledge" in order to acquire comparable data on the professions of people being interviewed_

A great number of sessions of the IFCS with papers of a more general character were open for interested participants. The conferences closed with a plenary lecture of the well-known expert in pattern recoguition: H.NIEMANN, Erlangen, who spoke on "Classification: New challenges of an old problem".

The organization of the two conferences held in the Karman Auditory of the RWTH Aachen - with the semester still ongoing and the difficulty to provide space for the sometimes 7 sessions in parallel - was a masterpiece indeed. The conferences benefitted also from a surprisingly most beautiful sunshine after two months of instant rainy weather. The old city with its memories of Charlemagne (742-814) close to the site of the conferences and the well-chosen social events including a performance of "Midsummer Night's Dream" provided a frame whieh surely will not be forgotten. The chairman of both, the Federation and the German Society, Hans Hermann BOCK with students and collaborators of his Institute as well as his dear wife and son have done a most remarkable job and have set an example for the IFCS congresses in the years to come -as R.sOKAL put is in his address of thanks - which can hardly be equalled by future meetings.

I.D.

UDC Workshop in Aachen, Germany. A Summary Report

In all, a full day was devoted in Aachen, June 29-30, 87 (see conference report above) to the Universal Decimal Classification (UDC). The pertinent papers were mainly read by UDC users, while the audience came in its entirety from the fields of library operations and doc1!mentation. Numerically it varied between 30 and 40 persons.

The opening address (Yesterday and Tomorrow with a UDC of Today) was delivered by Peter MEINK, Berlin, head of the Classification Department of DIN, the (West) German Institute of Standards. He regretted to say that on his chosen subject, the freshiy restructured management of classification, he was unable to confine himself to positive information alone. The numerous parties having a voice in the continued development of the UDC continue to be drawn uP . along federalistdemocratic lines, with the result that their common vehicle is only slowly making headway. An added complication lies in the fact that the FID faUs far short of granting the funds required for appropriate progress.

Nothwithstanding this, all users, by their own testimony, continue to draw benefits from the good old UDC. This applies not only to such tinle-honored clients of the UDC as the technicians, but also to an institution so typically hailing from the field of the humanities as the Departmental Library for Educational Sciences at the University of Giessen, FRG. Its director, Gernot KNELL, reported on computerized accessioning and cataloguing at this library coupled with UDC-based


indexing. ("Computer-supported UDC-application in the Education Department Library at the University of Giessen"). The UDC makes it possible for the Giessen library users to comprehensively and precisely ascertain and order - and on a comfortable user surface at that -literature on each user's given problem. The personnel engaged in the relevant description of documents are rationally assisted in their decisions by access possibilities to all c1assates established so far.

In the person of Fritz SCHAEL, head of the Technical Information and Library Department at the Volkswagen (VW) Works in Wolfsburg, FRG, a "traditional" UDC user took the floor. ("Volkswagen from Zero to Nine - the UDC in a big company"). In the "LIDAS" literature data bank built up at VW, the UDC daily furnishes proof of being an "excellently applicable retrieval criterion". The retrieval strategy commonly practiced in LIDAS consists in the complementary application of retrieval by descriptors and by UDC numbers. a valuable 'piece of marginal information: LIDAS is accessible to the interested public at large as well!

Ursula NESTEL had come from Munich, where she heads the Libraries Department of the Goethe Institute, the world-wide network of information centers of the Federal Republic of Germany. Following the example of the Paris Goethe Institute with its successful tradition of UDC use, all Goethe Institute libraries scattered around the globe have by now been uniformly arranged along UDC lines. She spoke on "The application of the UDC in the book and A V-media area in the libraries of the Goethe-Institute abroad"). To arrive at shortest possible notations (fitting on book spines), and with a view to offering the reader at the shelves optimum guidance, the "Goethe librarians" have devised a special "Goethe UDC", which features elegant as well as sophisticated solutions, such as the avoidance of quotation marks in time-related notations.

A guest from Vienna, Franz WIMMER, chairman of the Technical Standards Committee on "The Universal Decimal Classification" within the Austrian Institute of Standards", spoke on the subject "Network Use of the UDC". He considers particularly the UDC to be outstandingly suited for network application. However, in the preparatory stage for practical network application he regards a few revisions as desirable. In particular the variation width of the possible and permissible notations for one and the same object should be narrowed down by suitable user rules.

Walther TRAISER of the Deutsche Bibliothek (= German National Library), Frankfurt, reminded his listeners of an IFLA recommendati<.m from 1979 calling for national literature cataloguing according to the DDC, UDC, LCC or the Unesco classification. Since then, the formerly 8 European national bibliographies employing the' UDC have been joined by three potent book-producing nations, namely Finland, Poland and West Germany (Weekly Catalogue, Instant Record of New Books in Print, and Catalogue of University Publications), although the qualifying remark must be made that the UDC-based indexing performed by the Deutsche Bibliothek is a very rough one. Thus there are now 1 1 UDC users as compared with 20 users of the DDC, BBK and "Other Classifications". In terms of book pro- '


duction, however, some 50% of all European books are classified according to the UDC when entered into the national bibliographies. Based on this undeniably imposing proportion, the IFLA should be urged to strive for greater uniformity and better quality of UDC application. TRAISER (in "The UDC in National Bibliographies") announced he would soon submit suitable proposals of his own.

Eager antiCipation awaited the presentation by Dr.K.LOTH and Dr.H.FUNK of the Zurich ETHBibliothek (library of the Swiss Institute of Technology), the reason being that they had declared themselves prepared to present their UDC-assisted and openly accessible information system "ETHICS"; an absolute first in Germany. The ETH library currently indicates the volume of its stocks as comprising some 3.8 million items. To a total of some 500,000 ' catalogued items there is by now - similarly to the Wolfsburg LIDAS titles -online access, not only in Gennan, but also in English and French. Via Datex-P an Aachen-Zurich link was established, and the audience was given an impressive demonstration of retrieval starting from randomly suggested search concepts. As Dr.LOTH assured, the Zurich people think of themselves as "Realos" (realists). In practice this means: avoidance of longer composites, and application of the modular technique to the extent that the user should make it his habit to feed complex concepts to the screen only after having broken them down into their individual components. Acceptance is excellent. The same principle as offered the user in Giessen applies here: no knowledge of any kind of the UDC is required, for the UDC is at work in the background. All praise for this classification system notwithstanding, Dr.LOTH's admonition to stick, come what may, to the hierarchies clearly was alined at thos responsible for the UDC.

The workshop was concluded by a guided tour of the catalogue of the library, Institute of Technology at Aachen. The tour was guided by the host himself, and due reverence was paid to Aachen's time-honored UDC tradition (Carl WALTHER!).

Sincere thanks be expressed her, too, to Supervisory Library Director Dr.FELLMANN - who hosted the Workshop - for the hospitality the UDC Workshop had the privilege to enjoy at his library.

Hans-Joachim Hermes Dr.H.J.Hermes, Universitasbibliothek, Krummer Timpen, D-4400 Mtinster/W

Tennino1ogy of Classification A meeting of the Special Interest Group on Classifi

cation Tenninology (SIG/TK) of the German Classification Society took place before the UDC Workshop at Aachen, June 29, 1987 (see report above). It was devoted to the German terllls and definitions on classification published recently in the "Vocabulary of Terms on UDC Theory and Practice", Moskva: VlNITI 1986. This vocabulary was neither established by the FID Terminology Group nor by the UDC group but by the Committee on "Research in Information" (FID/RI). It consists of 5 parts, one for each of the following languages: Russian, English, German, French, Spanish. Each part has an introduction into the vocabulary, and

93

presents the vocabulary in a systematic arrangement with an alphabetical index. In the systematic arrange· ment (of I I groups, each with its own graphical survey), some 250 concepts are given with their defmitions, synonymous tenns, translations into the other four languages and sometimes also with examples. The vocabulary was meant to 'help in the use of the UDC· terminology, however, of the 249 concepts, only 106 belong to the UDC proper, the rest, 143 concepts are of a general character, and were needed mostly as entailed terms in definitory texts.

F or the discussion, a paper had been prepared beforehand showing the systematic outline of the' vocabulary and giving an alphabetical printout of the terms and definitions in the German language. A number of observations were made and it was resolved to con· tinue spme necessary work on the improvement of this vocabulary for the benefit of a possible new edition of the vocabulary. For those interested: a copy of the paper can be obtained from the Secretariat of FID/CR, Woogstr. 36a, J:)-6000 Frankfurt 50. It is suggested that groups in other countries look at this FID Publication (650) equally critically, in order that perhaps a dis· cussion may be started on the level of FID/CR.

LD.

FRG: From Information to Knowledge . From Knowledge to Information

This is the topic of this year's "Deutscher Dokumentartag" of the German Documentation Society at Bad Dtirkheim, 23-26 Sept.1987. Among the 14 sessions, three might be of interest to our readers: one sponsored by the Committee on Terminology and Language Problems devoted to the establishment of glossaries with some five papers; a second one on construction and' maintenance of documentary languages and special thesauri moderated by J.SCHEELE, Kiiln, with papers by H.HAENDLER, B.POTT, and D.STRAUCH; and a third one on automatic indexing and knowledge-based formal cataloguing with papers by C.SCHNELLBACH, B.ENDRES·NIGGEMEYER, G.KNORZ, G.LUSTIG, M.8CHWANTNER, and W.LUCK, moderated by N.HENRICHS, DUsseldorf. For further infonnation contact: Deutsche Gesellschaft fm Dokumentation, Westendstr. 19, D-6000 Frankfurt 1 .

Nigeria: UDC Users in Nigeria In the following we are giving a quotation from

Communication No. 1 of Jan.1987 written by Ms.M.A. GREA VES, Coordinator for UDCUN, Depart· ment of Library. Archival and Information Studies, University of [badan.

Since the establishment of a committee of "UDC Users in Nigeria" at the NLA Cataloguing and Classification Seminar in July 1986, further comments have been received. Below is a summary of the problems as identified, a few suggestions have also been added. 1. Organisation a/the UDC Committee

There are about twenty to twenty five libraries in the country using the scheme. With the present economic situation, it is likely that, at the most, only about five or six would meet together at any one time. However, the following suggestions have been made:

94

(a) A register of users should be kept for reference at the National Library of Nigeria as well as with the coordinator of the group. Copies should be circulated also to the members. (b) Libraries can use the list to fmd other libraries with similar interests, making individual arrangements to meet and discuss matters of mutual interest. (This is already happening). (c) At larger gatherings, especially at the Cataloguing and Classification Section Seminars on the NLA Annual Conferences, UDC users can take the initiative and hold a meeting. Their deliberations may be written down and circnlated to members. They may also decide to take actions together. It should not be necessary to wait for elected officers to be present, as this may result in nothing happening at all. (d) The Chairperson, Mrs. B.S.Bankole, has agreed to circulate relevant papers to all members, at the expense ofthe Section. 2. Problems of the use of UDC (a) There is difficulty in obtaining new editions of the various parts of UDC. The English edition is a British Standard. Up-to-date infonnation on the publications is avaUable in the British Standards Yearbook. The British Council may be able to help provide the latest edition for reference. The published parts of the full UDC are available from the British Standards Institution. It may be cheaper to buy individual relevant parts, than the new medium edition which is 300 I; for 2 volumes. (b) Information about the new developments in the scheme is also difficult to obtain. This is the responsi· bility of the FID at The Hague. They publish the P Notes and Extensions and Corrections to the UDC. The National Library has been requested to stock copies of these serials, so that they may be available to any library in the country for information. (c) Lack of integrity of numbers. Nigerian users have mainly been using the 1961 Abridged Edition and have been out of touch with developments. It has now been discovered that many numbers habe been changed and some libraries face extensive reclassification, if they are to benefit from subsequent editions in the future. This is a practical problem which many users would like to discuss together. (d) Nigerian contributions to the expansion of interna· tional schedules. Librarians who wish to expand the schedules should seek the cooperation of other libraries with interests in the same subject areas; If the latest full schedules or extensions are not available in the country, they should contact the FID at The Hague, to see ifthe subject area has already been expanded. If not, suggestions should be made, after agreement within the country, by interested libraries.

' ,

The communication ends with an appeal . to the relevant librarians to send in comments or short articles {or publication in the NLA Newsletter, Library Forum or similar publications. Users should try to keep in touch and meet whenever possible. A ttached to the Communication is a Register of UDC users in Nigeria, arranged by UDC for their major subject interests. The follOWing fields are covered: Banking, Education, Science and , Technology, Geology, Biology, Agriculture, A nimal Husbandry, Technology, Trypanosomiassia, Mining,


Cereals, Cocoa, Oil Palm, Horticulture, Anima(Produce, Industry, Petroleum, Steel.

U.K.: CRG 261 The 261st meeting was held at University College

London on April 30, 1987 with 10 members present, among them Mr.Chris Preddle, secretary of the Bliss Classification Association, now working at the Library Association. Mr.LANGRIDGE outlined his ideas on Subject Analysis. He stated that there were three types of analysis: (I) Summarization of the total contents of a document to provide classification or subject headings (for libraries and bibliographies), (2) Book indexing (or internal indexing) as an exhaustive indexing of individual documents, (3) Depth indexing, a selective indexing of concepts in reports, etc. in special collections. Three distinct questions can be asked of documents: (I) What is it? (2) What is it about? (3) What is it for? He demonstrated his views through various examples and drew his conclusions from these. The discussion on his guidelines were to be continued at the next meeting, scheduled for July 9 , 1987 (change of date!).

.

USA: ASIS/SIG/CR The following information is taken from SIG News

(ASIS/SIG/CR) 1987, No. 28. The 16th ASIS Mid-Year Meeting had been held at

Kings Island, Ohio, May 17-20, 1987. The topic was "Laser Optical Disk and Video-based Information Systems : The New Technologies". The new Write-Onceand-Read-Many times (or WORM) optical disk technology, emerging standards, and the growing availability . of reference databases on optical disk are driving the development of new retrieval software and revitalize old arguments of, for example, full text sequential searching versus inverted file indexing, pricing and copyright of cooperative databases, and end user searching. The preliminary program lists several sessions of interest, e.g.: ( I) One moderated by Dan IDDINGS (RMG Consultants) on the topic "Image Management Systems". The following papers were to be presented: William CMIKLO (Sterling Software): Image Management Systems for litigation support. Howard BESSER (Univ.pf California, Berkeley) : High resolution images of art objects. Walt NOVINGER (Data Management Associates) : Comparison of micrographic vs.optical retrieval systems. George L.ABBOTT (Syracuse University) : Developing an image-based database of adult education manuscripts. (2) Another session on "Keeping up with the New Technologies" organized by Richard A.V.DIENER, cosponsored by SIGICR and SIG/FIS considered the problem of technology push and social lag with the following papers: R.A.V.DIENER (Wasserman:Diener Assoc.): Keeping up with the New Technologies: an old problem. Mary MICCO (Chatham College): Knowledge representation through classification. Thomas J.FROEHLlCH (Syracuse Univ.): Foundations and implications of the non-neutrality of infor-

lnt. C1assif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - FIDleR News 20

mation technology. (3) Richard A.V.DIENER was also to moderate a session on the topic "CD-ROM: Software and data elements" with the papers: Hugh MARLOR (McDonnell Douglas) : Technical limits for CD-ROM software development. Clifford A.LYNCH (Univ.of California, Berkeley) : Representation of data for electronic publications on Read-only Optical Media: the convergence of typography, textual databases and electronic imaging. L.David DEVINE (EBSCO) : The use of microcomputer-bascd systems for the indexing and pre-master processing of CD-ROM files. (4) Miles LIBBEY was to moderate a session sponsored by SIGI ALP on the topic "New Optical Technologies in Automated Language Processing" with the Panel Members : Martin DILLON (OCLC), Lois LUNIN (Herner & Co.), Robert F .BARNES (Lehigh).

At the 50th Annual Meeting of ASIS (OctA-8, 87) in Boston, social, professional and economic impacts of information and technology will be considered. SIGICR

. will be sponsoring many sessions of interest, some in unconventional formats which have become a hallmark of the group. The tentative line-up includes the following activities:

The "Great Vocabulary Debate" with Richard A.V.DIENER (Wassermann Diener Assoc.) as referee. In the "Vocabulary Control" corner will be C.D.BATTY (CDB Enterprises), in the "Automatic Indexing" corner W.Bruce CROFT (Univ.of Massachussetts).

"Structures for Knowledge Representation" will be a SIGICR sponsored contributed papers session with the following papers: Robert N.ODDY (Syracuse University): On the validation and interpretation of representations of Anomalous States of Knowledge in information retrieval; Susan Monica BONZI (Syracuse Unviersity): Syntactic patterns in SUb-languages: sciences vs social'

science. "Multidisciplinary Study of Classifications: A research

Report." A one hour lecture by Francis L.MIKSA, visiting research fellow at OCLC, on the topic of his current research.

"Artificial Intelligence and Classification". Linda C.SMITH (University of Illinois) organizes a session on this topic sponsored by SIGICR.

"Electronic Publishing and Indexing". This session will be cosponsored by SIGICR, SIG/PUB and the American SOCiety of Indexers. Organized by Dorothy THOMAS, this panel discussion will include speakers and reactors. The tentative panel of speakers are: Douglas L.THOMPSON, Ester HORNE (Catholic University) and Jessica MILSTEAD (JELEM). The tentative responders are : Ben Ami LIPETZ (SUNY Albany), Linda SOLOW, and Dorothy THOMAS.

The 1986/87 ASISISIGICR Officers are : Chair: Sid Frederick, Lincoln Trail Libraries System, Champaign, IL; Chair-Elect: Richard A.Y.Diener, Wasserman-Diener Assoc., Inc., Columbia, MD; Past Chair: Ruth Fenske, Rosary College, River Forest, IL; Secretary-Treasurer: Renee Gelinas, Montreal, Quebec. Editor of the Newsletter: Joseph A.Busch, Boston, MA.

95

Coeta News

This time we report on a new publication in the INTERCOCTA project which presents an analysis of various aspects of the concept of growth. It was written by Professor Henry Teune, Department of Political Science, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia PA 19104 USA. Please contact him for further information about the publication of the report.

Growth

Growth is a key concept in the social sciences. Although much of what has been studied as growth during the past two or three centuries deals with populations and economies, other areas of growth in the social and political world are addressed, such as differentiation.

A major conclusion is that there is little theory about why growth, even for that most remarkable exponential increase in the world's population that began around 1750. There are many accounts of particular types of growth, such as for particular industries. But there is practically nothing about system formation, how new types of human organizations emerged, except for some gropings about the rise of the modern state.

Growth is a logical concept referring to something getting bigger or bigger than something else. It takes place through processes of production or reproduction. Social systems grow by putting or relating two or more things. All growth requires moving things, putting them together, and connecting them.

Two types of growth are distinguished; qualitative or structural and quantitative. Qualitative growth involves 'the emergence of new systems or components, the demise of others; and changing relationships among them. Quantitative growth is the increase and decrease in the number of things and components and displacement or size.

Certainly since Malthus, growth has been tied to concepts of limits and niches that stimulates competition and conflict. Indeed, growth and limits gave rise in the 19th century to a dominant western theoretical paradigm of ecological change which still today influences thinking about social change. The ecological paradigm in turn depends on the concept of equilibrium.

From time to time the growth-limit debate has come to the political forefront and then has disappeared, most recently in the early 1970s. Much of this discussion, of course, focused on economic and population growth with the addition of pollution as a limit. A new wrinkle on the old idea came from the extension of limits of growth to social limits. Educational degrees, for example, diminish in value as more people acquire them. Both of those limits, however, did not address new technologies or qualitative social growth through the creation of new kinds of social positions or new forms of education.

Growth as a process, how growth takes place, and as a

96

dynamic of social change, are also distinguished. The dynamics of growth are largely taken from other dynamics of social change, such as conflict, exchange, dialectics, evolution (learning) , and development (qualitative change, increasing the complexity or scale of a social system). A few general laws about growth in social systems are discussed, such as the necessity for social systems to increase their levels of information to grow, and some of the hypothesized relationships between . quantitative growth and qualitative change.

Measuring growth has been problematic in the social sciences. In part this is due to lack of theoretical specification of the time during which different kinds of growth takes place; in part because of changed political ideas about what is important to measure and how. For example, did the stagnating rates of increase in labor productivity reflect true productivity growth or was it because services emerged as a salient economic activity in the industrialized countries? The main challenge in measuring growth concerns structural change. Aggregative growth poses fewer difficulties. .

prowth, as all change evokes strong normative re�c-, tions. It is generally tied to the concept of pathologIes such as urbanism or industrialization. Since the late 18th century, population growth has been evaluated negatively, sometimes in the strong terms of doom. But in western countries it also has been part of the concept of human progress. Today almost all forms of growth have

. been politicized and economic growth has become an i�tegral part of the legitimacy of governments. Growth IS discussed as it relates to stability, equality, and participation, three major values of the modern world.

Note is taken of the historic intellectual shift from associating economic and social growth to political centralization. During the past two decades the relationship between economic growth and decentralization has been generally accepted. Prof. Dr. Jan-Erik Lane, Chairman of COCfA, University of Vmea, Department of Political Science, S-90187 Urnea

Call for Papers: Journal of Theoretical Politics A new quarterly Political Science Journal has been

announced by SAGE Publications Ltd., 28 Banner Street London ECI Y 8QE, England. It will be the offici;1 publication of COCTA and of PIPE (Policies, Institutions Performance and Evaluation), research committee �nd study group of the International Political Science Association. COCTA is also associated with the International Social Science Council, and the International Sociological Association. Although linked to these organisations, the journal will retain editorial independence. The first issue is announced for January 1989. The editors invite the submission of articles and review articles on any theoretical topic treated rigorously and analytically. Articles should be sent to Prof.E. Ostrom, Workshop in Political Theory and Political Analysis, Indiana University, 513 N .Park, Bloomington, IN, 47405, USA.

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - COCTA News

Infoterm News Compiled from Infoterm Newsletter 44.

"Bourse de Langue", BruxeIIes, 14-16 March, 1987

The 10th "bourse de langue" was held at the Centre d'Animation de Bruxelles from March 14-16, 1987. Thanks to the kind support of the organizers and of Ms. C. de Schaetzen from the Centre de Terminologie de Bruxelles, lnstitut libre Marie Haps, Infoterm was able to exhibit its publications to an interested audience and present the latest developments in the field of terminology, especially in computer-assisted terminography and knowledge engineering.

Following the "Bourse de langue" the Centre de Terminologie de Bruxelles scheduled two lectures for March 16, 1987. One of them was a general introduction to translator-oriented and computer-assisted terminography, of interest particularly to students of translation. The topic of the second theme as "Unification, harmonisation and standardisation, as well as planning of terminology" and was addressed to teachers of terminology, translation and/or foreign languages.

"Joumees Europeennes de la Traduction ProfessioneIIe", Paris, 25-26 March, 1987

The " Journees europeennes de la traduction professionnelle" took place in Paris on the premises of Unesco. Some 25 lectures were held during these two days, the majority of which dealt with questions of translation and related fields.

The main topics concerned the economic aspects of translation, the tools of the technical and literary translator, translation aids, as well as future prospects. The latter aspect was discussed in depth in a special roundtable sessions. Particular attention was paid to computer-assisted and machine translation. In addition to familiar systems such als SYSTRAN, ALPS and Weidner, newly developed ones (Calliope, LOGOS) were also presented.

"Expolangnes", Paris, 27-31 March, 1987

Shortly after the "Journees europeennes de la traduction professionnelle" the book exhibition "Expo langues" took place in Paris. About 200 exhibitors (publishing houses, language schools, universities, tourist associations, etc.) presented their programmes, mainly confined to language teaching and training. Information on a large number of language courses abroad was also made available. Several institutions offered presentations of their data banks and automatic translation systems. Some 30.000 persons attended "Expolangues" and it is planned to extend the exhibition to other countries, such as Spain, the Federal Republic of Germany and Austria.

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Infoterm News

Through participating in "Expolangues", Infoterm had the opportunity ·of discussing the possibility of joint projects with different French institutions. As a result, collaboration will be intensified with the Union latine (with respect to such joint projects as bibliographies related to terminology, a special issue of Term Net News on Spanish- and Portuguese-speaking countries, etc.), the Conseil international de la langue fran�aise (concerning the exchange of dictionaries and vocabularies), the French Ministry of Education (as regards translation and distribution of Infoterm documents in France), and several other such institutions.

Iutroductory Course on Terminology, Sarajevo, 4-6 May, 1987

This course was co-organized by the Serbian Translato�"S Association and the Language Service of the industrial firm, "Energoinvest", to provide translators and other interested experts with the basic terminological tools necessary for practical terminology work. The large participation showed an awareness of the importance of terminology not only for translators but also for the transfer of knowledge and technology to Yugoslavia.

In Yugoslavia, at present, a number of activities in the field of terminology are developing, which are geared towards the computerization of terminology - from the individual translator to national terminology agencies.

Translation - Scientific and Technical Progress, Sofia, 19-20 May, 1987

Some 200 participants attended this conference which was organized by the Bulgarian Translators Union. During this two-day conference, thirteen papers were presented by experts from Bulgaria, Federal Republic of Germany, German Democratic Republic, United Kingdom, Yugoslavia, Luxembourg, Austria, Poland and the USSR. A variety of subjects of relevance to translation wer.e covered, such as machine translation and MAT, training problems of scientific and technical terminology, new technologies available, etc. In subsequent discussions a wide range of problems related to accessing terminology (particularly standardized terminology) training (in terminology, computer-assisted tel'minography and terminological data banks).

The afternoon session of the second day of this Conference was devoted to a round-table discussion regarding quality criteria for scientific and technical translations. A special evaluation scheme, prepared by the Bulgarian Translators Union served as the basis for the discussion of an objective evaluation of this type of translation and for an exchange of ideas with the representatives of foreign institutions present at the Conference.

Concurrent with this meeting, Infoterm established close contacts with representatives of the Bulgarian Translators Union as well as with the special terminology commission set up within the framework of the Union. Close co-operation is expected in the near future.

97

Workshop on the Universal Availability of Tenninological Publications, Vienna, 19-20 May, 1987.

Fifteen participants from the GDR, Spain, Switzerland and Austria attended this Workschop which had been convened by Infoterm. The Agenda covered the following topics: 1 Universal Bibliographic Control as a prerequiste for

the availability of terminological publications 2 Clearing houses and deposit libraries for terminolog-

ical literature 3 Union catalogues and interlibrary loan 4 . Photocopying and copyright 5 A sample contract for document exchange schemes

within TermNet 6 TermNet Service Agencies as document supply

centres 7 Decentralized acquisition policies as cost-saving fac

tors 8 Electronic publishing and document delivery as a

measure to increase availability 9 Practical applications.

After a welcoming address the participants present focused on discussions of the various items:

1 Universal Bibliographic Control as a prerequisite for the availability a/terminological publications Within TermNet, a uniform exchange format has to be established as it constitutes a prerequisite for activities such as the exchange of bibliographic data of terminological publications. Therefore, Unesco's "Common Communication Format" (CCF) has been adapted to TermNet's specific needs and purposes. The result will be the "TermNet Manual", consisting of six parts.

Part 1 deals with general aspects of universal bibliographic control, such as descriptions of the various types of formats.

Part 2 is an outline of record requirements, dealing with the specification of data elements and data fields, and problems with character sets and diacritical signs and accents.

In Part 3 a list of mandatory and optional data fields is given. Part 4 contains examples of complete records. In Part 5 practical aspects are discussed, such as data flow man

agement, which comprises the acquisition, processing, updating and dissemination of data.

In Part 6 the establishment of an information system is described. Such a system can be a bibliographic or a factographic data base, a terminological data bank or an expert system. Terminology is the central management instrument which all other subsystems depend on. In a discussion of the data elements for the recording of dictionaries using the CCF, several proposals were made. Before finalization an expert meeting should be convened with the aim of evaluating the draft of the Manual.

2 Clearing houses and deposit libraries for terminological literature The establishment of a network of clearing houses for terminological literature within TermNet is desirable in order to facilitate access to terminological literature. A -deposit library would be equally advantageous, not only as far as the availability of publications is concerned but also as regards the verification of bibliographic data. A report on ClearTerlI], which was established in Canada, was also presented.

3 Union catalogues and interlibrary loan In the field of interlibrary loan only a few activities have been undertaken so far, as most of the libraries within TermNet are reference, libraries the holdings of which are indispensible for the work of the respective institutions. In order to know which publications are available within TermNet, the International Bibliographies compiled by Infoterm could easily be extended to constitute a union catalogue by adding a data element "location". These union cafalogues should be supplemented by current awareness

98

bulletins and BiblioTerm, which would provide an overview of the production of dictionaries and of other terminological literature.

4 Photocopying and copyright Photocopying seems to be an alternative for interlibrary loan. It can, however, be in conflict with copyright.

5 A sample contract for document exchange schemes within TermNet As the exchange of literature (duplicates) reduces acquisition costs, a sample contract for document exchange schemes within TermNet would be desiraQle. Further discussions will be necessary before such a sample contract can be drafted.

6 TermNet Service Agencies as document supply centres After the institutionalization of TermNet, "TermNet Service Agencies" shall be set up. They will function as document supply centres for a particular region and will distribute TermNet publications on a cost ·recovery basis. They will take charge of the translation of TermNet documents into the languages of the respective region.

7 Decentralized acquisition policies as cost saving factors In ·order to reduce the overlap in acquisition and to increase the number of different publications available within TermNet, a library network should be established where the individual libraries specialize in a particular subject field

.and/or language(s).

8 Electronic publishing and document delivery as a measure to increase availability While electronic publishing and CD-ROMs may be interesting fdr certain users, which makes it necessary to keep informed about ongoing development, on-line access to data banks seems to be more important for TermNet. The organization of a workshop on 'Terminology and electronic publishing' was proposed.

9 Practical applications In the afternoon of the second day the terminological data banks both of the IAEA and of Infoterm were demonstrated to the participants. Special consideration was given the handling of sources in these banks.

Seminar on Compnter-assisted Terminograpby and Terminology Documentation, Vienna, May 22, 1987

An introductory seminar on computer-assisted terminography and terminology documentation was held on May 22, 1987 within the curriculum of the terminology course held at the Institute of Translation and Interpretation of the University of Vienna. Students and teachers of this institute as well as of the corresponding schools of Graz and Innsbruck showed great interest in these topics and discussed a variety of problems of translation and new developments, including terminological data banks.

Artificial Intelligence, 3rd Annnal Presentation, Frankfurt, 3-7 Jnue, 1987

This conference dealt with recent developments in AI research and provided a forum emphasising the practical applications of developed AI systems. The programme endeavoured to inform all involved with the AI industry and encouraged those venturing out for the first time to include some part of this into their own future development.

A special ses$ion was devoted to "Terminological data banks as modules for knowledge based systems". The papers presented covered theoretical requirements, practical applications as well as future developments, both in the industry sector as well as in large institutions such as the European Communities.


Running concurrently with the conference was an interesting exhibition presenting an overview of available expert systems and other knowledge-based systems.

News

Mr. Wayne P. Ellis, standards consultant in Harleysville, Pennsylvania, is the 1986 recipient of ASTM's Frank W. Reinhart Award. Ellis, of Bob-Beo Lane in Harleysville, received the award 18 September 1986 in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, at ceremonies hosted by ASTM's Committee on Terminology. Ellis received the award for highly significant contributions to improve terminology in ASTM publications over years.

The Frank W. Reinhart Award is presented by ASTM's Committee on Terminology to a technical committee, subcommittee, or ASTM member who has made an outstanding and unusual contribution to ASTM in the aera of terminology standardization.

Meetings 1987

July 2-5: Innsbruck, Austria. EURALEX Seminar on Translation and Lexicography. For further information, contact: M. SNELL-HORNBY, c/o Institut fUr Obersetzel' und Dolmetscherausbildung, Universitat Innsbruck, Fischnalerstr. 4, A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria.

Ju'ly 11-13: Montgomery, Alabama, U.S.A. International Conference on Data Bases in the Humanities and Social Sciences at the Auburn University at Montgomery. Papers to be presented will cover any discipline within the humanities and social sciences pertaining to: special project data bases; available data resources from government, research centers, etc. ; research methodology; data manipulation; computerassisted instruction; data base management and expertsystems; software packages and enhancements; standards for information storage, retrieval and transfer; online systems, networking; impact of new technology on research and instruction; the role of archives, museums, libraries and electronic information centres in the control and dissemination of machine-readable resources, etc.

For further information, contact: Dr. Lawrence J. McCRANK, Dean, AUM Library and Resource Center, Auburn University at Montgomery, Montgomery, AL 36193-0401, U.S.A.

July 11-24: Urbino, Italy. Summerinstitute, semiotics. For further information, contact: Ms. Christina CATANI, Centro Internazionale di Semiotica e di Linguistica, Piazza del Rinascimento 7, 1-61029 Urbino, Italy.

Aug. 3-7: Vaasa, Finland. 6th European Symposium on Language for Specific Purposes (LSP) at University of Vaasa, Finland. The Symposium will focus on the following topics: LSP and philosophy; methods ofLSP research; Linguistic characteristics of LSP; terminology and lexicography; LSP and pragmatics; LSP and didactics; LSP and translation; LSP and language planning administrative language use; reading comprehension in LSP; LSP and technology.

For further information, contact: Prof. Dr. Ch. LAUREN, LSP Symposium 1987, School of Modern Languages, University of Vaasa, Raastuvankatu 31, SF-65100 Vaasa, Finland.

Aug. 10-14: Vaasa, Finland. 8th Meeting oflSOne 37


"Terminology (principles and co-ordination)". For further information, contact: Mr. Christian Galinski, Secretary of Isone 37, Austrian Standards Institute, Postfach 130, A-1021 Vienna, Austria.

Aug. 10-14: Quebec, Canada. Sixteenth international congress on onomastics. For further information, contact: Prof. Rosemarie GLASER, Universitat Leipzig, Sektion Fremdsprachen, Karl-Marx-Platz 9, DDR-7010 Leipzig, GDR.

Aug. 16-21: Sydney, Australia. 8th World Congress of Applied Linguistics (AILA) at the University of Sydney organised by Applied Linguistics Association of Australia (ALAA). The congress will focus on the following topics: first language development and child language; language education: mother tongue; second language development (child and adult); language education: second language (including methodology and objectives); second language proficiency: evaluation and testing; bilingual education: migrant educ,ation; language policy and planning; multilingualism: language maintenance, language minorities; language contact, pidgins and creoles; interpreting and translating; language and management, forensic linguistics; language and the social order: language and ideology; neurolinguistics; speech pathology and language disorders; language and sign (including language of the deaf); discourse analysis and stylistics; lexicology, problems of terminology; quantitative methods in linguistics; language learning technology: Computer Aided Language learning; linguistics and information science, text generation and parsing.

For further information, contact: Prof. Ross STEELE, General Secretary and Convenor of the Organizing Committee, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, 2006 NSW, Australia.

Aug. 17-21: Leipzig, GDR. "FachtextIinguistik" -aktuelle Probleme, Naherungswege, Ergebnisse -Internationaler Kurs fUr Theoretiker und Praktiker, Lehrende und Lernende in del' fachbezogenen Kommunikation in der Karl-Marx-Universitiit in Leipzig. For further information, contact: Universitiit Leipzig, Sektion Fremdsprachen, Karl-Marx-Platz 9 , DDR-70l0 Leipzig, GDR.

Aug. 19-22: Dallas, U.S.A International Conference on Translation and the Future of Education to celebrate the 10th Anniversary of the American Literary Translators Association at the University of Texas at Dallas. Workshops, panels, seminars and presentation are to be held on the following issues: translation as a revitalization of the humanities, translation and the future of education, translation as a model for literary interpretation, creative writing and translation, translation and cross-cultural communication, the politics of translation, international publishers' panel, funding for translation projects, and many more.

For further information, contact: The University of Texas at Dallas, Ms. Sheryl S1. Germain. P.O. Box 830688. Richardson, Texas 75083-0688, U.S.A.

Aug. 20-27: Maastricht, Netherlands. 11th World Congress of FIT "Translation, our fu ture". The subject areas for the workshops are: the relationship of theory and practice: use of expertise and scientific methods, integration of theoretical concepts, promotion of knowledgeable translation criticism, improvement of translation quality; technology: what is and what will soon be available for translators and how to make the most of it; new developments in terminology; the importance of scientific and technical translation in the transfer of information and technology - keeping up-todate. There will also be an exhibition of professional literature and

99

documentation and another of technical equipment. The theme will be: "The translator's office in the Nineties".

For further information, contact: Congress-secretariaat ROUTAPPEL, Markt 28, NL-6211 CJ Maastricht, Netherlands.

Sept. 17-19: Kanagawa, Japan. "Machine Translation Summit" at the Hakone Prince Hotel. There will be discussions on commercial machine translation systems (developments and its use), panel discussion on techni·cal prospect of machine translation, discussions on the current status and perspectives of machine translation project I and II and a panel discussion on governmental view of machine translation. Special event: Machine translation systems will be demonstrated at the conference site.

For further information, contact: MT Summit Secretariat, clo T. Saito, Japan Electronic Industry, Development Association (JEIDA), Kikai Shinko Kaikan, 3-5-8 Shiba Koen Minato-ku, Tokyo 105 Japan.

Sept. 29 - Oct. 1 : Trier, FRG. International Congress on Terminology and Knowledge Engieering organised by Infoterm, local Organiser: Association for Tennillology and Knowledge Transfer in co-operation with the University-of Trier, the Commission of the European Commnnities and the City of Trier, supported by AILA, BDU, CE, CILF, CIPL, CIREEL, DIN, DUK, ECLAC, EDR, FhG, FIT, GI, lEI, INFOSTA, INS, lORE, IRI, ISSc/ COCTA, IUPAC, JICST, JIPDEC, OGDI, OGSI AAS, OIML, SCCAC, TNC, UATI, UL, ULIS, UNfTD, UNU and VNIIKI under the patronage of Unesco. Congress topics: philosophy (logic, semiotics, epistemology), terminology science, information and documentation, computational linguistics/formal languages/automatic translation, knowledge �ngineeringlartificial intelligence, transfer and preseI}tation of knowledge and information, human factors. The following aspects will be taken into consideration: elements/ units (of knowledge, thought, communication, information), linkage of elements (classification, thesaurus, etc.) presentation (of elements, propositions, structures, etc.), methodological problems of background knowledge (heuristics, fuzziness, adaptivity).

For further information contact: International Information Centre for Terminology (Infoterm). c/o Austrian Standards Institute (ON), Postfach 130, A-1021 Vienna, Austria.

New publications

ISO/IEe. Allgemeine Fachausdriicke und deren Definitionen betreffend Normung und damit zusammenhangende Tiitigkeiten [General terms and their definitions concerning standardization and related activities]. Wien: Osterreichisches Normungsinstitut, 1986, 31 p. , A4 (ISO/IEC Leitlinie 2-1986 (D).

An authorized German translation of the ISO/lEC Guide 2-1986 has just been published by the Austrian Standards Institute. The Guide contains 123 terms and definitions (as well as additional explanations) in German accompanied by their equivalents in English, French, Russian, Spanish, Italian, Dutch and Swedish. The publication is available from the Austrian Standards Institute, P.O. Box 130, 1021.Vienna, Austria.

100

Hidden Glossaries

AAA. Effects, fonds, papiers, titres,- valeurs . Comment en sortir? (fr-it-en-de-ne-da-he) [Stock and bonds, funds, papers, securities, valuables . . How are they issued?]. Terminol. Ber. (1986) No. 28, p. 150-172. ONv.

AAA. Epargne - Monographie (fr�it-en�de-ne-da-he) [Saving -monography]. Terminol. Ber. (1986) No. 28, p. 85-110. ONv.

AAA. Fiches signaletiques. 1 . Espagne 2. Portugal (es-fr-it-pt-ende-ne-da�he) [Descriptive cards. 1. Spain 2, Portugal] . Terminol. Ber. (1986) No. 28, p. 42-47. ONv.

AAA. Orders, decorations and medals of the EC member states Part IV. France; Part V. Italy: Section I. Italy, Section II. The Holy See. (fr-it-en-de-ne-da-he). TerminoL Ber. (1986) No. 28, p. 1 1 1-149. ONv.

AAA. Organisation administrative des pays de 1a Communaute. France, Italie (fr�it-en-de�ne�da-he) [Administrative Organisation of the Community countries] . Terminol. Ber. (1986) No. 28, p. 48-84. ONv.

AAA. Terminoiogie des Geldes. Die deutschen Termini im VergJeich zu den franzosichen und englischen Aquivalenten (mit Liste fr-it-en-de-nl-da-he) [Terminology of money. German terms in comparison with their French and English equivalents]. TerminoL Ber. (1986) No. 28, p. 3-41. ONv.

AAA. Worterverzeichnis von Ausdriicken der Datenkommunmikation (Glossar der Datenkommunikation (en-de) [Glossary of data communication]. Black Box Catalog of Data Communications & Computer Devices, 1987, p. 109- 112. ONv.

COLE, W.: The classification of bills in the House of Commons. L'Actualite Terminologiquefferminology Update 19 (1986) No. 2, p. I-2. ONv.

COMlTE DE TERMINOWGIE FRANCAISE, ORDRE DES COMPTABLES AGREES DU QUEBEC: De quota en quota! [From quota to quota!]. L'Actualite Terminologiquel Terminology Update 19 (1986) No. 2, p. 1 1 . ONv.

DIJKHUIS, W.: Electronic publishing - a taxonomy of definitions. Seeing the words from the woods. In: Online Intern. Conf. , London, GB, 5-7 Nov. 1985. Pinner, GB: Online Publ. 1985, p. 169-181 5 refs.

DUMAS, H.; GOULET, C.: Le vocabulaire fran�ais de la procedure penale en France et du Canada [French vocabulary of the criminal procedure in France]. L'Actualite Terminologique/ Terminology Update 19 (1986) No. 4, p. 10-11. ONv.

FISCHER, P.; FISCHER, R.: KIeines Glossar der Sauglings- und Kleinkindpflege (en-de) [Small glossary of nursery and child care tenns]. LES 32 (1987) No. 1 , p. 18-19. ONv.

GAJIC, R: Pojmovi i oblasti predskolskog obrazovanja i vaspitanja (en-sk) [Concepts from the field of pre-school education and rearing]. Prevodilac (1987) No. 3, p. 124-135. ONv.

GRANDCHAMP-TUPULA, M.: Les barrages hydro-electriques [Hydro-electric dams]. L'Actualite Terminologiquefferminology Update (1986) No. 2, p. 6-8. ONv.

LURQUIN, G.: La terminologie medicale fran�aise (2) [French medical terminolgy (2)]. L'Actualite Terminologiquefferminology Update 19 (1986) No. 2, p. 3-5. ONv.

LURQUIN, G.: La terminoiogie medicale fran�aise (4) [French medical terminology (4)]. L'Actualite Terminologiquefferminology Update 19 (1986) No. 4, p. 1-4. ONv.

OBENAUS, W.: Glossar der amerikanischen ExportfOrderung (TeH 2) [Glossary of American export promotion). LES 32 (1987) No. 1 , p. 19-26. ONv.

PARADES, L.: Type and type terminology. L'Actualite Terminologiquefferminology Update 19 (1986) No. 2, p. 9-10. ONv.

SCHMIDT, W.: Glossar der Dividendenpolitik (de-en) [Glossary of dividend policy]. LES 32 (1987) No. 1 , p. 12-18. ONv.


Book Reviews The Catalogue and the Theory, or, Is Order Almost a Philosophy? On Jean M.Perreault's Lectures "The Idea of Order in Bibliography"l

" . .. if we are librarians to any purpose other than making a living, it is for and through subject cataloging and classIfying. and that if not we are at the most either dusty antiquaries or public-relation smilers. "

Jean M.Perreault

The Occasion Within the framework of the Sarada Ranganathan

Lectures, Jean M. Perreault gave six lextures under the summary title "The Idea of Order in Bibliography"2 at the Documentation Research and Training Centre in Bangalore in December 1975. It was the ninth event of this kind. Prior to this, distingnished English, American, and Indian library scientists had given lecture series on various subjects. Other speakers followed, among them lngetraut Dablberg from the Federal Republic of Germany ( 1977) whose subject was "Ontical Structures and Universal Classification". Up to 1975, classification had been treated three times in the "Lectures". Did Perreault also take up this scheme? The quotation from the fifth lecture which serves as a motto that expresses a high regard for library subject analysis, would let us suppose so. Well, we shall see . . .

According to a short biography3, Jean M.Perreault was trained in the USA. For some time he worked in University Libraries where he became more and more involved in cataloguing, classification and information retrieval, especially with the aid of computers. Finally, he also taught at the Library School of the University of Maryland and at other universities. One result of bls comparative study of universal classification systems was the conference paper presented at the FlO Congress in 1965 ("Categories and Relators") wblch included a proposal which later underwent a five-year test by the FlO for which VINITI, among others, showed great interest. But Perreault is not only a librarian. Music and, above all, pbllosophy have also claimed his interest, a fact that we should always keep in mind when looking at bls lectures on "The Idea of Order". His pbllosophic background is neo-scholastic, but he is not limited to the school of thought. The subject of bls theses was Hegel's natural philosophy, and he has devoted a great deal of his time to the existentialists.

Nevertheless, he has remained keenly interested in library sciences, the titles of two of bls papers in the sixties being "The Classification of Pbllosophy" and "An Example of Conventional Title Cataloging". This must make us sit up and take notice! Does the latter title not point to alphabetic catalogning? But perhaps tbls dualistic separation - here Subject Catalogne there Alphabetic Catalogne - is out of place. Just as Perreault is the declared ' opponent of a "divided catalogue", so we should try to tblnk less "library" and less "divided"; for,

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Book Reviews

in the long run, such a well-worn, SUbject-oriented way of thinking can only lead to a catalogning practice which is not particularly helpful to the user. Before we waste our breath explaining over and over again to new library users the difference between Subject Catalogue and Alphabetic Catalogue, we should at least try to offer the information in one literature retrieval instrument that does not demand mental contortions from the user. Cutter's Dictionary Catalogue, once so revered in the USA, found but few friends in German libraries; but is that a reason for not re-considering Cutter's retrieval principles? After all, the use' of EDP today offers new possibilities for catalogning!

Catalogne Function. Linear Order or Structure? We have got a little bit away from the point. "Order"

is Perreault's theme; there must be order in all types of catalogue if you want to find anything at all. Let us return to Perreault! He discusses the main functions of a library catalogne according to Cutter and defines them as follows: (1) It (the catalogue) must make it possible for the user to find a

book, the author or the title of which is known. (Commentary: This is the function of a pure "finding list" and, from a historical point of view, the original one. However, opinions differ as to whether this is the primary function today.)

(2) It must show (a) what a library has of a given author, (b) which editions of a specific work it has. (Commentary .. This necessitates literary units ("works") being brought together.)

Cutter's version4 is slightly different, the functions of the Dictionary Catalogue being (1) To enable a person to find a book of which either

(a) the author is known (b) the title is known (c) the subject is known

(2) To show what a library has (d) by a given author (e) in a given subject (0 in a given kind of literature

(3) To assist in the choice of a book (g) as to its edition (bibliographically) (h) as to its character (literary or topical)

It is interesting to see that Perreault does not mention those functions which have to do with aspects of subject retrieval (c, e, f, h). He is mainly concerned with the problems of alphabetic catalogning.

Today, the experts, on the whole, agree that the Alphabetic Catalogue must answer three questions: (1) Does the library have a specific edition of a work

the title of wblch is 'known? (2) Which works of a given author are in the library? (3) Which editions of a specific work does the library

have? This sequence can be conceived as a hierarchy, and in consequence of tbls the following formulation is to be found in the RAK § lOI S : The primary function of the Alphabetic Catalogue should be that of a "finding list" -in accordance with Cutter if his term "book" is interpreted as "edition". Perreault has reservations: to fulfIl this primary function it would seem that a "simple" sorting of the information given in the authors' names and the titles of their books and which a computer could deal with would suffice; but if a "finding list" bases solely on the "book" and not on the "works", this will lead to discrepancies in the catalogue and to loss of

101

information in the search. Finding answe�s t;) the questions using the Alphabetic Catalogue is made more difficult in practice due to the fact that

a lot of works have rpore than one author a lot of authors have more than one name some names occur in more that one form some works have more than one subject title.

Is then Perreault not right to diverge from the opinion that it is possible simply to catalogue straight from the title page and that the information found there would then be sufficient to constitute a catalogue? Limiting information to that found on the title page, could not, in his opinion, even optimally fulfil the function of the "finding list" let alone that of bringing together the works of a given author. It would be necessary to verify the information in the book itself, seek further information in lexica, and then find headings for the bibliographic descriptions. Must we not concede that Perreault is right? Only those headings which are made according to certain rules with the principle used by the cataloguing librarian will give the catalogue order, a structure which will be of help to the user, and will make the catalogue a reliable search medium - otherwise, it will remain an amorphous inass of bibliographical title descriptions with a formal order resulting from purely descriptive entries. After all that, we surely do hot need to consider any longer whether Perreault's committed and censuring conclusion is right: what we must catalogue, is not the title page, but the text. This every good subject-cataloguer koows; how, then can the descriptive cataloguers dare to think otherwise?

Relatio est fundamentum verilatis Structure and order - let us see what Perreault under

stands by this. According to Perreault, order, as used in the social sphere, is not absolute or natural, but always conventional, arbitrarily determined, arranged. If there is no natural method, no normal way of making certain decisions about order (e.g. about what effect a hyphen in an order word has on its ordering), how, then is order created? By using certain principles! Perreault enumerates as fundamental principles:

Uniformity and Consistency as the supreme rule in all decisions and their consequences in practice; - the General before the Specific as the universally valid principle which may also serve as a guideline in library order processes, for example in classification, but also in the ordering of entries in the Alphabetic Catalogue according to the formula "nothing before something" whereby "nothing" stands for the general and "something" for the additions. For example, "German" comes before "German State Railway"; - Part-Whole-Relationship which is not only important for classification. In descriptive cataloguing, the librarian concentrates on the part (the entry of the tltle of a book), this part is integrated in the whole (the catalogue) in such a way that the retrieval of the part is possible. What counts here is that the whole must dominate each and every part in such a way that it allocates to each part its appropriate place in the whole. In doing so, it must be taken into account that the problem of classifying the title entries in the catalogue can not be separated from the problem of structuring the title entry, i.e. the

102

way in which the entry (particularly the structuring of the heading) is made has an effect on the ordering of the entries. Perreault postulates in this connexion the following dependences: the fulfilment of the social purpose of a library depends to a large extent on the retrieval of information; Information retrieval depends on the structure of the catalogue order: this, again, depends on the structure of the headings.

Not only librarians, but e.g. philosophers, too, as Perreault believes, are inclined to think that the sequence is to be regarded as the model and the essence of order - which is a fallacy. Perreault describes order as the relation between the parts of a great variety which must lead to the structure. Structure is, however, much more than linear order: it is "ordered complexity" embodied in the whole (the catalogue) in which the single unit (the title entry) is usefully (for the search) embedded. "Philosophic insight" is the foundation of Perreault's expositions. He is convinced that "truth" lies in the structured state, and quotes in this connexion Leibniz: "Relatio est fundamentum veritatis", which leads to the conclusion: "the single unit obtains its sense only out of the idea of the whole".

Predictability The possibility to predict where something which is

being looked for can be found and used is, for Perreault, the central theme of all library control and subject retrieval. The availability of a piece of information, of a document, depends on the structure of the library stock and the catalogues (as arrangements of the document surrogate = title entry). In the principle of order lies the fulfilment of predictability. Reduced to a formula, this means

ordered complexity t

predictability -----> order --> structure t

truth

"Let us catalogue and order with one aim (telos), one purpose: -predictability! " In this his appeal to librarians, Perreault once again points out that the best guarantee for predictability is the structure, the ordered complexity as "the harmony between headings, references and title descriptions" .

The Idea Perreault maintains that order in the library catalogue

- as far as it is not a question of classification - depends on principles which have been hardly researched, let alone expounded. How far this statement was true at the time of the "Lectures" is an open question. At any rate, he investigates the principles of order in formal cataloguing, taking a critical and detailed look at the Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules (AACR) and the Prussian instructions. Unfortunately, Perreault obviously did not yet know the RAK; unfortunately, as during the process of setting up these rules, problems of order were discussed very thoroughly and extensively codified. Although Perreault, in his analysis, delves deeply into the details of order practice, he leaves us in no doubt that what is important for him is the investigation

Int. Classif, 14 (1987) No, 2 - Book Reviews

of fundamental questions and that philosophy is the perspective from which he approaches his subject, a fact which is clearly discernible in the title of his lectures: "The Idea of Order . . . ". In consequence of this, he constantly draws on statements made by prominent philosophers through the ages, from antiquity, through the Church Fathers of the Middle Ages, up to the existentialists and other philosophers of our times, but excluding Marxists. It is certainly no accident that Perreaul t often refers to Henri Bergson whose philosophy places intuition above the intellect and teaches that it is through intuition that knowledge of all life may be achieved, a philosophy which forges a link with Ranganathan in whose classification theory intuitive insights in many respects also play a role. But Perreault goes much further as the following two examples demonstrate. Turning to St.Augustine's "De civitate Dei", Perreault gives us what he terms, the peace of all things, a distribution in which every element has been given its allocated place in harmony. In another context, Perreault turns to Leibniz's philosophy of "pre-established harmony", seeing the "teleological" monads as in some way analo� gous to the elements of a catalogue with their interrelations. To put it mildly, this is taking things a bit too far!

The Result A philosophy of catalogue order? Perhaps Perreault

was the victim of a subconsciou's compulsion! Impressed by Ranganathan's work which has its "hidden roots" (as Ranganathan himself once put it) in Hindu philosophy and which in many respects is coloured - in the theoretical aspects - by philosophic ambition, even though some of these (e.g. concerning the formula PMEST) had to be retracted, and impressed by the occasion of a series of lectures in revered commemoration of Ranganathan, Perreault made the attempt to create a kind of philosophic theory of the Alphabetic Catalogue, to a certain extent as a counterpart to Ranganathan's Theory of the Systematic Catalogue (a comment in the short biography points this way!). In the course of this attempt, Perreault the Philosopher got the upperhand Over Perreault the Librarian. A good catalogue theory does not need to be justified or substantiated in philosophy as the excellent work of the Hungarian AC expert A.Domanovsky, proves. It does, however remain Perreault's credit to be the first to make the problem of library order the main subject of an investigation.

Herber( H.Hoffman6 and, in particular, Klaus Hailer 7, who has gone into the whole complex of formal catalogues and formal ordering methods more intensively and extensively, are but two who have followed in Perreault s footsteps. Perreault has set new Impulses in motion for the principles of ordering, and that not only from a library-empiric point o( view.

As yet, the RAK has not come up with an optimal solution to all problems of order, and with the increased use of EDP in routine order processes we are forced to think again about many of the items which were valid up to now. This, once again, is reason enough to turn to Perreault, whose discourses are still worth reading today. Helmut Beck


Notes and References: 1 Translated from the German with kind permission of the

publishers of the Zentralblatt flir Bibliothekswesen, DDR, where the review appeared in Vol.l'OO(1986)No.11, p.504� 508

2 Perreault, J .M.: The Idea of Order in Bibliography.Bangalore: Sarada Ranganathan Endowment of Library Science 1978. 135p. "" Sarada Ranganathan Lectures 9, 1975.

3 See (2), p.XIII 4 Cutter, Charles A.: Rules for a printed Dictionary Catalog.

4th ed. Boston 1904. 5 RAK = Regeln fUr den Alphabetischen Katalog (Rules for the

alphabetic catalogue) 6 Hoffmann, Herbert H.: What happens in library filing?

Hamden, Conn. 1976. 176p. 7 Haller, Klaus: Katalogkunde: Formalkataloge und formale

Ordnungsmethoden. 2.Auf!' Munchen u.a. 1983.

Address: Dr.Helmut Beck, Netzstr. 67 (PF554/18), 6900 Jena, DDR.

SOERGEL, Dagobert: Organizing Information: Principles of Data Base and Retrieval Systems. Orlando, Florida: Academic Press 1985, 450 p . , ISBN 0-12-654260-0.

Dagobert Soergel developed Organizing Information: Principles of Data Base and Retrieval Systems over 10 years. During this time he was teaching the subject matter of the book in classes at the University of Maryland College of Library and Information Services. Soergel is well-known for his classes which focus on careful analysis of the foundations of Information Storage And Retrieval (ISAR). More particularly, he is famous for his work on building and maintaining thesauri. His earlier book, entitled Indexing Languages and Thesauri:

. Construction and Maintenance (1), is one of the best books on the subject of building thesauri. Soerge]'s new book reflects his talent for thoughtful abstraction on the complex field of information science from a librarian's perspective. Furthermore, his special interest in thesauri is evident in the theme and content of the book which focuses on ISAR systems where thesauri are the key to the organization of the information in the system. The book has five major sections: 1) The Systems Approach to Information Transfer, 2) Objectives of ISAR Systems, 3) Data Schemas and Data Structures, 4) Index Language Functions and Structure, and 5) ISAR Systems Operation and Design.

The first major section of the book describes the nature and structure of infonnation, with distinctions being made between data, information, and knowledge. That same section provides definitions for the major entities to be elaborated throughout the book, including the entities of "thesaurus", "query" , and "indexing". The second section of the book emphasizes the importance of recognizing a goal in the course of designing and evaluating an ISAR system. The multi-dimensional characteristics of an ISAR system are delineated and related to user satisfaction. For instance, the selection of documents to include in the system certainly effects the user satisfaction with the retrieval that the system provides. On the other hand, the ease of interacting with the ISAR may at times be as important to the user as the documents which the ISAR returns. Precision and re-

103

call, two cornerstones of traditional retrieval assessment, are clearly described in section 2 through prose and without reference to mathematics,

In section 3 the connection between the format of information as normally perceived by people and its format in the computer is discussed. The role of records and fields in decomposing the information in databases is clearly illustrated in several examples. The significance

. of Boolean queries for information retrieval is explained. The trade-offs between data base costs and searching costs are discussed .

The last half of the book centers around index languages, particularly thesauri. In section 4 the function and structure of index languages are described. In section 5 , the role ofthe indexing language in guiding indexing and searching is highlighted. The function of an index language is different depending on whether the entity-oriented or request-oriented view is taken. In the entity-oriented view a document description is desireq which optimally characterizes the document in terms of capturing the content of the document precisely and completely. In the request-oriented view a description of a document is desired which is most likely to make that document accessible to the searchers who will want the document.

Soergel's book emphasizes the hierarchical nature of index languages. The hierarchy helps searchers and indexers find the concepts that they want and accordingly serves an important, specific function. Facet analysis is most useful in developing hierarchies. In facet analysis the characteristics of a concept are listed. These characteristics then serve as a guide in determining when one concept is broader or narrower than another. For instance, if one concept x inherits all the facets of another concept y, but x also has a facet which y doesn't then x may be considered narrower than y in a hierarchy. The degree of precombination and postcombination in an indexing language is also important. Soergel recommends that precombination be done to facilitate searching by users who are likely to know the precombined concepts of the thesaurus. However, the elemental concepts which are contained in the precombined concepts should also be available in the indexing language. Thus the language retains its flexibility for current and future users who might want to combine in unique ways sets of elemental concepts.

Soergel's book abounds with detailed, real-wofld examples. His experience with food thesauri manifests itself with frequent use of terms like frozen foods, canned foods, and distinctive distilled alcohols. On the other hand, there are also a number of systematic critiques of the components of ISAR systems. Diagrams and tables are liberally used to present these systemstheoretic analyses.

The Book is tailored towards a library-science type audience, although the preface notes that a wider audierice is desired. No formulas are presented in the description of precision and recall in section 2 of the book. There ist, in fact, not a mathematicaJ formula in the book. This contrasts markedly with some books that have a similar title. For instance, Salton and McGill's book Intruduction to Modern Information Retrieval (2)

104

spends about half its pages discussing formulas that are used in characterizing documents by their frequencies of word co-occurrence. Salton and McGill's book at the same time gives almost no attention to thesauri.

Soergel's book won the American Society of Information Science's award as one of the best books of 1986. Soergel has taken a complex topic and beautifully organized and presented its subtleties. People from many disciplines and at many different levels of expertise may appreciate the richness of Soergel's understanding of the organization of thesauri-based ISAR systems.

Roy Rada

References

(1) Dagobert Soergel, Indexing Languages and Thesauri: Construction and Maintenance Wiley, New York, 1974.

(2) Gerard Salton and Michael McGill, Introduction to Modem Information Retrieval, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1983.

Dr. Roy Rada National Library of Medicine Bethesda, MD 20894, USA

DEGENS, P.O.; HERMES, H.-J. ; OPITZ, O. (Eds.): Die Klassifikation und ihr Umfeld (Classification and its Environment). Proceedings der 10. Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft flir Klassifikation e V, MiinsterlW 18. -21 . Juni 1986. FrankfurtlMain: Indeks Verlag 1986. XXXII , 379 p. - ISBN 3-88672-017-9 (hardbound), 3-88672-016-0 (paperback) . The book consists of 39 papers (16 of them in English) arranged systematically into nine groups. However, they can be grouped under three main topics: (1) con

,ceptual classification, (2) formal concept analysis, and (3) numerical classification.

(1) In conceptual classification the problems of in dexing and retrieving something (information, books, data) predominate. 'Knowledge' is an important concept in this field worth an examination. Thus, different kinds of knowledge found in the AI literature were compiled by J. Panyr ("Knowledge and an approach to its taxonomy in the area of Artificial Intelligence") and brought into a knowledge taxonomy thought of as a substitute for an explicit definition of 'knowledge'. It is doubtful, however, whether the rather unprecise AI terminology can serve as a good starting point for such a task. What is the reason for the occurrence of different kinds of knowledge? Is it because there actually are different kinds of knowledge, or because of the expert system tools andlor programming languages used in AI, or because of the different subjects of knowledge? Relevant to indexing and searching is the knowledge on how to organize things to be archived, which ideally should be familiar to both the indexer and the searcher. Such an ideal condition will be found only in the case of an alphabetic order, whose role in classification was investigated by G.J.A. Riesthuis in his contribution "Alphabetic subject indexes and classification" .

Normally, there will be a lack of agreement. With respect to indexing, a simple answer to this problem is the definition of a-special representation structure. 1. Gesell reports on the "New edition of the International Patent


Classification" (IPC-4). This edition features a change from a mono-hierarchical structure to a hybrid system as the first step towards a multi-hierarchical structure. H. U. Weidemuller (in "RSWK-application in the German Library: automatic permutation of index-term chains") outlines the necessary steps for an automatic permutation of index-terms as a new way of indexing at the German Library. Instead of using coordinate indexing, index-term chains are now being built according to the new rules of the subject catalogue (RSWK). Syntactic relationships are expressed through the position of a term within the chain. Indicators and operators had to be introduced which, along with the rules for their handling, form a sort of grammar. However, a special representation tool in general restricts possible applications: W. Rescheleit and L. Menner (in "Comparison of the knowledge representation language FRL with UDC and a faceted classification") compare the Universal Decimal Classification (UDC) and faceted classification with a knowledge base generated by the frame-oriented programming language FRL. It allows the bulding of a poly-hierarchical knowledge structure based on the generic relation (features of a class are passed on to subclasses). Knowledge bases violating this structure cannot be transformed into frames without loss of information. This fact applies to the UDC and faceted classification systems because they use (among other 'irregUlarities') also the partitive relation.

Since in the field of indexing, formal instructions predominate at present over contents-related aspects in, H. Schnelling "The present function of the alphabetic subject catalogue in a research library") stresses these latter aspects and (neglecting the formal ones) poses operationalistic questions as a framework for constitutive rules which help to objectify decision-making during the indexing process.

But because of the interrelationship ofform and contents it seems inopportune to favor the one at the expense of the other. Approaches unifying both aspects in a single theory should be more promising. Some papers point in that direction. In adapting teaching material, the question of 'How should it be taught?' turns out to be a classification problem. H. LiJckenhojf (in "Didactics of the systems approach: Outlining knowledge") suggests the systems approach of economics and social cybernetics as a basis for structuring and representing knowledge. To improve an indexing language, R. Fugmann (in "The function of semantic categories in indexing languages and in indexing") proposes the use of "semantic categories" defined as "extremely general concepts" of a given domain. These categories (somewhat misleadingly called 'semantic') may be interpreted as primitives of an indexing theory, wh�reas the grammar of the indexing language forms its formal part. The theory appears as yet not fully deVeloped; some unclear phrasings are found, such as "the syn�ax of a grammar", "syntactic tool" (p. 58), "syntactic relation" (p. 59). K. VeltmanJs classification of fine arts and visual images ("Anew classification for art") can be interpreted as elements of a metatheory on this domain. I. H6lzl's "Recommendation for commodity description" comes closest to a theory-oriented approach. He defines at first

Int. Classif. 14 (1987) No. 2.- Book Reviews

basic concepts (like goods, products, commodities and then gives principles for their handling.

With respect to searching, a strategy for online subject access has been developed by G. Riesthuis and A.-M. Colenbrander-Dijkman ("Subject access to central catalogues: Incompatibility issues of library classification systems and subject headings in subject cataloguing") to overcome the difficulties in handling subject retrieval in central catalogues caused by the lack of a common indexing and retrieval language. The strategy is to retrieve more documents from keywords, notations, etc. of a source document. This approach reportedly reduces the number of zero-hits and increases the number of relevant items retrieved because of the (indirect) use of a controlled vocabulary.

Another approach aims at an expert system-like search support. From the point of view of statistical data documentation, M. Domokos-Gombosi explains (in "Metaorder in statistical data documentation") how to develop a metainformation system for the handling of information about different -information systems. It helps to find out whether or not data on a given domain exist, and where these data can possibly be found. A Vasiljev (in "Online subject access to library holdings") looks at the subject searching capabilities of online catalogues and discusses some research problems encountered in striving for their further improvement. Online catalogues are considered an extendable part of a larger library information system. The planned integration of two subject catalogues into one online catalogue is described.

Suitable ordering principles can also serve to stimulate new ideas. H. Gasthuber (in "Application of ordering principles in industrial innovation") discusses the exploitation of the systematic power inherent in commodity ordering systems serving industrial innovations. In detecting gaps occuring in the ordering systems, new products might be found like new elements were found in the past from gaps in the periodic system of elements. Systematics ca� also help to generalize known manufacturing procedures to new fields of application, and new methods can be derived from a systematically ordered list of all possible solutions.

After presenting a survey of the annual meetings of the German Classification Society of the past ten years, 1. Dahlberg presents "Future perspectives for classification and indexing". Among other things, she emphasizes the need to work out a general order of knowledge and makes a plea for concept analysis as an independent discipline. Particularly in Germany there is a lack of suitable textbooks and introductory texts. She also suggested the offering of further educational programs particularly for all those who work with classification and indexing. This seems necessary because too many thesauri (and classification systems) are inadequately designed and used, as W. Krumholz reports form experiences of the conference on the "Use and Mis-Use of Thesauri" in Brussels, March '86, which conference aimed at setting up an inventory of problems encountered in compiling, using, and managing a thesaurus and to make recommendations to overcome them or to avoid their occurrence.

105

(2) The new approach of formal concept analysis can be regarded as an attempt to compute order and to make it transparent. The set of all concepts ordered by the hierarchical relation 'super/subconcept' forms - with respect to a given context - a complete lattice so that the methods of lattice theory can be utilized for concept analysis. As an example, U. Kipke and R. Wille discuss (in "Concept lattice schemes for the determination of objects") a subject classification within a concept lattice. Unlike treestructered systematics, this approach no longer requires that a question be answered before the next determination step can be taken. The super/subconcept relation involves the heredity of attributes from superconcept to subconcept which allows the introduction of an implication between one-valued attributes on concept lattices. G. Ganter and R. Wille (in "implications and dependences of attributes") show how the dependences between many-valued attributes can be translated into implications between one-valued attributes so that concept lattice techniques also will make functional dependences transparent. Closely related to the field of formal concept analysis is a heuristic proof technique proposed by I). Gernert (in "Classification as a proof technique and a heuristic tool in graph theory"). The idea is to subdivide a complex problem (an extremely difficult graph-theoretical proof) into numerous less complex problems (the proof concerning smaller and smaller subclasses of graphs). The problem of how to select suitable subgraphs still remains; this problem could be a challenge to formal concept analysis, where it might be considered a non-trivial application.

(3) The first group of papers belonging to numerical classification deals with discrimination and ordering of data in a wide sense. 1. Krauth presents a "Modification of the nanparametric discrimination method of Kendall" which is extendable to more than two populations and which does not lose its selectivity with increasing numbers of data. S. Krolak-Schwerdt ("A graphtheoretical allocation criterion for single linkage") describes a graph-theoretical extension of single linkage using a maximum spanning tree and a homomorphic function for clustering conditions. The transitivity condition guarantees disjunct solutions hut is very time-consuming. To save computer time, o. Opitz and T. Bausch (in "Nondisjunct classification with qualitative data") first look for the non-disjunct solutions doing without transitivity; thereafter they look in a second step for a method to stretch the.non-disjunct classes in an appropriate way. H. Spath (in "Maximizing partitioning cluster criteria for quantitative data") discusses a maximizing partitioning cluster criterion for quantitative data where, in deviation from the usual way, the objects have to be subdivided into groups of maximum possible similarity formed by objects varying as widely as possible. It was shown from eight examples that from a formal point of view the exchange method, using the maximizing criterion, works better. Based on a trend-following procedure, s. Stank (in "The decomposition of time-varying mixtures" ) gives a decomposition approach for mixtures of time varying distributions. In or.der to make agglomerative hierarchical cluster methods robust, W. , Stach and P. o. Degens (in "Starting more robust estima-'

106

tion of ultrametrics") suggest trimming, i.e. the neglecting of so many observations that the remaining observations fit the assumed model. The authors recommend their somewhat arbitrary method only if outliers are expected; they found a deterioration in case of normallydistributed errors.

In multivariate data analysis, H.H. Bock (in "Multidimensional scaling in the framework of cluster analysis") presents a method for a simultaneous representation of objects and classes whose distances optimally reflect the given object-to-object, object-to-class, and class-to-class dissimilarities. An analogous case of the Young-Householder method is described. H. Feger (in "Estimating relational structures from ordinal data") discusses the estimation of relational structures from ordinal data. A categorial approach introduced by G. Herder ("Dissimilarity coefficients for ordinally scaled data") leads to two uniquely determined dissimilarity measures for ordinal data. R. Mathar (in "Metric scaling in a class of constrained configurations") considers the scaling in a prescribed maximum number of dimensions for configurations whose points are grouped not too closely together. L. Schubert (in "A point-vector-model for different data structures in external analysis") provides another multi-dimensional scaling model for handling hierarchical and lattice-ordered data structures. Along with data ascertained by students and faculty members on problems of higher education, B. Miebach discusses "Subgroup comparisons in linear structural equation models based on cluster analysis".

Four papers are devoted to the reconstructing of phylogenetic trees and problems of biological taxonomy. In simulating phylogenetic trees, A. Dress, A. v. Hasseler and M. Krueger (in "Reconstructing phylogenetic trees using variants of the 'four-paint-condition"') show empirically that the 'four-point-condition' as a reconstruction principle leads to very satisfying results. B. Lausen and P. O. Degens (in "Variance estimation and the reconstruction of phylogenies") deal with the problem of evaluating reconstructed phylogenies. They propose a three-object-variance-estirriator which can be computed knowledge about the underlying true topology of the tree. The core of M.M. Patzla/fs graph-theoretical approach (in "Reconstruction of phylogenetic relations by graph-theoretical methods: Results and problems in the chemical systematics of cytochrome COO) is the reconstruction of networks and trees with minimized total weight using Steiner corners. Results and problems are studied with the chemical systematics of cytochrome C. Some methodical remarks are made concerning the interplay between biological problems and their mathematical treatment. Results should be interpreted with care; computation may lead at best to a phylogenetic tree of cytochrome not necessarily identical with the phylogenetical tree of the organism having that cytochrome. This result comes very close to that obtained by S. Scherer and H. Binder ("Comparison of biological classifications based on amino acid sequences and traditional taxonomy"). In comparing the traditional biological taxonomy with a classIfication of amino acid sequences, they conclude that the molecular clock


hypothesis is not valid as a common measure in evolutionary biology.

The volume closes with applications in social sciences and medicine. I. Balderjahn (in "Cross validation of covariance structures in one and multi group analysis: The case of ecologically concerned consumers") discusses the cross validation of covariance structures in multigroup analysis with data from ecology-oriented consumer behavior. In cognitive psychology, probands are invited to subdivide objects into classes with respect to their similarity. T. Eckes (in "The sorting procedure for obtaining proximity data in multivariate psychological research") stresses the necessity to analyse such experimental results with suitable multivariate methods. Finally, H. P. Schmidt and C. Oberwittler (in "Numerical taxonomy of brain tumors: A challenge to contemporary mathematical classification") discuss problems and preJiminary numerical approaches to the malignancy classification of astrocytomas and mixed gliomas.

The very different contributions are clearly subdivided with respect to their contents; they give a good overview on the present state ofthe art so that the reader will find many stimulating ideas. The book has a detailed index.

Peter Jaenecke Dr, P. J aenecke . Forschungszentrum FB, Standard Elektrik Lorenz AG Ostendstr. 3, D-7S30 Pforzheim

WALNE, Peter (Ed.): Dictionary of Archival Terminology; Dictionnaire de terminologie archivistique. Compiled by Frank B.Evans, Francois-J. Himly, P.Walne. Mtinchen, FRG: K.S.Saur 1 984. 226p. ISBN 3-598-20275-X

This convenient guide to archival terminology in seven languages will interest not only archivists - its primary audience - but also information specialists, terminologists and lexicographers. The work supersedes an earlier LEXICON OF ARCHIVAL TERMINOLOGY (Elsevier, 1 964). Both projects were sponsored by the International Council on Archives (ICA), which started work on the first version in 1954. The ICA Working Party responsible for this revised text labored, under UNESCO sponsorship, from 1 977 until 1984. It was chaired by Peter Walne, U.K., and included Charles Kecskemeti, executive secretary of ICA. Other members were Franl'ois-J.Himly and Michel Duchein, France; Eckhart G.Franz, FRG; Antonio Arago, Spain; Filip J.Dolgih, USSR; and Frank B.Evans, USA and UNESCO representative.

Each entry contains two definitions, in English and French, arranged alphabetically according to the English terms. Equivalent terms in Dutch, German, Italian, Russian and Spanish are listed subsequently, without definitions. 503 numbered terms are defined and unnumbered cross-references from synonyms to the entry terms are interspersed in alphabetical order. The crossreferences and first entries are all in English, alphabetically, so no index in English is needed. However, indexes coded to entry numbers are given for each of the six other languages. Consequently users can go directly to the defining entry from any synonym for a concept, as listed in these indexes.

Int. CIassif. 14 (1987) No. 2 - Book Reviews

Normally French equivalents are available for each concept, but we are not informed about French terms that lack English equivalents. When a term has two or more senses, the equivalent may not have identical senses. Translations can then be problematical. For example, CHARGE-OUT may mean the act of recording the removal of a document from storage in an archive, or the document used to record this action. In French, there is no term for the first of these senses. Accordingly the concept is defined by a direct translation of the English definition and dashes, in brackets . "(--.)" , substitute for the missing term. When French terms do exist, however · as they usually do . they are defined in French, and users must judge by comparing the definitions whether the concepts are indeed identical.

There are two French terms for the second sense of "charge-out" : fiche de deplacement and fanttJme. However, "fan tome" has another sense, equivalent to the English, dummy, meaning a card or sheet used to replace the borrowed item in its normal storage place. Comparison with terms in the other languages may reveal additional terms for the concepts that lack unequivocal terms in English or French. For example, the first sense of "charge-out" may be called, in German, Aushebung or Ausleihe; the second sense, Leihzettel, or Bestellzettel; and the idea of a "dummy" - the second sense of "fantome" - can be represented by Stellvertreter or Retent.

This example shows how terminology varies between languages and it also illustrates a problem common to all technical glossaries that rely on the alphabetical arrangement of entries. If the concepts used in archival work had been classified according to their definitions, all the terms used for them in each of the seven languages could have been listed after each concept. (See (a-d) below). Those that are equivocal, i.e. used to represent more than one archival concept, could have been marked as such, and users would more easily find the unambiguous terms for each concept. Whenever a useful concept lacks an unequivocal term, the editor or users might feel encouraged to suggest new ones that would not be ambiguous: A classified glossary, moreover, would bring related concepts together for easy comparison, thereby enabling users to grasp their logical rela· tionships very quickly.

A common complaint against a classified format is that it requires two steps in searching, to go from the index to the numbered record. However, only English users of this dictionary can go directly to the entry terms without using the index. The users of all six other languages have to consult an index first in order to find a concept's entry.

Moreover, because of the arbitrariness of any alphabetical arrangement, users easily miss logically related concepts. In the example just given, users will be reminded under the CHARGE-OUT entry to "see also PRODUCTION TICKET", but they will not be directed to the entry for DUMMY. We discover that a "production ticket" is a document signed by users when requesting a loan (or charge-out). Four related concepts that are involved here are displayed in the following:

(a) a document signed by the user requesting an item: PRODUCTION TICKET, BULLETIN DE DE· MANDE, BESTELLZETTEL , -SCHEIN

107

(b) a document recording a loan: CHARGE-OUT, FANTOME, BESTELLZETTEL, LEIHZETTEL

( c) surrogate for a borrowed item used to show that it was removed: DUMMY, FANTOME, STELLVERTRETER, RETENT

(d) the action of recording the removal of an item from storage: CHAR GE-OUT, AUSHEBUNG, AUSLEIHE, and no French equivalent.

To discover such conceptual clusters, and to detect the weaknesses of established terminology . note the equivocal terms in Italics - in an alphabetical array requires more work than would be needed if a classified conceptual glossary were used. (In passing, we might note that although the book is very carefully edited, it does contain some mistakes. For example, the index entry for Be8tellschein/�zettel 74, 277 has several errors. Bestellschein is found only in entry no.73 (not 74 or 277) and Bestellzettel, will be found at entries 73 and 377 not 74, or 277.

In lexicographic practice the purpose of an entry is to describe a word and explain its uses. This goal correctly determines the standard dictionary format: each entry word is followed by a set of sense definitions. The same format is imitated here: for example, the entry. for ARCHIVES identifies three senses of the word: (1) a set of records; (2) an institution responsible for managing such records; and (3) a building in which archives ( first sense) are handled.

This format is not well suited to meet the terminological goals of the ICA. Tliese goals are indicated in the "Introduction ' which states that the Working Party has "drawn up definitions.,," that "include the essential elements in varying national legally enacted definitions" (p.7). The goal was not to find out what a set of words mean. Rather, the terminological goal was to identify clearly each of the concepts needed by archivists (as given in a definition) and to list the available terms for that concept, in seven languages. The ICA goal was, clearly enough, to establish standards and to improve communication.

The alphabetical arrangement of word entries fails to perform this function (only a classified arrangement of concept records can do the job well). Moreover, the lexicographic entry format suggests that the goal was to define words rather than to name concepts. When a word has several meanings · as in the example of ARCHIVES, no doubt the core concept of this project - users are given no concrete help in finding unambiguous terms. If every concept (e.g. the 3 senses of archives had a separate term entry, at least then users would become more conscious of the need for additional unequivocal terms. Note that the single word, archives, is used as three terms in archival work. The editors mark them as archives (1), archives (2), and arch vies (3).

This expedient does facilitate the writing of unequivocal interdependent definitions, i.e. definitions in which technical terms are used ("entailed") and so marked that readers can easily find their definitions. For example, the definition of TICKET reads: "a document issued by archives (2) granting permission to a user to

108

consult records (I)/archives (1) during a specified period", p.137. Unfortunately, this technique compels users to remember the different senses of "archives" and "records" by their numbers.

An alternative approach which the ICA Working Party might have followed involves finding unequivocal terms for each of the concepts needed in archival work. They might be borrowed as· loan words from another language. In the case of "archives", for example, there appear to be terms in Dutch for each sense: i.e. Archiefbescheiden for the first; Archiefdienst for the second; and Archiefgebouw for the third. English phrases could easily be composed for the same distinctions, e.g. "archival collection", "archival agency", and "archival depository". (The last of these terms is actually listed as American usage). Unfortunately the use of sense num· bers in place of unequivocal terms may not only confuse users -it apparently confused the editors: for example, in the entry for ARCHIVE we read, under sense (2), "An individual item forming a part of archives (2) . . . ", Clearly "archives (I)" was intended.

When writing interdependent definitions it is, of course, important to mark all of the entailed terms, something that is normally done in this work -but not always. For example, the definition for REGISTRY PRlNCIPLE reads: "The principle that archiVeS (1) of a single provenance should retain the arrangement established by the creating agency . . . ". Arrangement is not marked even though this term has a defining entry which says that it is a process of organizing records according to one of two approved archival "principles". Records ought not, we are told, be arranged according to the PRINCIPLE OF PERTINENCE, which prescribes the classification of materials according to their subject content.

The REGISTRY PRINCIPLE, however, is endorsed, and the PRINCIPLE OF RESPECT FOR ORIGINAL ORDER is listed as an equivalent term. However, no entry for this phrase is given, but virtually the same idea is explained under the term, PRINCIPLE OF RESPECT FOR ARCHIVAL STRUCTURE. It is not clear whether these terms name subtly different concepts or whether, by mistake, we just have two definitions for the same concept. This is the kind of confusion that easily arises with alphabetized entries, but is less likely to occur in a classified system of concepts.

The entry for CLASSIFICATION, which has a "see also" reference to ARRANGEMENT, defines the term to mean "The preparation of a filing plan! system or classification scheme for records (1) ! archives (1) and the placing of series and/or items within such a planl system or scheme". (The entry also identifies "security classification" as a second meaning of "classification".) By this definition both the design of a classification scheme and the classing of items in such a scheme are treated as a single concept.

Interestingly no French equivalent for "classification" is offered, but the explanatory phrase "planification des classements" is listed, with a see also reference to CLASSEMENT (I). This sense of "classement" is equivalent to ARRANGEMENT - see definition above. The second sense of "classement" is 'what would be called FILING in English. It is defined as "The placing


of documents in a predetermined location according to a filing plan/system ". The definition for FILING PLAN/ SYSTEM reads, "A predetermined classification plan for the physical arrangement, storage and retrieval of files (1} . . . " . Strangely, there is no definition for CLASSIFICAnON PLAN, but the term has a see reference to FILING PLAN/SYSTEM. This produces a circular definition since FILING PLAN/SYSTEM, by inference, is defined as "A predetermined fIling plan/ system for. . . " .

There is, however, an entry for CLASSIFICA nON SCHEME, which is defined as "A pattern of arrangement of archives (1) by groups, series and items (not US)". This definition caBs attention to discrepancies between British and Americal) usage - the US term for this concept is not specified. Interestingly, also, the entailed terms are somewhat confusing. GROUPS has no entry -but we do find definitions for ARCHIVE GROUP, RECORD GROUP, and five other kinds of "groups". ARCHIVE GR.oUP is explained as "The primary division in the arrangement of archives (1) at the level of the independent originating unit or agency" .

ITEM names "The basic unit of arrangement and £!scription . . . " and SERIES, "Item or documents ar

ranged in accordance with a filing plan/system or maintained as a unit ... " . SERIES has a see also reference to CLASS, which is defined as "An identifiable and selfcontained subdivision of an archive group consisting of a number of items with one or more common characteristics (UK). GeneraBy equivalent to series". Thus "series" and "class'" appear to be used as virtual synonyms but they are defined by reference to the origin ("provenance") of documents, rather than their subject matter. If classificationists find this confusing, it is because archivists use some of their vocabulary, but with significant shifts in meaning.

Enough has now been written to give readers a feeling for the book. On the whole it is very readable and clearly laid out, a good reference tool for archivists. It has minor mistakes and discrepancies scattered about and it overlaps classification theory, using some of its terms for different notions. Above all, its quasi-lexicographic format is a real handicap: a well conceived terminological design would make its contents more intelligible and helpful to its users.

Fred W.Riggs .Prof.Dr.F.W.Riggs, Department of Political Science. University of Hawaii, Honolulu, HI, 96822, USA.

ButLER, Christopher: Computers in Linguistics. Oxford, GB: BlackweB 1985. IX,266p., ISBN 0-631-14266·5

"Computers in Linguistics" ist eine Einftihrung in die


philologische Datenverarbeitung unter ganz besonderer Berticksichtigung von SNOBOL 4.

Der Autor erklart, wie Computer im Prinzip arbeiten. Ein sehr ntitzliches KapiteI seines Buches gibt Auskunft iiber den Funktionsumfang von Softwarepaketen ftir die philologische Textverarbeitung: EYEBALL, OXEYE, OCP, CLOC. Auch auf Statistikpakete, wie SPSS wird hingewiesen.

Butlers Anliegen ist es, Philologen und Linguisten an die computeruntersWtzte Sprachforschung heranzuftih· reno Fiir Aufgaben, die mit Softwarepaketen nicht zu bewaltigen sind, schlagt er als Programmiersprache SNOBOL vor, eine seit 1962 entwickelte Sprache zur Text- und Symbolverarbeitung. Sie unterscheidet sich von anderen hohercrn Programmiersprachen, wie ALGOL, COBOL und FORTRAN vor anem dadurch, daB sie das Pattern-Matching, die Definition von symbo_ lischen Mustern und den Test auf deren Vorkommen in den Daten, besonders unterstiitzt. Auch die benutzerdefinierten Datentypen von SNOBOL sind interessant.

Den Schwerpunkt des Buches bildet eine griindliche und gut verstandliche Einftihrung in SNOBOL. Viele Beispiele, Orignialprogramme und Aufgaben mit Musterlasung machen das Buch als HIlfe auch zum Selbststudium geeignet. Erklart werden Grundkonzepte von SNOBOL, das Pattern·Matching, die KontroBstruktur von SNOBOL·Programmen, eingebaute Funktionen, Vergleichsoperatoren, benutzerdefinierte Funktionen und Datentypen, die Fehiersuche in SNOBOL-Program· men.

Zwei Beispiele fUr SNOBOL·Anwendungen schliellen . den Band ab: eine sprachstatistisch-stiJistische Analyse .der Dichtung von Sylvia Plath und eine Berechnung der lexikalischen Dichte (type.token ratio) von Texten aus dem London·Lund-Korpus des gesprochenen Englisch.

Die Beispiele kennzeichnen den Schwerpunkt des wissenschaftlichen Interesses von Ch.Butler und den Lesern, die er anspticht: 1m Blickpunkt stehen die computerunterstiitzte quantitative StiJistik, Autoren· schaftsuntersuchungen, WarterbuchersteBung, Textedition und computerunterstiitzter Sprachunterricht. Computer dienen vor allem zur Produktion von Indices und Konkordanzen, ZUI Auszahlung von Frequenzen, zur Errechnung statistischer Kennwerte, zur Lemmati� sierung. Innerhalb dieses Interessenbereiches ist die Darstellung von Ch.Butler technisch und konzeptionell modern. Der Ausblick auf andere computerlinguistische Forschungsrichtungen (automatische Vbersetzung, Textproduktion, Simulation menschiischen Sprachverhaltens) bleibt begrenzt. Eine Computerlinguistik, die sich urn. die Gestaltung von Mensch-Maschine-Dialogen, urn die Reprasentation von Texten, urn die Verarbeitung nicht transkribierter, sondern akustisch aufgenommener Sprache und immer wieder urn das zentrale Problem des syntaktischen und semantischen Parsings bemiiht, kommt bei Ch.Butler so gut wie nicht vor.

Brigitte Endres-Niggemeyer

Prof.Dr.B.Endres�Niggemeyer, Fachhochschule Hannover, FB BID, Hanomagstr. 8, D-3000 Hannover 91 .

109

o FORM DIVISIONS

01 Bib-l i ographies 02 Literature Reviews 03 Dictionaries, Terminologies 04 Classification Systems & Thesauri (CS & T) 05 Periodical s and Serials 06 Conference Reports, Proceedings 07 Textbooks (whole f1eld)* 08 Other Monographs (whole field)* 09 Standards. Guideli nes

1 THE.oRETICAL F.oUNDATIONS

11 Order and Classification 12 Conceptology in Classification 13 Mathematics in ClaSSification 14 Systems Theory in Classification 15 Psychology and Classification 16 Development of Science and Classif. 17 Problems in Classification 18 Classification Research 19 History of Classification

111

111 111 111 112 112 113 113

113 113 113 113 114 114 114

114

,2 STRUCTURE AND CONSTRUCTI.oN .oF CS iii 'S!;" 21 General questions of CS & T 22 Elements of CS & T 23 Construction of CS & T 24 Relationships 25 Numerical Taxonany 26 Nota ti on. Codes 27 Revi sion, Updating, Storage & Maintenance 28 Compatibi lity and Concordance between CS & T 29 Evaluation of CS & T

. 3 CLASSING AND INDEXING (METH.oDL.oGY)

31 Theory of Classing and Indexing 32 Subject Analysis 33 Classing and Indexing Techniques 34 Automatic Classing and Indexing 35 Manual and Automatic Ordering 36 Coding 37 Reclassification 38 Index Generation and Programs 39 Eval uation of Classing and Indexing

4_ .oN UNIVERSAL SYSTEMS

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

On Universal CS & T in General On the Universal Decimal Classification (UDC) On the Dewey Decimal Classi fication (DOC) On the libr.of Congr.Classi f. (lCC)& lCSH On the Bl i ss Classification (8BC) On the Colon Classification (RCC) On the library Bibli ographical Classif.(lBC/BBK) On Other Universal Systems free

114 115 115 115 115

116 116 116

116 117 117 117 117

117 117

117 118 118

118

118

* Monographs on special topics at special subdivisions

** CS & T stands for Classification Systems and Thesauri C & I stands for Classing and Indexing

language abbreviations:

bg Bulgarian fi Finnish pI Polish cs Czech fr French pt Portuguese da Danish hu Hungarian ro Romanian de German it Italian ru Russian ee Estonian ja Japanese sh Serbo-Croatian en English I i lithuanian sk Slovakian es Spanish nl Dutch uk Ukrainian

110

5 .oN SPECIAL .oBJECTS CS'"iTAX.oNOMIES) •••

51 On Taxonomies in the Form and Structure Area 1 52 On TaXonomies in the Energy and Matter Area 2 53 On Taxonomies in the Cosmos and Earth Area 3 54 On Taxonomies in the Bio Area 4 55 On Taxonomies in the Human Area 5 56 On Taxonomies in the Socia Area 6 57 On Taxonomies in the Econ. & Production Area 7 58 On Taxonomies in the Science & Inform. Area 8 59 On Taxonomies in the Humanities Area 9

6 .oN SPECIAL_SUBJECTS CS & T

61 On CS & T in the Form and Structure Area 1 62 On CS & T in the Energy and Matter Area 2 63 On CS & T in the Cosmos and Earth Area 3 64 On CS & T in the Bio Area 4 65 ()] CS & T in the Human Area 5 66 On CS & T in the Socio Area 6 67 On CS & T in the Econ .& Production Area 7 68 On CS & T in the Science & Inform. Area 8 69 On CS & T in the Humanities Area 9

7 CLASSIFICATI.oN A1'ULJ.ANGUAGE

71 General Problems of Natural language 72 Semanti cs 73 Automatic language Processing 74 Grammar Problems 75 Question-Answering Systems, Online Techniques 76 lexicon/Dictionary Problems 77 General Problems of Terminology 78 Subject-Oriented Terminology Work 79 Problems of Multilingual Systems

8 APPLIED f::(.ASSING AND INDEXING (C &,1) 81 General Problems of Applied C&I 82 Data C&I 83 Title C&1 84 C&I of Primary Literature ( Except 85) 85 Book Indexing 86 C&I of Secondary literature 87 C&I of Non-Book Materials 88 C&I in Subject Fields 89 free

9 CLASSIFlCATI.oN ENVIR.oNMEN'l'

91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99

Organization Problems in general Persons and Institutions in Classif.& Indexing Organisation on a National & Internatl . level free Education and Training in Classif.& Indexing free Economic Aspects in Classif.& Indexing User Studi es Standardization in Classif.& Indexing

Personal Author Index

119 119 119 119

119 119 119 119

120 120 120 120 121 122 122 124 124

Divisions of 04� 5, 6 , 78, 82, 88 acc. to Information Coding Classification (ICC) described and displayed in Int.Classif. 9(1982)2, p. 87-93 and in Int.Classif.& Indexing 8ibl iogr. I . A further division of this scheme (by one and sometimes two levels) was published in Int.Classif.12(1985)No.3, p.147-151

For reasons of space, it was not possible to include the collected bibl lographic items of classes 8 and 9. This l i terature wi l l be incl uded in the next issue. IC 87-3.

Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification literature

o FORM DIVISIONS

01 Bibliographies

87-476 Oil Satija. M.P. : March of Classification Literature. Book review of International Classification and Indexing Bibliography. Va 1 s. I and 1 1 . Frankfurt: INDEKS Verl . 1982/84. Orig. en. Herald libr.Sci. Vol 25, No 1-2. 1986. p. B6-S9. 8 refs.

87-477 012 Wel l 1 sch. H.H. : Indexing and abstracting: A current-awareness bibliography. Pt.3. Indexer Vol 15, No 3 , 1987. p. 159-162

03 Dictionaries, Terminologies

87-479 038-828 Eri. I . (Comp . ) ; IC'*!. Internationaler Museumsrat: Oictionar;um Museologicum. Orig. en, fro es, ru, de, bg, cs, da, fi t hu, a. nl. no, pi, pt, ro, sh. sk, se, eo • •

Budapest: National Centre of Museums 1987. 774p.

87-480 Sebeok. Th.A. vaTs. Or;g.en. 3-l!-010559-4

038-89 ( Ed . ) : Encyclopedic dictionary of semiotics, 3 Berl in. New York: De Gruyter 1986. 1665p. , �SBN

04 Classification Systems & Thesauri

042 .!ill£.

See also

87-481 042.1-hu Magyar SzabvanyUgyi Hivata 1 : Egyetemes Tizedes Oszta 1 yozas: Telies kiad�s. (Hungarian Full ubc Edltlon. Classes 675 and 676 Orig.hu. Budapest. VIII , HU: Szabvanyboltban, Ol H ii ut 24 1986/87, 21+25 p . • FIO 390

.

87-482

ogical 1985, 206p . ,

042.I-pl Ekc,"om; ,zrlej' II N-

• Warszawa, PL: IINTE, Zurawia

045 BLISS 8IBLIOGRAPHIC CLASSIFICATION

) comprises the description of the scope and place in BC2; its structure, the facet

structure. the arrays within facets, the citation order between facets as well as within facets (between arrays), the order �in array and alternative arrangements in economics. Problems of notation are treated as well as the alphabetical subject i ndex and special problems in economics. Classi fication examples are given. The contents of the schedules (191p.) can be accessed by a comprehensive index of 60 pages.

048 SPECIAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS AND THESAURI

87-484 048-386 Kurovskaya, L.S. et al . (Comps . ) : An information retrieval thesaurus of rubber trademarks. 2nd rev.ed. OrTg. ru. Moskva, SU: VINITI 1985. 66p.

8]-485 048-47 Orig. ru. Moskva, SU: Tsentral 'noe 1986. 87p.

87-486 048-567 lieb l , P . • Drel ler, J . • Deutscher Volkshochschul verband (DVV). Padagogi sche Arbeitsstel le (PAS) : Thesaurus Erwachsenenb i l -

Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification Literature

8]-487

(Thesaurus for adult education/further edFrankfurt, DE; Padagogische Arbeitsstelle

048-58 Centre de Documentation pour le Sport: Sport Thesaurus .ed.19B7. Orig.fr. Ottawa . Ont . , Canada: Centre de DocumentatTon pour Ie Sport 1987. 250p.

87-488 048-652 Janik, S . , Brunet. L . , Lecompte, L.-L. . Office des Personnes Handicapees du Quebec: Thesaurus: Personne handicapee. Thesaurus a schemas fleches de descripteurs pour I 'analyse et la recherche des documents et du materiel avec leurs equival ents en langue anglaise. Orig. fr,en. Quebec. Canada: les Publ ications du Quebec 1986. 429p . • ISBN 2-551-09137-3

87-489 Viet. J.

048-657

87-492 048-71/2 Sandeau ,G • • 8ureau Marcel van Dijk: Thesaurus du mana ement et de 1 'economie� 2 vol s . (Thesaurus for management an econom cs OrTg. fro Parts, FR: Bureau Marcel van Dijk 1986. 13B p . , ISBN 2-9500203-2-1

87-494

048-74 Technik. Ookumentation Maschinenbau

048-75 Coprian-, W . (Ed . ) , Kaiser, K. (Ed . ) , Informationszentrum Raum und Bau der Fraunhofer-Gesell schaft: FINDEX Bau. 2. Aufl . Facettenartiges Indexierungssystem fUr das Bauwesen. Eine systematische Begri ffssamml ung zum Ordnen und Suchen von Bauinformationen. Systematischer und alphabetischer Tei l . Orig. de. Stuttgart. DE: IRB-Verl . 1985. 446p . • ISBN 3-8167-0414-X

048-75

compiled by M . Giertz and N.J. Hughes, translated into German by E.LUth) Orig. de. Dub l i n .4. Ireland: Natl . Inst.f.Physical Planning and Construction Res. 1987. 132p. FlO Publ. 642. ISBN 1-85053-065-3

05 Periodicals and Serials

87-496 056.121 Coltheart, M . , Davies.M . • Guttenplan,S. , Harris,M. , Smith, N • • Wilson, D . : Mind and Language. Orig. en. Vol 1. No 1. Oxford, GB: Basil Blackwell 1986 The journal is meant to serve as an i nterdiscipl inary forum for philosophers. psychologists. l inguists and workers in artificial intell igence who are all separately engaged in investigaring and discussing phenomena of language and mind, but ;n ignorance of the methods and results of the other disciplines. Issue 1 contains 1) A Forum: Philosophy and Psychology (with contributions by P.M.Churchland. H.H.Clark. D.Den-

111

nett, D.W.Hamlyn , P. Kitcher, C.McGinn, E.R.Valentine) and 3 articles and a "multiple review" of R.C. Berwick, A.S.Weinberg: The grammarical basis of l l nguistic perfonnance. language use and acquisition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press 1984. 343p. ( by C .J .Howe and P.W.Culi cover). The journal closes with some announcements of event. The articles: 87-497 Wright. C . : How can the theory of meaning be a philosophical project? - 87-498 Clark, A. : A biological metaphor. - 87-499 Sainsbury, R.M. : Evidence for meaning.

87-500 056.252 Fal lside,F. , levinson, St. (Eds . ) : Computer. sGeech & lan�uaIe . Orig� en. london. GB : Academic Press 1987. 01.1(1981) o . •

4/ann. This interdi scipli nary journal ;s meant to serve the speech research communi ty. The first issue contains the following articles: 87-501 Prager. R.W . • Harrison, T.O . • Fal lside, F. : Bol tzmann machines for speech recognition. - 87-502 levinson, S.£. : Continuously variable duration hidden Markov model s for automatic speech recognition. - 87-503 larar. J .N. : lexical access using broad acoustic-phonetic classifications. - 87-504 Roberts, l.A. , Wilpon. J .G . • Egan. D.£. , Bakk, J . : Improving speaker cons istency in an automatic speech recognition framework.

06 Conference Reports, Proceedings

87-505 06.84 Herzfel d,M . • Melazzo,l. (Eds . ) : Proceedings of the Third International Congress of the Inte�national Association for Semiot-1C studies -. Assoclatlon Internatulbake de semiotlque.Palenno 1984. 2 vols. Orig. en.fr. Berlin - New York: Mouton. De Gruyter 1987. approx . 1200 p. , ISBN 3-11-009933-0

06.85-03-5/7

of them are l isted here in Engl ish : 87-506a Kuhlen. R. : A pragmatic approach to data processing and knowledge representation i n natural langua�e infonnation systems. - 87-506b Thiel . M . : A conceptual basls for natural language sys� 87-506c Jarke. M . • Krause.J . : Designing an i nterface for a natural -language questionanswering system. - 87-506d Mori k, K . : Partner modell ing in consultation dialogue-:-:-B'T-506e lehmann, H. : A legal expert system based on l i nguistics and logic. - 87-506f MUller, B .S . , Primio. F.di : Interrogative knowledge representation as the basis for rule-based expert systems. - 87-506g Rothkegel , A . : Text l i nguistic components in informatlOn extraction. -87-506h Hahn, U . , Reimer, U. : Oesign principles and architecture of the TOPIC text compression system. - 87-506i Knorz ,G. : Knowledge validity and completeness in intell igent information systems. - 87-50V Schwarz . Ch. : Text searching by word combinations. -87-506 Rostek, l . , Fischer, D. : A concept of thesaurus-based informa'tion retrieval at the workplace.

87-507 06.85-04-14/17 Goetschalckx.J. : Rapport de synthese. Deuxielne Symposium d ' Infoterm. Vienne. 14-17 avri l 1985. (Synthesis on the 2nd Infoterm Symposium, 14-17 April 1985. Vienna) Orig. fro Term-Net News, No.15, 1986. p.3-4

87-508 06.85-05-20/24

06.85-06-24/28 Information Theory (ISIT) , en. New York. NY: IEEE

198 • 183p.

87-510 06.85-06-28/29 IEEE Workshop on languages for Automation: Cognitive Aspects in lnformation Processing. PaTma de Mal Torca, June 28-29.1985. Orig.en. Sl�ver Spring,MO: IEEE Comput.Soc.Press 1985. X,289p.

87-511 Conference on Arab Co-operation in Terminology. UNISIST Newsletter Vol 14. No 4. 1986. p.65 The conference was held in Tunis from 7 to 10 some 150 representatives participating.

06.86-07-7/10 Orig. en.

July 1986 with

87-512 06.87-01-30 Oberhauser. 0. : Sacherschli e6ungsprobleme im EDV-Kontext. Zu einer Fortbi ldungsveranstaltung der Speziellen Interessengruppe Bibliotheksklassifikation der Gesel l schaft fUr Klassifikation in Regensburg. (Subject cataloguing in the computerization context) Orig.de.

112

Mitt.Vereinig.Osterr.Bibl iothekare 40( 1987)No 1/2. p. 51-59 Digest of the meeting and its speakers and papers. It took place on Jan.30, 1987 at the University library of Regensburg.

87-513 06.87-03-24/26 Recent devel opments in cl ustering and data analysis. Developpements recents en classlflcabon automatlque et analyse des donnees. Proceedings of the Japanese-French Seminar, 24-26 March 1987. Orig.en,fr. Tokyo: Insti tute of Statistical Mathematics 1987. 377p. The volume contains 35 papers organized in the following four sessions. A: Data analysis techniques and related topics with statisticalsoftware (Nos.-514-523). B: Automatic classi fication and related techniques (Nos.-524-531). C: Scaling method and correspondence analysis from the viewpoTrit of practical approach (Nos. -532-539). 0: Appl ications: Extraction and interpretation of information in multidimensional data (Nos. -540-548) . 87-514 Hayashi. Ch . : New devel opments in multidimensional data analysis. - 87-515 Jambu,M. : Interpretation of some data analysis method;:--:--a7-516 Schektman, Y.-H. : A general Eucl 1dean method for measu�d describing associations between several sets of variables. - 87-517 Goto. M . • Tasaki , T. : Dataadaptive methods of multivariate analysis . - 87-518 Morineau, A. : Specific dedigh of a software for �ultivarlate descriptive statistical analysis : The case of SPAD N. - 87-519 Wakimoto. K . : A test of good ness of fit based on gra� method. _ 87-520 Baba. Y. : Graphical analysis of ranks. - 87-521 Otsu.N. , Kuri ta.T. , Asoh,H. : A unified study of multivariate data analysis methods by nonlinear formulations and underlying probabil istic structures. - 87-522 Sai l Sh . • Taguri , M . : Optimum classi fication boundaries based on a concomitant variable i n sample survey: some application to the current statistics of commerce. - 87-523 Tango. T. : On the identification problem of age-period-cohort analysis. - 87-524 Oiday. E. : Some recent advances in clustering. - 87-525 Ohashi .Y. : Simul taneous clustering of cases and varia� - 87-526 Roux, M. : Techniques of approximation for building two----rree structures. - 87-527 Imaizumi. T. : A hierarchical clustering method for dissimilari ty matrices with individual dHferences. - 87-528 Sakai . S . : Applications of multivariate and cladisHc data analysis for the classification of dermapterous insects. - 87-529 lerman, I . C . : Comparing relational variables accordingtoTi"ke l i hood of the links classification method. - 87-530 Ohsumi , N. : Role of computer graphics in i nterpretation(i"f""C'fustering results. - 87-531 Suzuki, Sh. : Classi fication of fruit and vegetable varieties by chemical analysis of fragrance substances. -87-532 Excoufier, Y. : Assessing the number of axes that should be considered in correspondence analysis. - 87-533 Yoshizawa, 1 . : Singular value decomposition of multiarray data and its applications. - 87-534 Yanai , H. : Partial correspondence analysis and its propertles. - 87-535 Iwatsubo, Sh. : Correlation analysi s of n-way qual itative data and its applications. -87-536 Tanaka, Y . , Tomoyuki . T. : Outliers and influential observations i n quatification theory. - 87-537 Haga. T. : Conversational data analysis system: selection of items and pool ing of categories. - 87-538 Escofier. B . : Analysis and comparison of different tables. - 87-539 Ueda. Sh. : Use of tabulated data in data analysis. - 87-540 lebart,L. : Multivariate descriptive teChniques applied to the processing of longitudinal sample survey data. - 87-541 Sugiyama. M . : Multidimensional analysis of opinion survey data. - 87-542 Kishida, K . , Sugasawa.Y . • Ito, T. : Data-analytic approaches to human behavioral relationships in a survey of accidents. - 87-543 Oer Megredi tchian, G . : On numerical and statistical stabTITfy of forecasting model s . -87-544 Komazawa, T. : The methods of pattern classification and ltS application to prognosis of disease. - 87-545 Nakache. J .P • • Gueguen.A. : A non-parametric discriminant analysis based on the construction of a binary decision tree. - 87-546 Miyake. A . : Experimental comparison between the optimal discriminate plane based on samples and general di scriminant analysis. - 87-547 Ninomiya, S . P . : A method of discrimination for electrTCaUll)iosignal . - 87-548 Yajima.K. : Classification of behavioral stages of the mouse.

87-549 06.87-04-6/10 Arntz, H. : FIO{C3 "Soz1alwissenschaften" tagte in Budapest. (FIO/C3 tiSocial Sciences" met in Budapest. 6-10 April 1987) Orig. de. Int.Aufg.OGD Vol 9. No 3/4, 1987. p.43 Report on current work and the status of this revision committee.

87-550 Ohly, P . : Soziokulture l l e Revision im Umbruch: C30 31+39 C3 31+ 9 Sociocu tural sciences Vol 9, No 3/4, 1987. p.44

07 Textbooks

87-551 07 .1 Saunders. A.W . : Book review of: Chan,M.l . • Richmond.P.A . • Svenonius. E. (Eds.): Theory of subiect analysls : a sourcebook.

Int.Classif. 14( 1987)No .2 Classification li terature

Littleton, CO. Libraries Unlimited 1985. Orig. en. Catal og.& Classlf.Quarterly Vol I, No 2, 1986. p. 105-107

anguages: systems) Orig.fr. ISBN 2-7081-0760-7

use s: Ed.d'Organisation 1987. 279p.

118 Other Monographs (whole field)

07.23

87-553 08.157 Salveter, Sh . : Book review of: Sowa, J . F . : Conceptual structures: Information processing i n mind and machine. Readi nA,MA: Addl Son wesley 1984. ung. en. Comp.Lingul sflcs VOl 12, a 3, 1986. p.218-219. 1 ref.

87-554 08.3 Markey. K. : Book review of: Mil stead , J . L . : Subject access systSl1S : al ternatives in design. Orlando.FL: Academic Press 1984. Orlg. en. college & Res.LHir. Vol 48, No I, 1987. p. 77-78

87-555 08.7 Gtidert. W . : Book review of: Dutz K. Ed. : Studien zur Klassifikation, SystSl1at1 und Termlnologl e : Theorle u n raX1S. MUnster/FRG: Inst.f.Allg.slrachwiss. , MAKS 1985. urlg. de. Z.f.Blbl.wes.u.B bl1ogr. vol 34.No 3.1987. p.222-226

. 09 Standards, Guidelines

87-556 09.76

87-557 09-77

87-558 09.77 DIN. NormenausschuB Terminologie: DIN 2342. Teil 1. Entwurf: Be riffe der Terminolo ielehre. Grundbe riffe. (Concepts of termino ogy science. Basic concepts Orig.de. Berl i n.DE: Beuth Verl . 1986. 18 p.

. 1 THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS

t 1 Order and Classification

87-559 Olitskij. A.A . : On the activi a the knowledge structure. Orig .ru. probl. Moskva. SU 1986. p.324-340

87-560

115 roach and its lace within

In: Slstem. lss e • . Metodo .

116

12 Conceptology in Classification

87-561 122 Kondrat 'ev.A . I . : Analysis of idea as a form of creative thinki ng of the subject of cognltlon. urlg.ru. Probl.filos . • No bl. 1986. p.zl-z6, 14 refs.

87-563 124 Forrest. S . : A study of parallel i sm i n the classifier system and its appl ication to classification in KL-ONE semantic networks. PhD Ihesis. urlg.en. Ann Arbor, MI: The Universlty of �gan. Computer Science 1985. 244p. The author states in the abstract: The "classification" problem was selected as the focus of the i nvestigation because i t

Int.Classif. 14{1987)No.2 Classification Literature

is a central problem for many knowledge-based systems. Of the various knowledge representation paradigms in use today, the KL-ONE family has addressed the problem of classi fication most directly. The author impl emented a compi ler that translates KL-ONE definitions into a Classifier System representation. In addition he developed a group of parallel al gorithms that uses the Classifier System representation to decide where an i ncoming concept should be classified in an existing KL-ONE network.

87-564 124 Kuzin, E .S . : KnOWled�e representation in intell igence online SYStSl1S. Orig. ru. n: "rOb I. sozdanlya 1 primenemya dialog inf.si stem v avtomatizir.si stemakh. org.upr. Ch.1. Tal l in. SU 1985. p. 121-125

87-565 124 Pospelov ,D.A. : Knowledge representation: an experiment in scterns analysis. Orlg .ru. In: Sistem . i ssled . : Metodol .pro 1 . Moskva, SU 1986. p.83-102, 21 refs.

87-566 124

87-567 124 Mirimanova,M.S. ; Shrejder,Yu .A. : Information methods of knowledge representation. Orig.ru. In: Teor.i prakt.nauch.-tekhn. i nform. : Mater. sem; n. Moskva, SU 1986. p . 1 l8-125, 11 refs .

87-568 128-82 Capurro, R. : Was ist Information? Hinweise zum Wort- und Begriffsfeld eines umstrl ttenen Begriffs. (What is i nformation? Hints on the word- and concept-field of a controversial concept) Orig. de. In: Handbuch der modernen Datenverarbeitung. Vol 24. No 133. 1987. p. l07-114, 9 refs.

87-569 128-82 Proskurin.G .M . : Principia of informatics. Concepts and systematics. Pt. l : Data. Orlg.ru. Sverdlosvsk. sO, Ural . Pohtekhn . Instltut 1986. 27p. , 4 refs.

87-570 128-82 Folberth, O .G. , Hackl . C. (Eds . ) : Der Informationsbegriff i n Technik und Wissenschaft. (The i nformation concept in technology and sClence) Orlg. de. MUnchen, DE: Oldenbourg Verl .1986. 298p . , 236 refs. Paper of a Scientific Symposium of the IBM Deutschland GmbH, 3-5 Dec.1984 in Bad Neuenahr.

13 Mathematics in Classification

87-571 Dubnicka, cognition. 10 refs.

133

87-572 136 Krzanowski ,W.J . : Book review of: Mostel ler. F • • Wallace, D.L. : Appl ied BayeSian and classlcal l nference: Ihe case of the federalist papers. New York: Springer Ver1 . 1984. Ong. en. J.Classif. Vol 4. No I , 1987. p . l l1-114. 4 refs.

14 Systems Theory in Classification

87-573 142 Effelsberg,W. ; Fleischmann, A. : Das ISO-Referenzmodell fUr offene Systeme und seine sieben Schichten. Eine Ei nfUhrung. (The ISO reference model for open systems and its seven levels. An i ntroduction) Orig.de. Informatik-Spektrum Vol 9, No 5. 1986. p.280-299. 32 refs. Introduction of the most important concepts of the reference model for open systems. Description of each of the seven levels and explanation of a relevant problem of each level by a simple exampl e .

87-574 143 Jones ,Bush: The cognitive content of system substates. Orig.en. In: IEEE Workshop lang.Autom. : Cognit.Aspects Inform.Process. Sil ver Spring, MD 1985. p.11-13, 4 refs.

87-575 143 Kl ir, G. ';:iI��T.i�!p,�� Orig.en. lJ Process. refs.

87-576 148-23 Brekhovskikh,S.M. : Fundamentals of a functional s�stemology of physical objects. Orlg. ru. Moskva. so: Nauka 198 . 192p.

113

15 Psychology and Classification

87-577 152 Pushkin, V.G, ( Ed . ) ; Problems of consciousness in phi losophy and scientific cognitions. Orig.ru. Leningrad, sO 1985. Hap. What fol lows are two examples of papers collected in this vol . 87-578 Murenko, L .V . : Towards the phil osophical concept of the unconscious, 87-579 Ovchinnikova ,O.A. : The ideal as a quali tative characteristic of consciousness.

87-580 153 Mareev.S. N . : Formal and substantive systems in scientiflC COQ�. Orig.ru. Vopr.fl1 os. , No 6, 1986. p.31-41.172. 29refs. The aspects of formal and substantive systems are analysed i n connection to the problems of knowledge forma l i zation i n AI systems.

87-581 Tabachkovskij, V .G. (Ed' \

.f'�wr�fb-f,-g

and practice. Orig. ru. v· 156

87�582 157 Rada, R. : Knowledge-sparse and knowledge-rich learning in in� formation retrieva l . Ong.en. Inform.Process.& Management Vol 23, No 3, 1981. p. 195-210, 78 refs. Review of some aspects of the relationship between the large and growin� fields of machine learning (ML) and infonnation retri eval (IR) . The paper emphasizes the role of the thesau� rus in ML+IR work.

16 Development of Science and Classification

87-583 161 Halpern,J . Y. : Reasoning about knOWledge. An overview. Orig.en. In: Mattox, A. {Ed.}; AFIPS: Nabonal Computer Conference, Reston,VA. Ar1i ngton,VA: AFIPS Press 1986. p. 219-228, 62 refs.

87-584 161 Kryukov, 1.8. : Identification of the object and the problem of scientific knowledge obrectivity• Orig.ru. In: D1alekt.mater.; f1 f.vopr.estestvozn . : oglca, 1st.i metodol .nauch.poznaniya. Moskva. SU 1985. p.37-44

87-585 161 Kuraev,V . I . ; Lazarev.F. B . : The foundations of scientific knowl edge: reflection and rational1ty. urlg. ru. vopr.f1fos •• No 5. 1986. p.49-61. 173, 16 refs.

87-586 161 Rozova, S . S . : The classification �roblem ' in modern science. Orig.ru. NOvos1bl rsk, SU: Nauka 198 • 233p.

87-587 Tyuchtin,

87-588 162 Sergeev. V.M. : Paradoxes and languages of interdisci�l i narY synthesis: How a new paradigm emerges. url g . ru. In: SlS em.1Ssled. : Metodol . probl . Moskva, SU 1986. p.341-355, 30 refs.

87-589 163 Bogun,N.A. : Bases of theoretical knowledge as the SUbject-matter of phi losophical analysis. Orig. ru. Prob1 .filos . , No 67, 1986. p. 36-42, 5 refs.

164

p. 37-43, 4 refs.

87-591 164 Karasheev. V.P. : The stages of scientific knowledge consolidation. Orig.ru. Metod I .vopr.nauKl . No 10 1986. p.3-1/, 50 refs .

87-592 164 Ladenko, I . S . : The structure of methodological knowledge and the thoU�ht ex�erience. Orig.ru. In: $tru tura ilos.znaniya. Tomsk, SU 1986. p. 148-151

87-593 164 Stepin, V . S . : On the prognostic nature of philosophical knOWledge: Philosophy and science. Orig. ru. vopr.fl los . , No 4, 1986. p.172-173, 22 refs.

87-594 164 Sukhoti n.A.K. (Ed. ) : The structure of phllosophical knowledge. Orig.ru. Tomsk. SU: Izdatel ' stvo Universi teta 1986. 213p. Summaries of reports of the regional P . V . Kopnin Memorial Readings. The reports deal with studies involving the integrity and structural unity of philosophy.

114

87-595 Chernykh.

4 refs.

168

87-597 168-82 Gor' kova, V. I . : The conception of a subject area : i nformatics. Orig .ru. In: Teor.; prakt.nauch. -tekhn. infonn. : Mater.semin. MoskVa, SU 1986. p. 90-108, 1 ref.

87-598 168-82 Semenyuk, E . P. : Is it i nformatics or metainformatics? Toward the problem of the character and name of a sC1entlfic discipline. Orig.ru. Nauchno-tekhn . I nform.Ser.2, No 6 , 1986. p . 1-5. 28 refs.

17 Problems in Classification

a7-599

87-600 175 Uematsu, 1. : Information retrieval and the indexing language. Orig .ja. Semmon tosyokan. No 107, 1986. p. 22-25. 2 refs. Discussion of IR probl ems in connection with the selection of an i ndexing language.

19 History of Classification

87-601 191 Davies, R . : Classi fication and ratiocination. Orig.en. I n : Oavies,R. (Ed.); Intelligent i nfonnation systems. Progress and prospects. Chichester,GB; New York: Horwood; Halsted Press 1986. p.262-289, 93 refs.

87-602 191 Pertsova-,N. N. : Word semantics in G.W.Leibniz ' s l i nguistic conception. Orig.ru. Predvarit.publ . , Inst.rus .yaz.AN SSSR, No 165, 1985. p. 1-56

2 STRUCTURE AND

CONSTRUCTION OF CS & T 21 General questions of ell & T

87-603 211 Gopinath. M.A.: Postulatlonal approach to analytico-syntheti c classi fication. Orig.en. Libr.Sci.Slant Doc. Vol 22, No 4, 1985. p.204-229, 1 ref.

87-604 212 Prizment , E. L . : Toward a typology of subject classification systems. Orig.ru. Predment.poisk v tradits.i netrad. inform.poisk. si stemakh, No 6, 1986. p. 27-39, 13 refs.

87-605 212 Shelov. S.D. : A cateqorf of scientific and technical terms. Three approaches to 1S0 atlng nomenclature names . Orlg.en. Autom.Ooc.& Math.Linguistics 19(1985)No 2. p . 1-12, 28 refs.

87-606 214 8ardina, S.Yu. ; Be1oozerov, V . N . : A typology of IR thesauri . Orig.ru. Nauch. -tekhn. tenninol . , No 6, 1986. p . 8-12

87-607 214 Sandstroem, G. : Au mented thesaurus for multi contextual descriptions. Or;g.en. n: roo es, • . . ; nte gent nfonnatlOn systems for the infonnation society. Amsterdam, NL, North-Holland 1986. p. 192-210. 17 refs. Continuous updating and multi contextual descriptions are the most important features of the augmented thesaurus which i s described with examples from medical realms.

87-608 217 Beloozerov .V.N. ; Fedosimov ,V. I . : The place of the macrothesaurus within the l i niuistic software tools of the STInetwork. Orlg. ru. Probl.l n onn.slstem, No 1, 1986. p.6-1O

Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification Li terature

217

87-610 217 Kapur, Sh. : Lexicography and importance of l i brary classi fication. An analysis. Orig. en. � 8ul l . Vol 9/10, 1985/86. p.43-48, 3 refs. Describes the power of words as they react to external stimuli forming language for understanding people- and conmunication thoughts. The task of lexi cographers in preparing dictionaries is highl ighted. The importance of classification schemes which make the natural language in agreement with the rules of morphology are furnished. (Author) 87-611 218 Booth, P .F . : Thesauri - their uses for indexers. Orig. en. Indexer Vol 15, No 3, 1987. p. 141-144, 17 refs. 87-612 Mdivani, �R.";;R;b"' ::

"i'.ii��T.i Orig.ru. rl Description ter-based MISON

2l! Elements of CS & T

87-613

218

225 Strong, G.W . ; Drott, M . e . : A thesauruS for end-user indexing and retrieval . Orig.en. Infonn.Process.& Management Vol a, No 6. 1986. p.487-492, 7 refs . A faceted hierarchical thesaurus ortanization has been designed to accompl ish the goal . 87-614 227 Bevzenko. LA. ; Zelenkov. Yu.G . : The syntactic structure of word combi nations. Orig. ru. Vopr.lnform . leon i i Prakt . • No 53. 1985. p.44-50 87-615 228-23 Gopinath. M.A. ; Kumar. G.Ajith: Compound subjects in the field of phYsics: a Quantitative analys l s of facets. urlg. en. llbr . Sc l . Slant Doc. Vol 22. No 2. 1985, p. l05-)12. 2 refs.

23 Construction of CS & T

87-61'6 231 lancaster, F.W. (Ed . ) ; Thesaurus construction and use. A condensed course. Orig. en. Paris. FR: UNESCO 19B5. 89p . • 10 refs . • PGI-85-WS-l1 The volume contains a set of 84 "exhibits" and a text to explain and ampl i fy the exhibits. The latter is divided into 14 topical units. 87-617 232 Jabrzemska, E . ; Scibor. E . : The principles behind the design and apyl ication of discifil i narn thematic classi fications. url g . p . SINIO Mater.Met od . • 0 26, 1986. p.i-54. 54 refs.

233

87-619 236 Friis-Hansen, J .B. : "Clustertr construction i n Denmark. Orig. en. Ril i ser Bull Vol 4. No 1. 1986. p. I-5 Discussion of the problems concerning the construction of a general thesaurus for the Danish national bibliography database BASIS. 87-620 236 Zaks.A. I . . lovtsov. A. I . , Ozhogin. B.A . • Florentsev. S . N . : Development of the MSIS NIR German/Russian thesaurus and its � 1n information service. Orig.ru. Probl . i nform.sistem, No. 1 . 1986. p. 17-Z2, 2 refs. 87-621 237 Wirth .R. : tt��'bi��Hi1:T.��Tn�Ii:;,v�

(Semi-automatic it • H. ( Ed . ) ; Ges. Ini'onnatik. igenz und Mu-stererkennung. Bonn: Springer 1986. p .204-211. 7 refs. 87-622 237 Job . J . O. ; Mouheich, T . : La estion documentaire ra ide au service d'une etite e ui e de recherche. A quick documentation system for a smal l research team Orig. fro Documental fste Vol 23, No 6. 1986. p. 237-239. 3 refs. A system for classification and retrieval of scientific refer-

Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification li terature

ences is presented which was originally developed at ACSAD (The Arab Center for the Study of Arid Zones and Dry lands. Damascus. Syria). The database management system. dBase I I I

,was used.

24 Relationships

87-623 241 Beletskij , P.M . ; Mikhnovskij .S .D. , Pomazkova,M.Yu . : Normalisation of relations in a computer-aided database design system. Orig.ru. In; Mat.metody v avtomatizir.inform.sistemakh i bankach dannykh. 1985. p. 13-20. 8 refs. 87-624 241 Brady. l . 1 . : A universal relation assumption based on entities and relationships. Ong.en. In : 4th Int. Conf. Entity-RelationshlP Approach. Silver Spring, MD 1985. p. 208-215, 23 refs. 87-625 Kobayashi , I . : Classi fication and transformations of binary lationship relation schemata. Drig .en. Inform.Systems Vol No 2, 1986. p. l09-122. 15 refs.

241 ,e-1 1 .

87-626 241 Mikon i . S . V . : Ordering of concepts in related disc;pllnes using a 10gical-lingUlstlc approach. Orlg.ru. fiauch. -tekhn. terminol . , No 1. 1986. p.6-11. 8 refs. 87-627 Chuprina, networks. p . 12-13

242 S. I . : Automatic data processing based on associative Orig. ru. In: Informat. i naukoved. Tambov. SU 1986.

87-628 242 Courtial . J .-P. : Un s sterne a base de 10 i ue des associations pour 1 J i nterrogation des bases de donnees. A system based on assoc1atlve relationships for dialogue in databases) Orig. fro Documental iste Vol 24. No 1. 1987. p. 11-16. 12 refs. 87-629 242 Gopinath, M.A. : Equivalence relations in infonnation retrieval thesauri. Orig. en. Libr.Sci. Slant Doc. Vol 22. No 1 . 1985. p.57-63, 6 refs. 87-630 243

87-631 247; 128-7 Brent. E.E. : Relational data base structures and concept formation in the socldl SClences. Or1g.en. Comput.& SOC.SC 1 . Vol 1 . No 1. 1985. p. 29-49. 44 refs. 87-632 247 Brona. I . I . : Boolean dependensies in relational �tabase models. Orig.ru. In: Mat. Metody v avtomatizir.i nform.sistemakh bankakh dannykh. 1985. p. 36-44. 3 refs. 87-633 Ceri. S. ; Gottlob, G • • Pelagatti. G. : Taxonomy and formal 1fpe"'"t"i"e,,s "O"f"d,,'¥," s:-,t1i'!;i b"u'1t"ed"-jj\,!o:,-i n,+,-s . Ori g . e n . Infonn.Systems Vol u. No I , 1986. p. 25-40. 1 8 refs.

247 pro-

87-634 247 FroTov. O.R. : Algebraic system for dialogue support i n reTa tlOnaT databases. Orlg.ru. In: Probl . sozdaniya 1 prlmenen1ya dialog.l nform.sistem v avtomatiz.sistemakh org .upr. Ch. 1 . Tal l in. SU 1985. p.206-21O 87-635 247 Golosov. A.O. ; Tsalenko, M .Sh. : Semantic transformation of the relational database. Orig.ru. Sb.tr.vNII sistem l ssled • • No 2. 1986. p. 79-86. 13 refs. 87-636 247 Tsalenko.M.Sh . : Semantic and mathematical models of data ba-

�. Orig.ru. Ito9i nauk; i tekhn . : Informat. Moskva : VINITI 1985. 207p . • 293 refs. 87-637 247 Vossen. G . ; Brosda. V. : A high-level user interface for update and retrieval in relational databases - lanjUage aspects. Ong.en. SIGMOD Rec. Vol 14. No 4, 1985. p. 43-353. 22 refs.

l!5 Numerical Taxonomy

See also 87-513 87-638 251 Fishburn. P.C. : Book review of: Arrow. K.J . • Raynaud, H . : So-

115

cial choice and multicriterion decision-making. Cambridge. MA: MIT Press 1986 127 p. J. Ciassif. Vol 4, No 1, 1987. p. 129-131

87-639 251 Krzanowski, W.J. : A comparison between two di stance-based discriminant principles. J . Classif. Vol 4, No 1, 1987. p. 73-84

87-640 251 M i l l i gan,G . W . : Book review of: James, M . : Classification alQor i thms. london: - Col l ins 1985. 2llp. J.Classif. Vol 4, No 1 . 1987. p.1I5-117

87-641 Cavender,J.A . : Invariants of h 10 enies di screte- states. J . C lassif. 4 1987 No 1 ,

252 in a sim le case with p.57-71. 10 refs.

87-642 252 Conrad, M.P. : A rapid . non-parametric clustering screme for flow cytometric data. Pattern Recognition Vol 20, No 2, 1987. p.229-235, 10 rets.

87-643 252 Dubes, R.C. ; Zeng, G. : A test for spatial homogeneity in cluster analysis. Orig. en. J.Classif. Vol 4, No 1 , 1987. p. 33-56

.87-644 253 Bhanu, B . ; Ming.J.C . : Recognition of occluded objects: a cluster-structure algorithm. Pattern Recognition Vol 20, No 2 . 1987. p. 199-21 1 , 2 3 refs.

87-645 DeSarbo, W . : Book review of: Spath. H . : Cluster dissection and · analys i s : Theory, FORI RAN prorams. Chlchester. GB: Ei I1s Horwood 1986. 226p. J. Classif. 4 1987)No 1. p. 139-141. 11 refs.

87-646 253 Glasbey.C.A. : Complete l inkage as a multiple stopping rule for s i ngle l i nkage clusterlng. J.Classif. Vol 4 , No I , 1987. p . l03-109, 6 refs.

87-647 Gordon, A . D . : Parsimonious trees. Orig . en. J .Classif. Vol 4, No 1, 1987. p. 85-101. 15 refs.

254

87-648 254 Voorhees. E . M . : Implementinq aqqlomerative hierarchic clusteri n al orithms for use 1n document retrleval. urlg. en. Infonm.Process. & Management 22 1986 No 6 , p.465-476. 15 refs. Description of the impl ementation of three agglomerative hierarchic clustering algorithms that explo i t the spars i ty of information in the document-tenm matrix. so that collections mauch larger than the algorithms ' worst 'c'ase running times would suggest can be clustered. The implementations described i n the paper have been used to cluster a collection fo 12,000 documents. (Author, abbrev . )

87-649 255 Bidasaria, H.B. : Least desirable feature el imination in a general pattern recogn1t1on problem. ur1g. en. Pattern recognition VOl 20, No 3 , 1987. p. 365-370. 9 refs.

87-650 255 Fiala.J.C . ; Haralick. R . M . : Comparison of a regular and an irregular decomposition of regions and volumes. Orig. en. Pattern Recognition Vol 20. No 3, 1987. p . 3U9-319, 23 refs.

87-651 255 Gupta , L . ; Srinath.M.D. : Contour sequence moments for the class ification of closed planar shapes. Orig. en. Pattern Recognition Vol 20. No 3 , 1987. p.267-272. 30 refs.

87-652 255 Mantas. J . : Methodologies in pattern recognition and image analysis - a brlef survey. orlg. en. Pattern Recognition Vol 20, No I, 1987. p.I-6, 69 refs.

87-653 258 Wasserman, S t . : Book review of: Levine. J.H. : Levine 's Atlas of Corporate Interlocks. Vol s . I & I I . Hanover. NH: Worldnet 1984 70+379p. Orig.en. J.Classif. Vol 1. No. 4. p .ll8-122. 3 refs.

87-654 258-397 Vogel . F . ; GrUnewald. W . : Unterentwickl ung - EntwicklunQ. Eine Studie zur Einteilung der Lander der Erde nach lhrem Entwickl ungsstand ( I I I/IV) . (Underdevelo�ent - development. An investigation i nto the division of countries of the earth accord ... in� to their state of developnent) Orig. de. Bamberg, FRG: Unlversitat. Forsch.Stel l e f. Numer.Klassifikation 1987. 75p. In Pt.2 of this study. the economic state of development of countries was measured. Parts 3 and 4 deal with the demogra .... phic and political state of development.

87-655 258-4 Crovel lo. Th.J. : Book review of: Abbott. L . A . . Bisby. F.A . . Rogers, D . J . : Taxonomlc analysl s I n blOiogy: computers. models

116

and databases. New York: Columbia University Press 1985. 336p. Orig. en. J.Classif. Vol 4. No I, 1987. p. 132-134. 3 refs.

87-656 258-579 Weber,E. U. : Book review of: Ben-Akiva. M . • Lerman. St.R.: Discrete choice analYSl s : Theor1 and appllcatlon to travel demand. Cambridge. MA: MIl Press 985. XX.390p. or1g. en. J.Classif. Vol 4. No 1 1987. p. 125-128. 3 refs.

87-657 258-58

87-658 258-715 Levine.J.H. : Book review of: Stokman.F.N . • Ziegler. R . • Scott. J . : Networks of corporate power. Cambridge. GB: Pol i ty Press 1985. 304p. Orig.en. J.Classif. Vol 4 . No 1. 1987. p. 123-124

87-659 258-77 Karpov. Yu .M. ; Lejchik. V . M . : Appl ication of cluster-analys i s techniques to the solution of terml nologlcal problems. Orlg.ru. Probl . i nfonm.sistem. No 1. 1986. p. 69-87. 19 refs.

87-660 258-826 Malvestuto.F.M. : Statistical treatment of the i nformation content of a database. lntonm. Systems 11{1986JNo 3, p.zll-z3. 39 rets .

27 Revision, Updating, Storage

'& Maintenance 87-661 277 Rohou, C . : La estion automatisee des thesaurus. Etude comparative de oglc e s . utomatic thesaurus organisation. Comparative study of software) Orig. fro Documental iste Vol 24. No 3. 1987. p. 103-108, 31 refs.

28 Compatibility and Concordance between

CS & T 87-662 281 Gendi na,N. I . : Problems 1 n optimis i ng semantic devices i n computerised l ibrary systems. Orig. ru. In: Avtomatizir.bibl .-inform. sistemY. Novosibi rsk. SU 1985. p. 34-42, 23 refs.

87-663 285-93 Logrippo, L . ; Stepien. B . : Cluster analysis for the computerassisted statistical analysis of melodies. Orig. en. Computers & Humanlties Vol 20. No 1 . 1986. p. 19-25. 14 refs.

87-664 287 Scibor, E. : Indexi ng lan�uages concordances: methodological i ssues. Orig.ru. Pro 1 . 1 n orm.Slstem. No 1.1986. p.45-63. 5refs .

'ffiecompatibi l i ty of the ISTIS indexing languages with other indexing languages is analysed using the concordances. Presentation of structure and compos i tion of the concprdances.

29 Evaluation of CS & T

87-665 295 A . :

a an retrieval thesaurus

constructed on the basis of existing relationships between the descriptors used in the bibliographic database PASCAL 101/ 1980 ) . Orig. fro Montreal : Univ. 1986. VII ,232p.

87-666 295 Hemalata Iyer: Hierarchical structures and effectiveness of indexing language. Or1g.en. Libr.Sci. Slant Doc. Vol 22, No 2 . 1985. p.65-75. 4 refs.

87-667 298-416 Mikhajlovskij. E.M. ; Avidon. V.V. : Estimating the validity of nosological terms for an indexing language on the biologlcal activity of chemical compounds. Orig. ru. Nauchno-tekhn.lnform. ,Ser.2. No 5 . 1986. p.24-29. 18 refs.

3 CLASSING AND INDEXING

31 Theory of Classing and Indexing

87-668 311 Fugmann. R. : Natural versus index i ng languages i n i nfonmation systems: Treatlse on retrieval system theory. url g . e n . Int. Infonm • • Communlcat.& Educ. Vol 5. No 2, 1986. p. 155-166


32 Subject Analysis

87-669 321 Bertrand-Gastaldy, S . : De uel ues �lements � consid�rer avant de choi sir un n;veau ou un langage documentaire. On some items for consideration before choosing an analysis level or a documentary language) Orig.fr. Ooc.& Bibl iotheques Vol 32, No 1-2. 1986. p. 3-23, 93 refs. 87-670 321 Johansen. Th. : El ements of the non-linguistic approach to subject-relationships. Orig. en. Int.classlf. Vol 14. No 1. 1987. p . 1 l-IB , 15 refs. 87-671 321.99 Sakharnyj. L . V . : The results of developing GOSTs for subject analys i s : problems and solutions. Orig.ru. In: Predmet.poisk v tradits . i netradits.inform.-poisk.si stemakh, No 6 , 1986. p.6-26, 16 refs. 87-672 328-6/7 Duben. J . : Descri bing the subject content of a data fi l e . Orig.cs. Mech. a autom.admin • • No 2. 19B6. p.56-61, 1 ref.

B7-674 32B-76 Nowacki . H . : Schnittstellennormun fUr e enstandsdefinierenden Datenaustausch. Standardization of the interface for data exchange of defined objects) Orig.de. DIN-Mitt. Vol 66. No 4 . 1987. p. 182-186 Presentation of the standards existing in this area and description of status and goals of international developments in this kind of standardization are explained.

33 Classing and Indexing Techniques

87-675 Bakewel l , K.G.B: Reference books for indexers. Orig. en. Indexer Vol 15, No 3. 19B7. p. 131-140, 197 refs.

331

Details are given of nearly 200 reference books which may be of use to indexers. It is accepted that the l i st is essentially a personal one and that some ommi ssions are inevitable. 87-676 Vickers. J.A. : Index. how not to. Orig. en. Indexer Vol 15. No 3. IgB7. p.163-166

331

87-677 332 Kekez. F . : Reference l i brary classi fication model . Orig. sh. Brodogradnja Vol 34, No 1. 1986. p.21-29. 10 refs. 87-678 338 Bhattacharyya , G. : POPS ! : a system for depth indexing. Orig.en. Int. lnform • • Communlc.& Educ. 4(1985)No 2. p. 144-155, 5 refs.

34 Automatic Classing and Indexing

341

p .B-10. 10 refs.

87-681 343

87-682 346 Pavlova , L.S. ; Popesku.A.N • • Tarasova. E .S • • Khazhinskaya.M. S . : An information- l i nguistic database for semantic indexing of sci-tech texts translation. Orig.ru. In: Teoriya i prakt.nauch. -tekhn .perevoda : Mezhdunar.konf • • Moskva. SU 19B5. p. 158-159 87-683 348 Wasserman. K.H. : Unlfying representation and general ization: Understanding hierarchical Iv structured obJects. PhD Ihesls.


New York.NY: Columbia University. Computer Science 1985. 245p. In the thesis a scheme is presented. called MERGE. designed to be used in computer systems that understand and automatically classify i nstances of hierarchies in a given domain.

_ 35 Manual and Automatic Ordering

87-684 353 Omiecinski, E. ; Scheuermann, P . : A global approach to record clustering and file reorganisation. Orig.en. In: Res . & Oev. Infonm.Retriev. Cambridge, etc. 1984. p.201-219, 12 refs.

38 .Index Generation and Programs

87-685 381 Malykha. V . V . : Role of bibl ioqraphic i ndexes in analvsinq research institute scientists' publ ications. Orig.ru. Nauch . i tekhn .biblioteki SSSR. No.4. 1986. p.36-37. 3 refs. 87-686 383 Kenji , S . ; Saito. K • • Kumiko. T • • Uehara, J • • Sasajima. S . •

Yoshikawa.Ch . : Making a KWIC index by microcomputer. Orig.ja. In: Dai 21 kai zyoho kagaku glZyutsu kenkyu syukal happyo rombunsyu. Tokyo 1985. p. 177-183. 2 refs. 87-687 Frost.

386

87-688 387 Velez. F . : LAMBDA: an entitY-relationship based query l anguage for the retrieval of structural documents. In: 4th Int. Conf. Enti ty-Relationship Approach. Sil ver Spring. MD 1985. p.82-89. 26 refs. 87-689 388-7 Makhlin. G. E. : Information-reference system INOEKS. Orig. ru. Probl . i nform.sist • • No 3. 1985. p . 3-6. 2 refs. The system INDEKS is built on the Iskra-226 minicomputer. It is intended for handling economic indexes online.

39 Evaluation of Classing and Indexing

87-690 391 Sotnikov. A.N. : On the herformance of algorithms for determining parameters of searc set hlerarchic structures. Orig. ru. In: Probl . sozdaniya i primeneniya dialog.inform.si stem v avtomatiz.sistemakh org.upr.Ch . l . Tal l i n.SU 1985. p . 40-42. 3 refs.

87-691 394 Hra�ova , J . ; Jan&kova, I . : Indexing experiment. Orig.cs. Cescoslovenska informatika Vol 28, No 9 1986. p.250-254. 10 refs. Report on results of the following experiment: indexers were to select gradually 30. 20. 10. 5, 3, 2 and 1 keywords from nin various texts. 87-692 395 sacks-oavi s.R�.�: �� 87-693 396 Bielicka. L .A. : Indexierungsmethodik: PrUfungen und Empfehlun.9!!!. (Comparing two methods of indexing) Orig. de. Dok./Infonn. , Ilmenau. GDR. No.65. 1985. p. 95-102. 7 refs. 87-694 398-55 White .H . D . ; Griffith,B. C . : Quality of indexing in online data bases. Orig.en. Infonrn. Process.& Management Vol 23. No 3, 1987 �-224. 12 refs. The texts are i l lustrated with 18 clusters of documents from the medical behavioral science l iterature and with terms tawn from MEOLINE. PsycINFO, BIOSIS, and Excerpta Medica. " _ ''t.

4. ON UNIVERSAL SYSTEMS

42 On the Universal Decimal Classification_

(UDC) 87-695 42. 243 Richter, N. : Grammafre de 1 ' indexation decimale . (Grammar of decimal indexing) Orig.fr. Le Mans. FR: Bibl iotheque de l ' Universite du Maine 1987. 90p • • ISBN 2-904037-09-8 The book is meant for the advanced user of the UDC.

117

87-696 42.92 Martyan, G. ; Barta, G. : The activity of the Hungarian UDC Editorial Board in 1982-1985. State of the Hungarian UDe edition. on g.en. Int. Forum lnform.& Doc. Vol 1 1 . No 4. 1986. p. 14-18 The paper includes ful l l i sts of UDe editions in Hungarian, published as State Standards. as well as al phabetical subject indexes to them. Proposals for future changes.

87-697 42.934 Kofnovec,L. : Schedules of UDe i n Czechoslovakia. Their present state and perspectlVes. url g .cs. ceskoslovenskA informatika Vol 28, No 7-8. 1986. p. 207-212

43 On the Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC)

87-698 43.07 Scad, S . P. ; Ratwani . M . R . : Practical Dewey Decimal Classification. Orig. h i . Jaipur. IN: RBSA Publ . 1986, 285p.

87-699 43.27 Dhyani, P . : Universe of subjects and DOC Engineering. Orig.en. Int.Classif. Vol 14, No I , 1987. p. 19-22, 4 refs. Examination of the viabi l i ty of various methods used by DOC for accOll1odating the universe of subjects. Suggestions for evvicacious use of these methods are given.

87-700 Kaula ,

87-701 Linden, R. : Some thou hts Orig.en. In: Panwan,B.S. , Delhi, IN: B . R . Publ . Corp.

87-702

en.

43.27 on the Dewe Decimal Classification. Vyas,S.D. Eds. : L1 rary Management. 1986. p.311-318

43.274 Gray, R.A . : Are there serendipitous rewards in browsin2 i n Dewey-classi fied hbranes. ung.en. J.Educ.Medla & ubr.Sciences, Talwan Vol 24, No I, 1986. p.22-37 Critique concerning the new way of organising the DOC. Suggestions are given "how the coherent elegance of the Dewey concept could be restored" .

87-703 43.75

87-704 43.75

p.

On the Library of Congress Classification

and on the LIBRARY OF CONGRESS SUBJECT HEADINGS (LCC)

87-705 44.218 Sug, Y . F . : Some considerations on the ado tion of the Librar of Con ress Classiflcation scheme in the NUS National Librar of S n a ore aw 1 rar • Singapore Libr. 0 1 , 1984. p.33-6

87-706 44.6-6 Wi tty, F . J . : Book review of: Caster. L.n. : The classifier I S guide to LC Class H: Subdivision techniques for the Social Sciences. New York, London: Neal -Schuman Pub1 . 1986. VI I ,143p. Orlg.en. Infonrn.�rocess.& Management Vol 23, No 3,1987. p.246

448.19

p. 151-162, 29 refs. A review of the discussions about theory and praxis of subject cataloguing as done in the Library of Congress.

87-708 448.27 Cochrane, P . A . : Imroving LCSH for use in online catalogs: EXercises for se i-fielp wlth a selectlon of bacKground read-1 4gS. Orlg.en. littleton. CO: l i brarles Un11mited 1986. XIV. 3 8p. , ISBN 0-87287-484-2 (pbk) The volume comprises two sections: ( I ) consisting of six chapters (95 p . ) by P.A. Cochrance and (2) with contributions of 23 other authors (+2 by Mrs. Cochrane) on related topics, being either full or partial reprints of papers containing useful

118

suggestions for improving lCSH. The chapters of Section 1 : lCSH: What i t i s and i s not and what i t may become within the online catalog. Fonn of lCSH headings in l i brary catalogs: Suggestions for improvement and for more scope notes. lCSH cross-reference structure: Suggested improvements. lCSH subdivisions: suggested improvements. lCSH, lCC, and DOC: Suggested relationships. lCSH and subject access online: Improvements through enhancements and user assistance. - Each chapter includes exercises, notes and selected readings. The subject index (p. 333-348) was prepared by Robert H. Burger. The contributions (reprints) of Section 2: � Australian Bibliographic Network subject cataloguing manua l . Part B2. - 87-708a Angel l , R.S. : Library of Congress

; Subject Headings. - 87-709 Berman, S . : Proposal for reforms to improve subj.ect searchl ng. - 87-710 Chan, l.M. : library of Congress Subject Headings as an online retrieval tool : structural considerations. - 87-711 Chan, L.M. : The period subdivision in subject headings�-712 Coates, E . J . : Subject catalogues: Headings and structure:-=-87-713 Cochrane, P. : Classification as an online subject access tool : Challenge and opportunity. - 87-714 Cochrane, P . : IIlCSH-EVP Notebook of procedures" and "Using lCSH as a subject access tool in online publ i c access catalogs". - 87-715 Daily, J . E . : The grammar of subject headings: A formu latlOn of rules for subject headings based on a syntactical and morphological analysis of the library of Congress 1 ist. - 87-716 Greenberg, A.M. : Scope notes in library of Congress SubjectHeadings. w 87-717 Haykin.n.J . : Subject headings: A practical guide. - 87-lTIf'ffil l . J.S. : Onl ine classification number access: Some practical considerations. - 87-719 Immroth, J . Ph . : Analysi s of vocabulary control in library-o:r-Longress Classification and Subject Headings. 87-720 Jarvis, W . E. : Integrating subject pathfinders into onl ine catalogs. - 87-721 library of Congress, Subject Cataloging Div . : Subject Cataloging Manual : Subject Headings. 87-722 lopez, M.D. : Subject catalogers - equal to the futUre. � Mandel , C . A . : Enriching the l ibrary catalog record for subject access. - 87-724 Mandel , C.A. : Helping lC improve LCSH only constructive approach. - 87-725 Markey. K. : Subject searching in l ibrary catalogs. - 87�726 Micco, H.M. : An exploratory study of three subject access systems i n medicine: lCSH, MeSH, PRECIS. - 87-727 Mi l ler, 0. : Authority control in the retrow spective converslon process. - 87w728 Milstead, J . l . : Natural versus inverted word order in subJect headings. - 87-729 Mischo, W . H . : Expanded subject access to l ibrary collections using computer-assisted i ndexing techniques. 87-730 MosteckY. V . : Study of the see-also reference structure i n relation to the subject of international law. - 87-730a PAIS subject headings. - 87-731 Pettee, J . : Subject headings: The history and theory o�l phabetical subject approach to books. 87-732 Prevost,M . : An approach to theory and method in general subject headings. - 87-733 Richmond, Ph.A. : CATS: An example of concealed classiflcation in subject headings.87-734 Wal l , R.A. : Intel l igent indexing and retrieva l . - 87-735 Wepsiec,J. : Language of the library of Congress Subject'"""Remngs pertaining to Society.

46 On the Colon Classification (RCC)

�7-736 46.07 Tripath i , S . M . : Book review of: Chand. M.P. : Colon Classification: Its structure and working. 2nd ed. New Del h i : Sterling 1994. 139p. Herald libr.Sc l . vol 25, No 1-2, 1985. p.99-1oo

87-737 Gopinath, M.A. : Speciators to facets in libr.Sci.Slant Doc. Vol 22, No I, 1985.

46.22 Colon Classification. p.1-13, 9 refs.

87-739 46.23 Gopinath,M.A. : Checklist of component ideas for classification by Colon Classification. Ubr.Sc1.S1ant Doc. Vol 22, No 1 . 1985. p.14-1B, 2 refs. The indexing procedure based on the checkl ist is i l l ustrated by three examples.

48 On Other Universal Systems

:87-740 481 Biagetti, M . T . : Information Coding Classification. Un sistema di classi ficazione dal fontamenti ontologicl. Orig. it. Bibliotecario, No 11-12, 1987. p.85-104, 66 refs. Structure and features of ICC, a new universal classification system, are explained. The system, devel oped by Ingetraut Dahlberg. is based on a referent-oriented concept theory. It shows ontological foundations, in particular it is based on Nicolai Hartmann 's new ontology. (Author)

87-741 482 Dujol . A. : Le clair et 1 'obscur: usage de la classification a la BPI. (The clear and the obscure: Use of the BPI classifica

t:loii'}Orig.fr. Bull Bib1 . France Vol 31, No 3. 1986. p. 232.;.237, 4 refs.

Int.Classif. 14( 1987)No.2 Classifi-cation Literature

87-742 483 Ivanova, N. l o ; Prudnikova, G.A • • Nagibina. S. V • • Sonechkina. E.D. : The mai ntenance experience of the All-Union Classifier of managerial documentation as a classifier of unified documents fonnats. Orig.ru. Klassifikatory i dok . • No 4, 1986. p. 20-23 The classifier serves to register and systematise forms of documents, to control the composition of formats ;n the Unified Documentation System, and to search for forms. 87-743 483 Kistal 'nyj . B .V. ; Gendlina. I . E . : The GASNTI Subject Authority as a classification system. Orig. ru. Nauchn .-tekhn . l nform. ,Ser.l. No 5, 1986. p.1-7. 18 refs.

87-744 483 Mikhasenko, G.M. : Using the All -Union Classifier in designing the i nformation col lection of the Byelorussian State Planning Committee Automated Planning Calculations System. Orig. ru. Mash.obrab. i nform. , No 42, 1986. p. 71-75, 3 refs. 87-745 485 Hustache,E. et al . : Salam lAMECH. liste d 'autorit� de matieres encyclopedigue, col lective et hierarchisee. (Salam lAME�H. CollectIve and hierarchical authority list of encyclopedIc subjects) Orig.fr. Bul 1 . Bibl . France Vol 31 , No 3 , 1986. p. 254-255 Introduction to lAMECH (liste d'autorite de matieres encyclopediques, collection et hierarchisee '" Encyclopaedic collective and hierarchical subject authority list). It is primari ly, with its 70 000 preferred terms, a reference tool for indexation. It originates in the work done i n France by the BPI and the Bibl ;otheque National e after the French translation of lCSH by the University of laval in Quebec. The main access to the l i st shoul d be through an online databank hosted by SUN 1ST. Its management i s done by the National Centre for Coordination and Subject Indexing. The software ALEXIS is used for access and updating. (Author, abbrev. ) �m _ liu-lengyel. H.-Y. : The development and use of the Chinese Classi fication System. Orig. en. Int.Ubr.Rev. Vol 18. No 1. 1987. p.47-60. 16 refs. 87-747 485 Parmentier, P. : Bon ou mauva; s enre: la classification des lectures et le classement des lecteurs. Of good or bad kind: the classification of lectures and the classing of lecturers} Orig.fr. Bul l .B i bl . France 31( 1086)No 3, p. 202-223. 16 refs. 87-748 485 Stempnyak , E. : The vocabulary of the subject heading l anguage of the National library i n Warsaw. Orig. ru . . Predmet.pol sk v tradfts. i netradi ts. ; nfonn.-poisk. s1 stemakh. No 6, 1986. p. 70-91. 27 refs. 87-749 486

g. ru.

87-750 486 Ya. :

87-751 486 Paskhina. N. ! . : VINITI's Subject Heading list as a tool of information support of computerised STI system tasks. Ori g . ru . Moskva. SU: VINITI 1986. 62p. 87-752 487 Molews ki .K. : Internationale Patentklassifikation auf den DINNormen. Eintellung der Technlk mit H1He von 58.500 Symbole�. (International Patent Classification on DIN-Standards. The dIvision of technology. by 58.500 symbol s ) Orig. de. DIN-Mitt. u . El ektronorm Vol 65. No 11. 1986. p. 566-568

6 ON SPECIAL SUBJECTS CS &: T (The division fol l ows the I nformation Coding Classification) 87-753 617

of information objects subject area 87-754 6265 Mishchenko.G. l . ; Egorova.T.A. : The di fferentiating abi l i ty of a modified organic compound indeXIng language. Ong. ru. Nauchn . -tekhn.inform • • Ser.2, No 5, 1986. p.3u-32. 3 refs.

Int.Classif. 14(1987}No.2 Classification literature

87-755 636 Pozhari ski i . D .F . : Facet-categorical scheme as a tool for improving the l i ngUIstIc system. lurlg.ru. transJ.into en). Autom.doc.& mathemat. Ilnguistlcs Vol 19, No 3, 1985. p.32-39. 15 refs. . . th ' · . t · 0 po The scheme has been used for tntegratlng e . . 1nguls 1C c m -nents at the i nformation centers of the MInlstry of Geol ogy of the USSR. 87-756 . , 649 Ouerel l . as mise en l i�ne d ' EMI�I E ! elaboratlOn d u n thesaurus c oie Uti CeliCie 5 rveur. t:laDoratlOn of the thesaurus

rlg. r . . ar s\. : nstitut National des Techniques de la ocumentatl0n 1980. 8p. The thesaurus EMILIE is to serve the databanks of standards for the emission of pol lution in industrial countries. 87�757 649 Val ivieova. A. : Topical problems of indexing languages i n the INFORMOOS automated system. Orig. sl(, Kniln. a ved.1 ntonn. Vol 18. No 3. 1986. p.ll5-U8. 1 refs. The article is concerned with the indexing language used in VINITI 's Environment Protection databases. 87-758 662 Gogolin,W. : Nutzung und Pfl ege des Thesaurus Pol 1tik im Staatl i chen Filmarchiv der DDR. (Use and malntenance of the thesau� rus pollt1cal science in the governmental film archives of the GDR) Orig.de. Archiv-Mitt. Vol 37. No 2, 1987. p. 62-63 87�759 662 Hesser. G . : Beschreibung von Tatigkeiten Arbeitsobiekten und �i nstrumenten des Sachgebiets FlparlamentsdokumentatlOn" 1nnerhalb des Informationsdienstes der landtagsverwal tunq von Baden�Wurttemberg. (Descrlption of act1VItles. obJects and deVIces ot the subject field "parliament documentation" within the i nformation service of the State Administration of BadenWUrttemberg) Orig.de. Mitt. fachgruppe 6, Stuttgart, No 12. 1986. p.65-77 87-760 662 Reinhol d, D . : Thesaurus-Probl eme bei Erschli eBunqsarbeit und Regi sterfertHIUnQ 1m Par! amentsarchlV. (Thesaurus prob lems 1 n subject analysis and i ndexing in parliament archives) Orig.de. Mitt. Fachgruppe 6. Stuttgart, No 12. 1986. p.45-52

87-762

87-763 676

n attention . devoted to a question of developing and maintaining classification codes built according to the Al l � Union Classifier of Industrial and Agricultural Products.

6817 Zo';ov; •• N.M . • Ki rsanova.N.V • • Zaks,A.I . • Klochko�

87-765 683 Cari ssimi.A.da S . ; Prates de Oliveira,Z.C. : The BI8l0S System: Control of the subject headin1s . Orig. pt. Rev.B1 b1.Bras. vol 13. No 1, 985. p.87-93. 4 refs. At the Data Processing Centre of the Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul , BraZi l , a Portuguese translation of the Thesau� rus of Computing Terms of Britain 's National Computing Centre is used. 87�766 6834 Schulz , A . : Ein Klassifizierungs- und Bewertungsschema fUr Software-En ineerin -Werkzeu e i nsbesondere fUr cAs-s sterne. A classification and evaluation scheme for software-engineer

ing tool s . especially for CAS-systems} Orig.de. Angew. lnfonmatik. No 5, 1986. p. 191-197. 22 refs.

87-767 6918 Jiaju. M . : The function and formation of semantic systems . A new Chinese thesaurus of synonyms. Orig.en. Mul t i l i ngua Vol 5. No 4. 1986. p .205-208, 6 refs. The Chinese Thesaurus of synonyms classifies about 70 000 words i nto three grades: the first consists of twelve. the second of 94 and the third of 1. 428 classes.

119

7 CLASSIFlCAl'.: AND LANGUAGE

71 General Problems of Natural Language

715 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 87-768 715 Beckerman". A . : Kann die kUnstliche Intell; enz-Forschun Fragen der Phil osophie beantworten? Can artificial intel l igence research answer questions of philosophy?) Orig.de. In : Stoyan . H . (Ed . ) ; Ges.f. lnfonnatik. FA 1 . 2 KUnstl iche Inte l l i genz und Mustererkennung. Bonn, GWAI-85; Berl in. DE: Springer 1986. po 2-25. 10 refs. 87-769 715 Hilker.E. : Artificial intel l i Qence: a review of current informatiOli sources. Orig.en. Col lect. Build. Vol 7. No 3. 1986. p . 14-30. 21 refs.

87-771 715 Schefe. P. : Zur Rekonstruktion von Wissen in neueren Re rasentationssprac en der kUnstli chen Intell igenz. On the reconstructlOn of knowledge in recent representationl anguages of artificial i ntel l i gence) Orig. de. In: Stoyan, H . ( Ed . ) ; Ges.f. Informatik. FA 1.2 KUnstliche Intell igenz und Mustererkennung; Bonn: GWAI-B5. Berl i n , DE: Springer 1986. p. 230-244, 27 refs. 87-772 715 Smith. linda C . : Knowledge-based systems. artificial intel l i gence and human factors. Orig.en. Inform.Technol . & Inform.Use. london, GB 1986. p.98-110, 34 refs. 87-773 715 Teodorescu. J. : Artificial intel l i ence and information retrieval. Canadian Llbr.J. 4 98 0 , p. - • + refs. �l i cabi l i ty of AI to question-answering systems is outl ined on the following levels: Level of syntax. of semantics, of institutional pragmatics, of s i tuational pragmatics and of performance. A l ist of the principal AI software for data base front-end systems is appended. 87-774 715 Wong.A.K.C . ; Chiu, D .K .Y . : An event-covering method for effective probabil i stic inference. Orig. en. Pattern Reco9nltion Vol 20. No 2, 1987. p. 245-255. 38 refs.

73 Semantics

8�7n nl Ineichen.-H. : Einstel lun ssatze. S rachanal tische Untersuchungen zur Erkenntnis. Wahrheit und Bedeutung. Propositional attl tudes. AnalytiC lnvestlgations into recognition. truth and meaning) Orig.de. MUnchen. DE: W.Fink Verl . 1987. 367p. Sentences with the verbs "to know", lito believell• "to mean". "to feel " . "to hate", and Uto want". etc. characterized the objects of the investigation which has been a habil itation work of 1983/84. Literature until 1982 was considered. The book is in three parts: 1) Epistemological and psychological problems of attitude verbs, 2) On the semantic i nterpretation of language expressions. 3) The logical form of attitude propositions as their semantic interpretation. These 3 parts comprise 19 chapters. Bibliography p . 347-360. Indexes of persons and subjects. 87-776 722 Hil lert. D . : Neurol inguisti sche Oberlegungen zur mentalen oryan1sation von Wort6edeutun en. Argumente fUr elne lnterdlszlp 1 -nare Konzeption. Neurol1nguistic considerations on the mental organisation of word meanings. Arguments for an interdiscipl i - , nary conception) Orig.de. Muttersprache Vol 97. No 1-2, 1987. , p. 16-36, 89 refs. 87-777 Kuznetsov.A.M. : From component analysiS Orig.ru. Moskva, SU: Nauka 1986. 125p.

722 to component synthesi s

87-778 722 Neshi toj . V.V. : Word ranking by semantic load. Orig. ru. Nauchn.-tekhn.inform . • Ser.2. No 4, 1986. p.20-25, 4 refs. 87-779 722 Ufimtseva.A.A . : Lexical meaning: The pri nciple of semiological description of vocabulary. Orig.ru. Moskva: Nauka 1986. 240p. uiscusslOn of problems l nvolved i n the semiological approach to lexical studies.

120

87-780 723 Barannikova. L . I . (Ed . ) : Semantic processes and their manifestation in di fferent types of language. Orig. ru. Saratov. SU: Isdatel 'stvo Universiteta 1985. l30p. 87-781 723 Trivison. D . : Term co-occurrence in cited/citing journal articles as a measure of document similarity. Orig.en. Inform. Process.& Management Vol 23. No 3. 1987. p. 183-194. 1 7 refs. Term co-occurrences were measured in pairs of cited/citing research articles selected over the period 1971-1983 from a core l iterature in the field of i nformation science. The study served to quantify terminology-relatedness. The results were extended to define an expected success rate of a matching procedure in one con,text of information retrieval . (Author. abr.) 87-782 725 Kasper. R .T. : A logical semantics for feature structures. Orig.en. In: Proceedings of the Conference. 24th Ann.Meet.Assoc. Comput.Linguistics. 10-13 June 1986, Columbia Univ. , New York. Morristown. NJ 1986. p. 257-266 87-783 728-71 Gerzymisch-Arbogast. H. : Zur Thema-Rhema-Gliederun in amerikanischen Wi rtschaftsfachtexten. On the theme-r erne divlSion i n American economics texts) Orig.de. TUbingen.OE: G.Narr 1987 approx 300 p. , ISBN 3-87808-346-7

73 Automatic Language ProceSSing

87-784 731 GUenthner. F.; Lehmann, H. : Verarbeitun natUrl icher S rache. Ein Oberblick. (Natural language processing. survey Orig. de. Infonnatik-Spektrum Vol 9. No 3 . 1986. p. 162-173, 1 7 refs. 87-785 Korfhage. R. R. ; Hemphil l . Ch . : Retrieval l i nguistics. In: IEEE Workshop Lang. Autom. Silver Spring,MD 1984. 10 refs.

731 Orig. en. p.176-7.

87-786 731 Sgal l , P . : Linguistic problems of automatic text processing. Orig.cs. Ceskoslovensk:" Informatika Vol 28, No 10, 1986. p. 273-275. 9 refs. 87-787 731; 141 Vaccar4 E . ; Delaney, W . : System theory as frame of reference i n natural language processing. Orig. en. Systems Research Vol 3. No 3. 1986. p.1U-122 A metalanguage to represent world knowledge and theoretical system knowledge is described and criteria for a semantic parsing based on a systems approach are outlined. The approach is applicable to a variety of natural language. which is restricted but not limited to one discourse domain. (Authors) 87-788 732 Belyaeva. L.N. : Recognition of term meanings i n automated text ¥rocessiny' Orig.ru. In : Avtomatizir.sistell1Y pererab.tekst.in

orm. (ASp I ) : Rep.nauch.tekhn.konf. L'vov, SU 1985. p. 173-175 87-789 732 Bol 'shakov. I .A. : Automated checking of compound-words accuracy Orig.ru. Nauchn .-tekhn.1nfonm . • Ser.2, No 2, 1986. p.28-31 87-790 Rodnyanskij, V .l. :.,,''''-,,:f!''\f.'I'-M''-,;f derstanding. Orig. teksta. Kal inin, SU

732

87-791 733 Bevzenko, E.A . ; Zelenkov, Yu .G. : An algorithm for normalizing nominal phrases. Orig.ru. Vopr . inform.teorli i prakt. , No 53, 1985. p. 39-43. 2 refs. 87-792 733 Pashchenko.N.A . ; Ni kul 'tseva, N. G • • Yarovenko, O. I . : Compil ing and using stop-lists in automatic text processing. Or1g. ru. 'Vopr. i nform.teorii i prakt . • No 53. 1985. p.l0l-U4. 13 refs.

74 Grammar Problems

87-794 741 ·Sampson, G. : Book review of:

.�B"-er�w;Ji,,,c;k1c' "Rc;''''C", :c..;T;;he ,-;aTic�qu";,",· s"ic't,cio,,,n

of syntactic knowledge. cambrid1e . MA; London. GB: MIT Press 1985. XIl,368p. Urlg. en. Comp o lngulstlcs vol 12, No 3. 19S6. p.216-217, 3 refs. 87-795 744 Belonogov. G.G . ; Samodelkina, S.A . • Panova. N.S. , Ryzhova, E. Yu . • Kh9roshilov. A.A . • Matveeva, E.G. : Word-formative classes of RUssian words. Orig.ru. Nauch.-tekhn. lnform . • Ser.2, No 12. 1985. p. 22-24


87-796 744 Bogushev;ch. D.G. : Unit. function, and level: Toward the problem of lan9uage unit classification. Orig . ru. Minsk, SU: Vyshejsh.shk. 1985. 116p.

87-797 744 Sowa,J. ; Chen, P . P . , Freeman, P . , Salveter. Sh. e . , Schank.R. C . : Mapping speci fications to fonnalisms. Orig.en. In: 4th Int. Conf.Entlty-Relationship Approach. Si l ver Spring, MO 1985. p.lOO-lOl. 7 refs.

87-798 744 Zakatej . A . F . : Peculiarities of adjectival substanti visation in the scientific text. Orig.ru. In : Semant.l ti pol.raznosistem.yaz. TaShkent. SU 1986. p.89-95, 7 refs.

87-799 747 Dirven. R. (Ed . ) ; Radden, G. (Eds . ) : Concepts of case. Ori g . en. TUbingen. FRG: G.Narr Verlag 19B7. 176p. The vol ume comprises 9 papers: 87-799a Welte, W . ; On the concept of case in traditional grammars. 87-799b F i l l more, Ch.J . : A private history of the concept 'fram�7-799c Dik. S .C . : Some principles of functional grammar. - 87-799d Starosta. St. A place for (Lexi-)case. - 87-79ge Tarvainen, K. : Semantic cases in the framework of dependency theory. - 87-799f Anderson, J : : Case grammar and the localist hypothesis. - 87-799g Ikegaml , Y. : ISource l v s . 'goal ' : a case of l i nguistic dissymmetry. 87-799h Dahl , 0 . : Case grammar and prototypes. - 87-799i New�. : The appl i cation of case grammar to translation.

75 Question-AnswerinjJ Systems, Online 'l'a_chn.

The review covers al to online catalogs.

751

87-802 751.07 H�rter, St.P. : O�1 ine inf?nnation retrieval . . Concepts, princlples, and techn1ques. Orlg.en. Orlando, etc. : Academic PresS 1986. 259p. , ISBN 0-12-328456-2 (pbk) '" Library and Infonnatiom Science Series. The book comprises the following 9 chapters: Introducation to onl ine information retrieval . Languages for information retrieval . Database structure, organization, and research. Reference databases. The process of onl ine searching. Effective cOOlmunication. Search strategies and heuristics. Source databases. Trends, problems, and issues. There is a glossary and and index.

87-803 752 Ra�hlina. E . V . : Describing the "guestion-answer"-relationship. Orlg.ru. Nauch. -tekhn . l ntonn. ,ser.2, No 2. 1986. p.24-28

87-805 Croucher. Ch . : Problems of sub'ect access and i nterface des gn. r1g.en. rogram Vol p.211-224, 9 refs.

753 II : User studies 20. No 2� 198 •

Discusses a research project in progress at Middlesey Polytechnic. UK. Subject access capab l l ities for an online l i brary catalogue i s to be developed. Implementation is to be on a BBC Mircocomputer with a comruter-assisted l earning software package from Acornsoft. cal ed MICROTEXT.

87-806 753 Lamprecht, H. : Obersicht Uber dialo orientierte S rachkonze te fUr die Abfrage von Datenbanken durch Endnutzer. Overview of dialogue-or1ented language concepts for end-user interrogation of databanks) Orig.de. Informatik Vol 33. No 3, 1986. p. 109-14. 34 refs.

87-807 753 Meunier.J.-G. ; Bertrand-Gastaldy.S . • Lebel . H. : A call for enhanced representation of content as a means of improving online full-text retrieval. Orig. en. Int.Classif. Vol 14, No 1� 1987. p . 2-10, 81 refs. A typology of levels of representation i s proposed (typographical . lexical , statistical . l inguistic, . semiotic and prag-

Int.Classif. 14(1987)No.2 Classification li terature

matic ) . These representations. obtained by means of a multipl icity of strategies (intra-sentence, intratextual, i ntertextual) applied to di fferent units of infonnation and i nterrelated, render the i nteraction between diverse users and the database more flexible and more adaptable. (Authors. abr.)

87-808 753 Sacks-Davis.R. : Performance of a multi-key access method based on descriptors and superimposed coding techniques. Orig. en. Intorm.Systems vol 10. No Il, 1985. p.391-403. 12 refs.

87-809 753.02 Wang, Ch. : The onl 1 ne catal ogue, subject access and user reactions; a review. Orig.en. Ubr.Rev. Vol 34, No 3, 1985. p. 143-152, 46 rets.

87-810 753 Zaretskaya , E . N . : Semantic re resentation of the uer . Orig.ru. In: Avtomatizir.si stemy pererab.tekst.1 nfonn. ASPTI . L'vov, SU 1985. p. 165-167

87-811 Byerly, G . : Online searching. gu;�e. Orig.en. Llttleton, CO: ISB 0-87287-381-1

753.01.03 A dictionary and b i bl i ographic Libraries unlimlted 1983. 288p. ,

87-812 754 Bajkova,A. B . : A declarative-procedural approach to the description and processin9 of natural language t1me constructs. Or.1g.ru. In: Probl . sozdaniya i premenenlya dialog.inform.sistem v avtomatizir.sistemakh org.upr.Ch . 1 . Tal l i n, SU 1985. p. 240-244, 2 refs.

87-813 754 Bertsch. E . : 0 timierte Auswertun von Be riffsassoziationen in einer logik-or entlerten ragesprache. Optima eva uatlon of concept associatlons 1n a logl cally-orlented retrieval-language) Orig.de. Angew.Infonnatik. No 2, 1986. p. 80-84, 7 refs.

87-814 754 Force, R. : Onl i ne business file storage and retrieval . Orig.en. Onllne Rev. Vol 10, No 1 . 1986. p.39-41

87-815 754 A.F . : A database i nterface supporting

Probl.sozdaniya i ,o'nm"H,;' r.si stemakh org.

87-816 754 Roesner, W. : Df,?f.Wfu�I.j;��lM��J.l:r8��i l

Orig. en. In: 4th Int.Ci ver Sprin g , M D 1985. p.72-81, 2 3 refs.

87-817 755 Bates. M . J . : Subject access i n online catalogs: A design model . Orig.en. J . ASIS Vol 37, No 6. 1986. p. 357-376 A model based on strikingly different philosophical assumptions from those currently popular i s proposed for the design of online subject catalog access. Three design principles are presented and discussed: 'uncertainty' (subject indexing i s indeterminate and probabilistic beyond a certain point). 'variety ' (by Ashby ' s law of requisite variety, variety of searcher query must equal variety of document i ndexing) , and Icom_ plexity' (the search process, particularly during the entry and orientation phases, is subtler and more complex, on several grounds. than current model s assume ) . An end-user thesaurus and a front-end system mind are presented as examples of online catalog system components to improve search success during entry and orientation. The proposed model i s "wrapped around" existing Library of Congress Subject Headi ng-indexing.

(Author. abr. )

87-818 755 Markov, V. I . : Processing of unfami l iar word-fonns in online i nformation systems. Orl g . ru. In: Probl .sozdan1ya 1 pnmeneniya dialog inform. s istem v avtomatizir.sistemakh org.upr. Ch. 1 . Tal l i n , SU 1985. p . 245-249. 5 refS·.

87-819 756 GOdert. W. : Klassifikationss1steme und On1 i ne-Katalog. Frau Dr. I . Dahl berg zum 20.2. 1987. Classlf1catlon systems and the online catalogue} Orig.de. Z.f.Bibl.wes.u.Bibliographie Vol 34 No 3. 1987. p. 185-195. 22 refs. Demonstrates the value of classification principles to be used in online searching procedures.

87-820 Markey. catalog. 7 refs.

756 K . : Class number searching in an experimental online Orig.en. Int.classlf. Vol 14, No 1, 19BI. p.14z-15o.

Subject searchers I use of the class number search capabi l i ty is featured. Failure analyses of class number searches demonstrated the abi l i ty of this search to retrieve i tems relevant to searchers I topics of interest. Based on the failure anal-

121

yses and searchers' interview comments, recommendations are provided for the improvement of class number searching in on� l i ne catalogs. particularly the i ncorporation of a library classification schedule into the online catalog. (Author. abr. )

87-821 Rajkov,A. N . : Orig.ru. In:

756

v avtomatizir.si stemakh org.upr. 6 refs.

i n,SU 1985. p. 64�68.

87-822 756 Zinov'evo S.P. ; Krivov. B . K • • 50s;n, E.V. : Thesaurus handling tool s for query initiation and debugging in the D1a109-2 system. Orig.ru. Probl . inform.s;stem, No 1. 1986. p.42-44

757 EXPERT SYSTEMS

87-823 757 Bobrow, D.G. j Mittal . S , . Stefik. M.J. : Expert systems. Peri ls and promi se. Orig.en. Communicat.ACM 29(1986)No 9. p.880-894, 34 refs.

87-824 757 Clancey, W .J . : Knowledge acquisition for classification expert systems. Orig .en. In: ACMi84. New York 1984. p. 11-14, 19 refs.

87-825 757 Kumara, S.R.T. : Knowledge representation 1n expert systems via entity-relationships ana lts appilcatlOn. In: IEEE Proc.Int. Conf.Cybern.& Soc . . New York, NY 1985. p. 495-500, 18 refs.

87-826 757 Ramsey,C.L . ; Reggia, J .A . , Nau, O.S. , Ferrentino, A. : A comparative analysis of methods for expert systems. Orig.en. Int.J. Man-Machlne Studles vol 24, No 5, 1996. p.475-499, 74 refs.

87-827 757 Peyton, C . : An introduction to expert systems. Orig. en. J . Comput.Asslst.learn. Vol 1. No I, 1985. p .25-32, 5 refs.

87-828 7578-13 Haux, R . : Expert systems in statistics. Some problems and some new views. Orig .en. In: Stoyan, H.{Ed. ) ; Ges.f. lnformatik. FA 1 .2 KUnst1iche Intel l igenz und Mustererkennung, Bonn,OE: GWAI-85. Berl in , DE: Springer 1986. p. 313-322, 41 refs.

87-829 7578-5384

22 refs. computerized intennediary system to faci l i ty

online document retrieval from large-scale data bases directly by users of the retrieved information. The system is called CONSEARCH and is designed to enable doctors to specify queries to ,retrieve cancer-therapy-related documents stored in the MEOLINE data base. The princi ple of search space abstraction was used, with menu selection from a touch terminal and encapsulated intermediary expertise using rule-based techniques programmed in PROLOG. , (Author, abr.)

87-831 . 7578-82 Edmonds,E . : Expert systems and document handling. Inform.Process.& Management Vol 23, No 2, 1987. p.l7-aO, 6 refs. Tutorial paper.

87-832 7578-823 Davies, R . : Outl ines of the emer in aradi m in catalo uin . Inform. Process . anagement No , p. , re s . Technological progress accompanied by rising user expectations and economic pressures could lead to a breakdown of the present paradigm in cataloging principles. A knowledge' engineering approach to catal oguing should assist in the development of an improved code. (Author, abr. )

87-833 7578-823 Vickery. A. ; Brooks, H .M . : PLEXUS - the expert SYstem for referral . Infonn. Process.& Management Vol 23, No 2, 1987. p. 99-117. 8 refs. PLEXUS is an expert system designed as a referral tool to be used i n public libraries. It was developed by the Central Information Service (CIS) at the University of London. It i s meant to carry out the same kind of tasks as the human reference librarian does and should do it in a way which. if done by a human would be described as intell igent. The prototype system is restricted to gardening. The paper describes the knowledge base of PLEXUS, its representation, the control mechanism, and the working system as a whole. (Author, abr.)

87-834 7578-825 Borko, H. : Gettin started in l i brar ex ert s stems research. Inform.Process. anagemen o. , p. -Survey article about the exploratory work done at UCLA con-

122

cerning the appl icabi l i ty of artificial intell igence and expert systems for modeling the cognitive processes involved i n cataloging.

76 Lexicon/Dictionary Problems

761 se lexico ra hi ue et reflexion hilo-

Lexicographic analysis and philonts in common } Orig. fro 1985. p.69-75, 16 refs.

87-836 762 Markowi tz, J. : Semantically significant patterns in dictionary definitions. Orig. en. In: Proceedings of the Conference. 24th Ann .Meet.Assoc.Comput.Linguistics, 10-13 June 1986. Columbia University. New York. Morristown. NJ 1986. p. 112-119

87-837 762 RHko. A . : Information lexicol ogy. Orig. sk. Kni2n. a ved.inform. Vol 18, No 3. 1986. p. 102-106, 6 refs.

87-839 763 Belonogov,G.G. ; Zagika,E.A., Kuznetsev.B.A., Novoselov,A.P. , Panova ,N.S. , Ryzhova ,E. Yu . . Samodel ki na ,S.A. , Shturman. Ya. P. : VINITI's automated dictionary service. Orig.ru. Vopr. infonm.teorii i prakt. , No 53, 1985. p.5-9

87-840 763 Bevzenko .E.A. : Com i 1 ; n lossaries of word combinations usin non forma 1 i sed texts. Orig. ru. Vopr. inform. teor i i prakt. . No 53, 1985. p.31-38. 2 refs.

87-841 763 Gerd,A. S . : Fundamentals of scientific and technical 1 exico ra.P.!:lt. (How to compil e a tenninological dl Ctl0nary . Ong. ru. Leningrad, SU: LGU 1986. 73p.

87-842 763

��:��n9 :�� underlying computer-based

87-844

87-845

87-846

87-847 Kozachkov. loS . : transl . i nto en). 1985, 18 refs.

u .Oatenverarb. 9{1985}No 2, p.30-4,

763; 753

763

764

11 refs.

765 Categ'orical thesauri in data bases. (Orig.ru Automat.doc.& math. l inguistics Vol 19, No 3.

87-848 767 Kolvenbach, M . : Lexi kographische Datenbank (LEOA) - ErgebnisKom�onente. Oberlegungen zu Verfahren auf der Basis eines vorhan enen lexi kons (DUDEN) . (Lexicographic databank (LEDA) -results. Considering processes based on an available dictionary (Duden) ) Orig.de. LDV-Info, Mannheim. No 5, 1985. p.90-136, 5 refs.

87-849 768-82 Blek, A.V. ; Motylev. V.M . : New terminologfcal di ctionary. Orig.ru. Nauchn.-tekhn . infonn • • Ser.l, No 5, 1986. p.31

77 General Problems of Terminology

'87-851 77 .07 Brons. U . : Book review of: Picht. H . • DraSkaUt J . : Terminology: An i ntroductl0n. Surrey, GB : the UnlYerslty 0 surrey. 265p. Orlg.en. Terminol .et Traduction Vol 3. 1986. p .125-128

87-852 77 .08 Cousineau. M.-J. (Comp. ) : International di rectory of l i braries

Int.Classif. 14( 1987}No.2 ClaSSification Literature

and documentation centers in terminol ogy. (Title also in fr). Ong.en, fro Ottawa. \,hen: Documentailon Directorate. Department of State of Canada; Infoterm 1986. XIV. 189p.

87-853 77.09

87-855 77.92 Spiegel , H .-R. : 25 Jahre NormenausschuB Terminoloqie (NAT) im DIN. (The Terminology Standardization Committee in the Gennan Standardization Insti tute exists 25 years) Orig.de. DIN-Mitt. Vol 66. No I, 1987. p. 12-13

87-856 77.927 Rohaert, A . : Le bureau de tenninolo ie du Parlement euro �en existe depuis 20 ans. The European Parl iament Terminological Bureau exists 20 years) Orig.fr. Terminol.et traduction. No 3. 1985. p. 43-45

87-857 77 .93 TennNet Partners/Reseau TermNet. Orig.en. TermNet News. No 15, 1986. p. 15-30 List and description of 14 institutions, e.g. ALECSO. TUnesia; Handelshojskole Syd. Denmark; Ruhrgas. FRG with address. short history, aims, activities, holdings. equi pment. guidel ines for use, co-operation. projects. expectations from and contributions to TermNet.

87-858 Kuchinskaya, Drig . ru . In: rod. Konf. Mas

77.99

87-859 77.99 Mikoni. S.V . : Problems of expanding the cognitive function of tel1l1inological standards . (Orlg.ru transl . i nto en). SClent.& Techn. Information Processing Vol 11, No 4. 1985. p.26-27

87-860 77.99 Nesterov. P . V . : Scientific-technical terminology standardisation: results and problems. Orig .ru. Nauchn.-tekhn.tenninol . . No 1 . 1986. p . I-6

87-861 77.99 Nizovtseva. S .A . : Possibil i ties and l 1mits of standardisation in scientific and technical tenninology. Orig.ru. In : Terminy v yaz.i rechi. Gor'klj . SU 1985. p.32-38. 10 refs.

87-862 Shutova, Orig .ru.

87-863

77.99 V.K. : New state standards for terms and definitions. Nauch.-tekhn.tenninol • • No 1. 1986. p .11-12

Baxmann-Krafft, E.-M. ; Reihlen, guage and technology) Orig. de.

771 H. : Sprache und Technik. (LanDIN-Mitt. 66(1987)No 1. p.11

87-864 771 Bungarten. T. (Ed . ) : Wisssenschaftssprache und Gesel l schaft. Aspekte der wissenschaftl ichen Kommunlkation und des W1ssenstransfers in der heutigen Zeit. (The language of science and society. Aspects of contemporary scientific communication and knowledge transfer) Orig.de. Hamburg,DE: Akademion 1986. 445p. ISBN 3-925468-01-3

87-865 771 Chapovskij. A.Z. : The terminological work of the USSR Academx of Sciences at the present phase of sClentlflc and technologlcal progress. Orig.ru. Nauch.-tekhn.terminol. No 5. 1986. p.I-3

87-866 Clemens. I . : La base de donnees biblio ra hi ues. outil tel1l1inologique. Bibl iographic databases - a nologlcal tool ) Orig.fr. Documental i ste 24(1987}No

771 Un nouvel new termi-1. p.33-35

87-867 771 Felber.H . : Ein; e Grundfra en der Terminolo iewissenschaft aus der Sicht der Al lgemeinen Tel1l1inoloqielehre. Some basic pro -lems of terminology science seen from the point of view of general theory of tenninol ogy) arig.de. Fachsprache 8(1986)No 3-4, p .110-123. 26 refs.

3-87808-761-6 S.Wyler. LHoff-

Int.Classif. 14(1987}No.2 Classi fication Literature

87-869 772 Antonova, M. V. : The semantic status of the lexical units of subject tenolnology. urlg.ru. Nauch. -tekhn.teml1nol . • No 3, 1986. p.17-20

87-870 772 Barzhitskaya ,O.V. : Constructing names of entities in All -Union classi fications of technical and economic i nformation. Orig.ru Nauch.-tekhn.terminol . . No 10. 1985. p.I-4

87-871 772 Bessonova. O.M. : Metaphor in a scientific context. Orig.ru. In : Probl . i nterpretatsii v ist.nauki i filos . . Novosibirsk, SU 1985. p.97-113. 24 refs.

87-872 772 Danilenko. V.P. : Linguistic goodness of standardlsed terminol£9.v.. Term usage. urlg.ru. Nauch.-tekhn. termlnOI.. No 3. 1986. p.1-4

87�873 772 Garfield, E . : lSI's master l ist of title words provides a special eerspective on science and scholarly activity. Pt.2. Comparatlve etymology of neologl sms and research fronts. ur1g.en. Curr.ContentsjPhys . , Chem.& Earth Sci . 26(1986)No 28. p. 3�10

87-874 Henne. H . : Sprache - Nonoung - Sprachkultur. dardisation - language culture) Orig.de. DIN-Mitt. Vol 66. No I, 1987. p. 14-18

772 (Language - stan-

87-875 772 Hirschman.L . : Discoverin sublan ua e structures. Orig.en. In : Grishman, R . . 1 re get • S . : na yZlng anguage in restricted domains . Sublanguage description and processing. Hil lsdale, NJ: Erl baum Assoc. 1986. p .211-234. 20 refs.

87-876 Kandelaki. T .L . : Ordering of borrowed Teno i nternational isatlon. Orlg.ru. No 6. 1986. p . 1-4, 6 refs.

772 terms and term elements. Nauch. -tekhn.termlnol . ,

87-877 772 Lachaud, M . : Aspekte der i nternationalen Terminologieangleichung. (Aspects of mternatlonal unlflcatlOn of concepts and terms) Orig.de. Lebende Sprachen 31(1987)No 3. p.97-103, 19 refs.

772

87-879 772; 742 Lehrberger. J . : Sublan ua e anal sis. Orig.en. In: Grishman.R. Kittredge.R. (Eds. ; Analyzing anguage in restricted domains. Sublanguage description and processing. Hil lsdale. NJ: Erlbaum Assoc. 1986. p . 19-38. 13 refs.

772

87-882 772 Nemchenko, V.N. : Basic concepts of word-formation i n termino-103'(: a dictionary handbook. Orig.ru. Krasnoyarsk, SU: Izdatel stvo UnlVerslteta 1985. 204p.

87-883 772 Ovsyannikov, G. l . : Terms and extralinguistic factors. Orig.ru. In: Otrasl . terminol .i ee ekstral ing .obuslovlennost'. Voronesh. SU 1986. p.53-60. 6 refs.

87-884 772 Starodubtseva.L. I . : The role of analogy in new word formation. Orig.ru. In: Semant. protsessy i ikh proyavlenie v yazykakh raz .tipa. Saratov, SU 1985. p. ll-81, 15 refs.

87�886 Wilss, W . : Wortbildun9stendenzen sprache. Tneoretl scne Grund Jagen

\ ee

772

SU 1986. p.3-14, 28 refs.

772 in der deutschen Gegenwarts

Bescnrelbung - Anwendung.

123

(Word fonnation trends in contemporary German : Theoretical foundations, description, application) Orig.de. TUbingen, DE: G . Narr Verlag 1986. 329p . , ISBN 3-87808-733-6

87-887 773 Goffin , R. : Les ouvra es termino ra hi ues des Communautes Europeennes. Essai de typologie. Terminographical works of the European Communities) Orig.fr. Tenuinologie et Traduction, No 3. 1986. p. 3-l3

87-889 Aniyushkin, E.S. (Ed . ) : l i nguistic detenuinism. Univers1teta 1986. 156p.

774

87-890 775 Chukovenkov,A.Yu . : Concept class1fication as the basis for refining termi nolo� i n the study of computer-produced documents. Orig .ru. Sov.Ark lVY, No 5, 1985. p .20-28, 124 refs.

87-891 775 Janonis, 0. : Towards bibliographical terminology ordering. Orig . ' i . Biblioteku darfias, No 5, 1986. p. 28-30, 41, 7 refs.

87-892 775 Kandelaki. T.L. ; Grinev, S .V. : Ordering of borrowed terms and tenu elements. Tenu evaluation criteria. Orig.ru. Nauch .tekhn .tenninol . , No 4, 1986. p. 1O-14, 4 refs.

775

87-894 776 Bancos tenni nologicos. (Tenu databanks) Orig. es. Rev .esp.doc.cient. Vol 9, No 1. 1986. p.57-62. 11 refs.

87-895 776 Baudot. J . : Les ban ues de terminolo ie de l 'avenir. (The future of tenulno ogy an s rlg. r. eta 0 3 , No 2, 1986. p . 153-158

87-896 776 Boucher, M . : Les banques de terminologie . (Terminology banks) Orig.fr. Documentatl0n et Blbll otheques 23(1986)No 3, p. 83-86

87-897 776 Grinev, S.V. : Compil i ng a discipl i nary tenn databank. Orig.ru. Nauch .-tekhn.terminol . , No 11. 1985. p .9-12, 3 refs.

776

87-899 776 Thomas , P. et al : The British term bank project. Orig.en. Terminologie et traduction. No 3 , 1986. p. 45-100, 17 refs.

SlGMDD ec. Vo 14, No 4, 19B(. p.B4-9 , 21 refs.

87-901 776 Tuovinen, S. : An example of tenminological work organisation and tenu bank construction in Finland. Orig.ru. In: Teorlya i prakt.nauch.-tekhn.perevoda. Moskva, SU 1985. p.218-221

87-902 Vollnhal s , 0. : TEAM: system capabi l i ties) p. 70-73

87-903 Bayer, J . :

776 ein SystemUberblick. (TEAM: a review of Orlg.de. Lang.et homme, No 59, 1985.

777

, 6 refs.

87-904 777 Singh. R.K. : ESP in India: developments i n 1984 and 1985. Orig. en. Special language - Fachsprache Vol 8, No 3/4, 1986. p. 164-169, 33 refs.

87-905 777 Masri, S. : The termi nological develo�ent in �'alaysia. An emphasis on the Bahasa Malaysia - Ba ase indonesla (Language Counc i l ) . Orig.en. TermNet News, No 15, 1986. p.6-12

87-906 777

124

terminology. Orig .ru. In: Teoriya i prakt.nauch.-tekhn.perevoda. Mezhdunar.konf. Moskva, SU 1985. p. 203-205

87-907 778 Grishman, R . . Hi rschman, L . , Nhan, N .T . : Discovery procedures for sublan ua e selectional atterns: Initial ex eriments.

rlg.en. Comput. Llnguistics 12 1986 No 3, p.205-215, 19 refs.

78 Subject-Oriented Terminology Work

�a �lf Sidorova, T.N. : On quantitative characteristics of termi nology in teaching systems. Orl g. ru. Nauchn.-tekhn . inform. ,Ser.2, No 4, 1986. p .17-19, 8 refs.

87-909 Sokol 's N. F . :

78-17

87-910 78-23 Mansouri,R. : Standardization and term selection at Iran University Press (lup). Orlg.en. TermNet News, No 15, 1986. p.4-6

morphologiin Engl ish ,

spectroscopy) Orig.

.��:��r,d:iiZ;�;;)� cal Termi nology. Prin-

PI Actes du Colloque de , ' ASTM, Toronto, Toronto 1983. ( Dissertation, Qu�bec 1984) .

87-912 Sager, N. : ,""'r.,.::'1!�T.;,,*,9"-'-',*ffi tool . Orig.en. ing language Assoc. 1986. p.

87-913 78-512 Tekhver, Yu .T. : A terminology of histological defini tions in Estonian, Russian and English. Orig.ee. Tal l i n,SU: Valgus 1985. 108p.

87-914 78-53 Peterson, J.E. : Determination of the formal vocabulary of physici ans through anal�sis of medical l i terature. PhD Thesis. urlg.en. Atlanta. G : Georgia State University. College of Education" 1984. 273p.

87-915 Mauer. subsystem. 1985. p.88-94.

87-916

78-75

78-82 RUckl . St. : Book review of: Essential problems in terminology for informatics and documentation: Frequencr term l i sts. Moscow: VINITI 1982. Orig.de. Zbl .Bibl .wes. 100 1986)No 10, p.469-47u

87-917 78-82 Grabova,A. Z . : The new state standard for biblioQraDhic termi�. Orig.ru. Nauch. i tekhn.biblioteki SSSR, No 9, 1985. p;t:6�30, 10 refs.

87-918 78-824 Duchein. M . : Les archives dans la Tour de Babel : problemes de terminologie archivfstique lnternatlonale. (Archlves in the Tower of Babel : problems of international archival terminology) Or;g.fr. Gaz.arch. , No 129, 1985. p . 103-113

79 Problems of Multilingual Systems

87-919 791 Boloshi n,I .A. ; Belonogov,G.G. , Kuznetsov,B.A. : Problems in 0-vercomin Ian ua e barriers in multi l i n ual database searches. Orlg.ru. Pro l . inform.si stem 1986 No.1, p. 11-13

87-920 791 Clemens. I . : La base de donn�es b;b1io ra hi ues : un novel outil tenninoloijlque. lograp lC ata ases: new term nology toOl) Orlg.fr. Lang.et homme, No 59, 1985. en, p.3-8

87-921 794 Nakayama, H . : Translation and ada�tation of thesauri . Orig.pt. Ciencla da Inform. 15(19 6)No 1, p. 15-25, 25 refs.


Personal Author Index

Aladesu l u , O.St. 87-680 Daily. J . E . 87-715 Alber-De Wolf. R. 87-911 Dani l enko. V . P. 87-872 Anders. M. 87-922 Davies, R. 87-601 Angel l . R.S. a7-lDBa 87-832 Anfyushki n, £OS. (Ed . ) Ocr Megredi tchian.G.

87-889 87-543 Antonova. N. V. 87-869 DeSarbo. W. 87-645 Armogathe, J . -R. 87-835 Dhyani. P. 87-699 Arntz. H. 87-549 Diday. E. 87-524

Oirven. R. ( Ed . ) 87-799 Baba, Y. 87-520 Duben. J . 87-672 Bajkova, A . B . 87-812 Dubes, R .C . 87-643 Bakewel l , K.G.B 87-675 DubnH:ka. J. 87-571 Barannikova . l . l . (Ed . ) Ouchein. M . 87-918

87-780 Dujol . A. 87-741 Sard1na. S. Yu. 87-606 Barzhf tskaya, O , V . 87-870 Edmonds. E. 87-831 Bates, " I .J . 87-817 Effelsberg, W. 87-573 Baudot, J. 87-895 E1ck. Ch.F. 87-900 Bllum. B . R. 87-657 Endres-Niggemeyer.B. aaxmann-Krafft.E.-M. 87-86: 87-506 Bayer. J. 87-903 Eri . I . ( Comp . ) 87-479 Beckermann. A. 87-768 Escoufier. B . 87-538 8el etsldj . P.M. 87-623- Escoufier. Y . 87-532 8elonogov. G.G. 87-795

87-839 Fal lside. F. 87-500 8eloozerov. V.N. 87-608 Felber. H. 87-867 Belyaeva. l .N . 87-788 Fiala. J . C. 87-650 Bennan. S. 87-709 Fishburn. P . C . 87-638 Bertrand-Gastal dy. S. Folberth, O . G . (Ed . )

87-669 87-570 Bertsch, L 87-813 Force, R. 87-814 Bessonova , O.M. 87-871 Forrest, S. 87-563 Bevzenko, E . A . 87-614 Frii s-Hansen. J . B . 87-619

87-791 87-840 FroloY, O.R. 87-634 Bezhanhhvil i .M . N . 87-508 Frost. C.O. 87-687 Bhanu, B. 87-644 Fugmann. R. 87-668 Bhattacharyya, G. 87-678 Biagetti . M.T. 87-740 Garfield, L 87-845 B1dasaria, H.8. 87-649 87-873 8iel 1cka • . l.A. 87-693 Gendina, N. I . 87-662 Blek. A. V. 87-849 Gerd, A . S . 87-841 Bobrow, D . G . 87-823 Gerzymisch-Arbogast, H. Bogun, Ii. A . 87-589 87-783 BogusheYich. O .G. 87-796 Giertz.L.M. ( Comp. ) 87-495 Boloshi n. LA. 87-919 Glasbey, C.A. 87-646 Bol 'sha.koY. LA. 87-789 Gtldert. W. 87-555 87-819 Bonda r ' . V. V. 87-749 Goetschal ckx, J. 87-507 Booth. P . F . 87-611 Gogo 1 1 n , W. 87-758 Borko. H. 87-834 Golosov. A.O. 87-635 Boucher. M . 87-896 Gopinath. M.A. 87-603 Brady. L. I . 87-624 87-615 87-629 Brekhoysk1kh,S.M. 87-576 87-737 87-739 Brent. L L 87-631 Gordon, A.D. 87-647 Br:ona. I. I. 87-632 Gor' koya , V. I . 87-597 Brons. U. 87-851 87-609 Bryant. Ph . 87-800 Goto. M. 87-517 Bungarten,T. (Ed . ) 87-864 Grabon, A. Z . 87-917 Byerly, G . 87-811 Gray, R.A. 87-702

Greenberg. A . M . 87-716 Capurro, R. 87-568 Grimaldi . T. 87-707 Car1ss1mi . A.da S. 87-765 Grinev, S . V . 87-854 Cavender, J.A. 87-641 87-897 Ceri. S. 87-633 Guenthner. F . 87-784 Chan,l.M. 87-710 87-711 Gupta. L. 87-651 Chapovskij , A.Z. 87-865 Chelnokov, V.M. 87-562 Haga, T. 87-537 Chernykh. N.A. 87-595 Hahn, U. 87-506h Chukhno, V . B . 87-590 Halpern, J . Y . 87-583 Chukovenkoy. A. Yu. 87-890 Harter, St. P . 87-802 Chuprina. S . I . 87-627 Haux. R. 87-828 Clancey, W . J . 87-824 Hayashi . Ch. 87-514 Clark, A. 87-498 Haykin. O . J . 87-717 Clemens, I . 87-866 87-920 Hema1ata Iyer 87-666 Coates. L J . 87-712 Henne. H. 87-874 Cochrane, P. 87-708 Herzfel d, M. 87-505

87-713 87-714 Hesser. G. 87-759 Coing, M. 87-673 H i l ker. L 87-769 Coltheart, M. 87-496 H11 1 , J . S . 87-718 Conrad. M . P . 87-642 H 1 1 1 ert. D. 87-776 Copria n , W . (Ed . ) 87-494 Hi rschman, l. 87-875 Courtial . J . -P. 87-628 87-907 Cousineau. M . - J . (Comp.) Htil z l , J. 87-770

87-852 Howard, J . H . 87-761 Croucher, Ch. 87-805 Hra�ova. J. 87-691 Crove l l o . Th.J. 87-655 Hustache,E. 87-745

Imaizumi , T. 87-527 Inmroth. J . Ph. 87-719 lneichen, H. 87-775 lonescu. A. 87-665 Ivanoya, N . L . 87-742 Iwatsubo, Sh. 87-535

Jabrzernska, L 87-617 Jambu, M. 87-515 Janik, S. 87-488 Janonis, O. 87-891 Jarke , �1. 87-506c Jarvis. W . E . 87-720 Jiaju, M. 87-767 Job, J . O. 87-622 Johansen, Th. 87-670 Jones. Bush 87-574 Jones , K. P. 87-681

Kalupkin, 1.8. 87-763 Kandelaki . T . l . 87-876

87-892 Kapur, Sh. 87-610 Karamysheva, N . V . 87-560 Karasheev , V. P. 87-591 Karpov, Yu.M. 87-659 Karpova, G .D . 87-630 Kasper, R. T. 87-782 Kaula, P . N . 87-700 Kazakevich,O.A. 87-846 Kazakov, LA. 87-764 Kekez. F. 87-677 Kenj i , S. 87-686 Kirsanov, B . S . 87-815 Kishida, K. 87-542 K1stal 'nyj. B . V. 87-743 Kl i r , G . J . 87-575 Knorz. G. 87-506i Kobayashi , I . 87-625 Koengeter,B. B . (Ed . ) 87-491 Kofnovec, L. 87-697 Kolvenbach, M. 87-848 Komazawa , T. 87-544 Kondrat'ev, A . I . 87-561 Korfhage , R.R. 87-785 Kostetskaya. N.P. 87-753 Kozachkov. L . S . 87-847 Kryukov, 1.8. 87-584 Krzanowski .W.J. 87-572

87-639 Kuchinskaya , I . M . 87-858 Kuhlen. R. 87-506a Kumara. S.R.T. 87-825 Kuraev, V. I . 87-585 Kurovskaya , l.S. (Comp . )

87-484 . Kuzin , LS. 87-564 Kuznetsov. A.M. 87-777

Lachaud. M. 87-877 Ladenko. L S . 87-592 Lamprecht, H. 87-806 Lancaster,F.W. (Ed . ) 87-616 Larar. J .N . 87-503 Lashkova, G .V . 87-878 Lebart, L. 87-540 Lehmann. H. 87-506e Lehrberger. J. 87-879 Lerman. I . C . 87-529 Levine. J . H. 87-658 Levinson, S. E. 87-502

. Liebl , P. 87-486 Linden, R. 87-701 Liu-Lengyel ,H.-Y. 87-746� Logri ppo. l. 87-663 Lopez , M.D. 87-722 Love. D.M. 87-762

Makhl i n , G . E. 87-689 Malvestuto. F.M. 87-660 Malykha, V . V . 87-685 Mandel ,C.A. 87-723 87-724 Mansouri. R. 87-910 Mantas, J. 87-652 Mareev, S .N. 87-580 Markey. K. 87-554

87-725 87-820 Markov. V. I . 87-818 Markowi tz. J . 87-836 Martyan, G. 87-696 Masri, S. 87-905 Mauer. L .V . 87-915 Mdlva n i . R.R. 87-612 Meunier, J.-G. 87-807 Micco, H.M. 87-726

Michel , H. 87-495a �likhajl ovski j J L �1. 87-667 Mikhasenko, G .M. 87-744 �\ikon i , S . V . 87-626 87-859 Mil l er, D. 87-727 �'i l l igan, G.W. 87�640 Mi 1 1 s, J. 87-483 Milstead. J . l. 87-728 Mi rimanova, M . S . 87-567 Mischo. W.H. 87-729 Mishchenko, G . L . 87-754 Miyake, A. 87-546 1·1ijhn. D. 87-880 r1olewsk i , K. 87-752 �'orik, K. 87-506d Morineau, A. 87-518 Mostecky, V. 87-730 MUller, 8.S. 87-506f Murenko, L . V . 87-578

Nakache, J . -P. 87-545 Nakayama , H. 87-921 Nalepin. V .l . 87�906 Nemchenko ,V.N. 87-881

87-882 Neshitoj , V . V. 87-778 Nesterov, P.V. 87-860 Ninomiya . S.P. 87-547 Nizovtseva, S.A. 87-861 Nowacki, H. 87-674

Oberhauser, O. 87-512 Ohashi , Y. 87-525 Ohly, P. 87-550 Ohsumi , N. 87-530 Olitskij. A.A. 87-559 Omiecinski . E. 87-684 Otsu, N. 87�521 OYchinni koya ,O.A. 87-579 Ovsyanni kov ,G. I . 87-883

Pannentier, P. 87-747 Pashchenko, N.A. 87-792

87-618 Paskhina. N . 1 . 87-751 Pavlova. L.S. 87-682 Pertsova. N . N . 87-602 Peterson, J . L 87-914 Pettee. J. 87-731 Peyton. C. 87-827 Pol l i tt , St. 87-829 Pospelov, O.A. 87-565 Pozhari ski i , O . F . 87-755 Prager, R.W. 87-501 Prevost. M. 87-732 Primi 0, F. di 87-566 Prizment. E.l. 87-604 Proskurin , G.M. 87-569 Pushki n.V.G. (Ed . ) 87-577

Quere l , L. 87-756

Rada, R. 87-582 Rajkov. A.N. 87-821 Rakhl ina, L V . 87-803 Ramsey, C . L. 87-826 Rei nhol d , D. 87-760 Richmond ,Ph.A. 87-703

87-733 Richter. N. 87-695 RBko, A. 87-837 Roberts, L.A. 87-504 Rodnyanskij ,V . L . 87-790 Roesner. W. 87-816 Rohaert, A. 87-856 Rohou, C . 87-661 Ros tek, L. 87-506k Rothkege1 , A. 87-506g Roux. M . 87-526 Roy, Richard 87-599 Rozova. S .S. 87-586 RUckl , St. 87-916

Sacks-Davis,R. 87-692 87-808

Sager. N. 87-912 Sa;, Sh. 87-522 Sainsbury,R.M. 87-499 Saka i , S. 87-528 Sakharnyj , L. V. 87-671 Salveter, Sh. 87-553 Sampson. G. 87-794 Sandeau , G. 87-492 Sandstroem, G. 87-607 Satija, M.P. 87-476

Saunders, A . W. 87-55 ====== Schefe, P. 87-771 Schektrnan, Y . -M. 87- """!!!==== Schu l z , A. 87-766 Schwarz, C h . 87-506j Scibor, E. 87-664 Sebeok ,Th . A . (Ed . ) 87 -;;;;;;;;;� Semenyuk, LP. 87-59J11 Sergeey, V . M . 87-588 Sgal l , P. 87-786 Shatberashv i l i .0 . 8 . s�§§§§� Shelov , S . D . 87-605 8 : Shutova, V . K. 87-862 Sidoroya, T. N. 87-90� " ____ • Simova, V. 87-853 Singh, R.K. 87-904 Skolek, Va. 87-750 Smith. Linda C. 87-7 �iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii� Sokol 'skaya . N . F . 87- 9 -Sood, S . P. 87-698 Sotnikov, A . N. 87-69 -____ _ Sowa, J. 87-797 Spiegel , H. -R. 87-85 ��-="-'� Sponholz, G . 87-842 Spri ssler,M. (Ed . ) 87 -====== Starodubtseva , L . I . 87 -Stempnyak , L 87-746.-Stepi n, V . S . 87-593 Strong, G . W . 87-613 StuT 'pinas. R.B. 87 Sug, Y . F . 87-705 Sugiyama, M . 87-541 Sukhoti n,A . K. ( Ed . ) ,==='-"=== Suzuki , Sh. 87-531

Tabachkovsk i j ,V . G . 87-581

Tanaka, Y. 87-536 Tango, T. 87-523 Tauber, M . J . 87-801 TekhYer, Yu . T. 87- 9 ,,;;===== Teodorescu. J . 87-7 , Th;el , M. 87-506b Thomas, P. et a1 8 7

.�:��=:

Tkacheva, L . 8 . 87-8 Tripathi , S . M. 87-7 Tr i v; son, 0 . 87-7 8 1

"iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii Tsalenko, M.Sh. 87-t: Tuov; nen, S. 87-90 1 ,,,,,_,,,"_ .... Tyuchtin, V . S . 87-5

Ueda. Sh. 87-539 Uematsu, 1. 87-600 Ufimtseva. A.A. 87- " ... ----� Vaccari . E. 87-787 Valivieova, A. 87-7�� Van Slype. G . 87-55:':; Velez, F . 87-688 <====== Vickers. J . A . 87-67 Vickery. A . 87-833 Viet, J . (Comp . ) 8 7:===== Viet, J . (Comp . ) 8 7 Vogel . F . 87-654 Vollnhals, O. 87-90 Voorhees, L N . 87-6 Vos sen, G. 87-6 3 7 -;;iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii;;;; Vyshkovski j . G . L . 8 ... Wakimoto, K. 87-519 Wal l . R.A. 87-734 Wang, Ch. 87-809 Warner, A. 87-704 Wasserman. K.H. 8 7 Weber, E. U. 87-656 ========== Wel l i sch, H . H. 87-4 Wepsiec, J . 87-735 White. H . D . 87-694 Wil ss . W. 87-886 Wirth, R. 87-621 Wisniewski . J . L . 87 -;;;;;;;;;; Wittmann , A . (Comp . ) :; Witty, F . J . 87-706 Wong, A.K.C. 87-774-Wright. C. 87-497

Yajima, K. 87-548 Yanai, H. 87-534 Yashchun1nt A.E. aT Yoshizawa . T. 87-5 3:;;;;3='--'='-"=-Zakatej, A. F . 87-7S5r .. -----Zaks. A. I . 87-620 �;;;;:;;;;:;;;;:;;;;:;;;; Zaretskaya . E .N. 8 , Zinov 'ev, S . P . 87-

, I N D E K S - V E R L A G P U B L I S H E R 0 F

I NTERNATIONAL CLASSIF ICATION. A Journal devoted to Concept Theory , . Systemat i c Terminol ogy and Organi zati on o f Knowl edge. Vol . 1 ( 1974 ) No . 1- ;

3/ann . ( s i nce 1978) Instituti ons DM 84 . - , Indi v idual s 20% off, Members of Ges . f . Kl as s i fi kation 40% off + postage .

F I DICR REPORT SERI ES No . 19 : Craven , T.,C . : Classi fication Research in Canada . 1981 . 40 p . No . 20 : Riggs , F. W . : Indexing Gl ossary : a New Rati onal e . 1982 . 4 0 p . No . 2 1 : Devadason , F . : Compu terized Deep Structure I ndex i ng Sys tem .

1986 . 42p. DM 1 2 . 50 eac h

I NTERNATI ONAL CLASS IF ICATION AND INDEX I NG BIBLIOGRAPHY -- I C I B (Each vol ume i n systematic arrangement wi th author & subject indexe s ) I C I B 1 : C l a ss i fi cati on Systems and Thesauri ( some 2300 t i t l e s , 160 p . ) I C IB 2 : Reference Tool s and Conferences i n Classi fication and Index i ng

( some 4000 ti tl es , 160 p . ) I C IB 3 : C l a s s i f i cation and Indexing Systems . Theory , Structure, Metho-

dol ogy ( some 5600 t i tl es , 224 p . ) . I CIB 4: On Uni versal and Speci a l Cl assi fication Sys tems and Thesauri

( some 5000 t i tl e s , in preparation ) I C IB 5 : Class i ng and Indexing. Lingu i s ti c Foundati ons , Appl i cati ons

and Envi ronment ( some 3200 t i tl es, in preparation) DM 48.80 each .

. CONFERENCE SERI ES OF THE GERMAN SOCI ETY FOR CLASS I F I CATION Cal led "Studien zur Klassifikation" (SK- 1 ( 1977) - SK- 1 7 ( 1986) wi th mostly Germa n , bu t al so Engl i sh contri bu ti ons . Ask for separate cata l ogue.

4th I NTERNATI ONAL STUDY CONFERENCE OF FIDICR U N I VERSAL CLASS I FI CATION I , 1 1 . SUB.JECT ANAL YSIS AND ORDERING SYSTEM S . Ed . : J . M . Perreaul t and I . Dahl berg . Augs burg , 2 8 June - 2 July 1982 . 2 Vol s . Frankfurt: 1982/83 . 360+2 16 p . F I D- Pu b1 . 615. together DM 92, 40

THE CONTA CONFERENCE. Proceedi ngs of the Conference on Conceptual and Termi _ . . . _ _ ._-

nological Analys i s i n the Soci a l Sc i ences . Ed . : F . W . Riggs. B i e l e fel d , F RG , May 2 4- 2 7 , 1981 . Frankfurt 1982. 382p . , bound DM 64. 80

WHO IS WHO I N CLASSIFICATION AND I NDEX I NG . Comp . & ed . : I . Dahl berg (entries on some 700 persons from 45 countri e s ) Frankfurt 1983 . 176 p . , DM 2 0 . - for those i nc l u ded , DM 50. - for others . F I D- Pu bl . 620.

I NDEKS VERLAG - Woogstr. 36a - 0-6000 Frankfurt 50 - Tel . : 069- 5 2 36 9 .C===

Poland (1974·1986). Pt.2. - Ergon-Verlag

Documents

Transcript of Poland (1974·1986). Pt.2. - Ergon-Verlag